6B1

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Module

AutoresKatherine Bilsborough; David Folkers; Charlotte Green; María Rodríguez; Philip Wood

EdiciónGregory Backes; Marta Camarero; Valerie Clark; Esther Lema; Rubén Muñoz; Marisol Yago

Corrección y traducciónClaire Maloney

Ilustración Chema García

GrabaciónSuena Estudio

Edición gráficaFidel Puerta

MaquetaciónDiego García Tirado; Grupo Kunzzo, S.L.

Coordinación técnica y de diseñoMario Dequel Losa

Dirección del proyectoJanet Wilson-Smith

Diseño curricular y seguimiento técnico del proceso de elaboración de los materiales didácticos de Inglés a Distancia desde el CIDEAD realizado por:

Rocío Arias BejaranoSilvia Ávila Duez Nuria Cambronero SiciliaRafael Fernández AlonsoAna Mª García Romero Karen LudlowCleo Merino de DiegoMarta Puras TellaecheFrancisco Javier Sainz de RoblesMaría Jesús Sierra DelgadoElena Terán Herranz

MINISTERIO DE EDUCACIÓN, CULTURA Y DEPORTE SECRETARÍA DE ESTADO DE EDUCACIÓN, FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL Y UNIVERSIDADES

Centro para la Innovación y Desarrollo de la Educación a Distancia (CIDEAD) Director del CIDEAD: José Luis Gómez Sierra

Edita: © SECRETARÍA GENERAL TÉCNICA Subdirección General de Publicaciones y Documentación

Catálogo de publicaciones del Ministerio de Educación, Cultura y Deporte: http://www.educacion.es Catálogo general de publicaciones oficiales: www.060.es

Fecha de edición: Junio 2013NIPO: 030-13-087-9ISBN: 978-84-369-5457-9Depósito legal: M-15686-2013Impreso en la UE - Printed in EUImprime: Reyper, S.L.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Este material se ha elaborado con papel certificado por la cadena de custodia PEFC (Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification), procedente de plantaciones forestales, totalmente libre de cloro (TCF – Totally Chlorine Free) y cumpliendo la ISO14001, siguiendo lo estipulado en la Orden PRE/116/2008, de 21 de enero.

Fotografía Javier Calbet, Fidel Puerta, Juan Baraja, Sergio Cuesta/Archivo SM; Collection of Mr. and Mrs. Barney A. Ebsworth - BRIDGEMANN ART LIBRARY / FRATELLI ALINARI I.D.E.A. SPA; CORBIS, ALAMY IMAGES/LATINSTOCK; EFE; SCALA; ORONOZ; PRISMA; PHOTONONSTOP; PHOVOIR; INGIMAGE; THINKSTOCK; iSTOCKPHOTO; 123RF; GETTY IMAGES; AGE FOTOSTOCK; ALBUM; STOCKBYTE

Fuentes P. 10: BBC [07/03/13]; P. 14: The Guardian [07/03/13]; P. 16: NHS [07/03/13]; P. 20: Mother Nature Network [24/03/13]; P. 24: Penelope Trunk [24/03/13]; P. 26: The Guardian [24/03/13]; P. 27: Hindustan Times [24/03/13]; P. 34: BBC [24/03/13]; P. 36: The Telegraph [24/03/13]; P. 36: CNN Money [24/03/13]; P. 40: The Guardian / Wikipedia [31/03/2013]; P. 44: Wales Online [31/03/2013]; P. 46: Time y British Council [31/03/2013]; P. 50: Visit London [31/03/2013]; P. 54: Travel Supermarket [31/03/2013]; P. 56: The Guardian [31/03/2013]; P. 60: Self Growth [31/03/2013]; P. 64: Forbes [31/03/2013]; P. 66, How To Win Friends And Influence People, Dale Carnegie. Vermilion, New Ed edition, April 2006; P. 70: Topics Magazine [31/03/2013]; P. 74: Butlins [31/03/2013]; P. 76: Help Guide [31/03/2013]; P. 80: Wikipedia [18/04/2013]; P. 84: Tru TV, 18/04/2013]; P. 86: Christine Kane [18/04/2013]; P. 87: Greater Good [18/04/2013]; P. 90: New York Theatre [18/04/2013]; P. 94: The Edinburgh Festival Fringe [18/04/2013]; P. 94: London Theatre [18/04/2013]; P. 96: The Sun and Wikipedia [18/04/2013]; P. 100: Historic UK [30/04/2013]; P. 101: East of the web [30/04/2013]; P. 104: The Telegraph [30/04/2013]; P. 106: Wiki How [30/04/2013]; P. 108: The Happy Prince, by Oscar Wilde; P. 108: Ecclectica [30/04/2013]; P. 111: Wiki How [15/05/2013]; P. 111: Live Science [15/05/2013]

THAT’S ENGLISH!

3

Contents 4

Introduction 6

Unit 1 9

Getting better

Unit 2 19Lifestyle choices

Unit 3 29There’s no place like home

Unit 4 39Books, books, books!

Unit 5 49Going places

Unit 6 59First impressions

Unit 7 69Play time!

Unit 8 79The art world

Unit 9 89The world is a stage

Unit 10 99Stories and legends

Unit 11 109Revision

Reference Section 114

Phonetic Symbols 143

List of Irregular Verbs 144

Audio Scripts 148

Answer Key 160

THAT’S ENGLISH!

FUNCTIONS GRAMMAR

1UNIT

2UNIT

3UNIT

4UNIT

5UNIT

6UNIT

7UNIT

8UNIT

9UNIT

1010UNIT

Getting better should, ought to, could how

about -ing

Lifestyle choices

both … and, neither … nor, either …or

There’s no place like home

a couple of, dozens, over, roughly,…a pair of, a bunch of,…

Books, books, books!

who, which, that, whose, when, where -ing -ed

Going places

WillWh-

would

First impressions

mine, yours, his / hers, ours, theirs

Play time!

go on +

will / won’t + infi nitive

The art world Prefer would rather

How What (a / an)…!

The world is a stage

Hopeunder-, over-,

super-

Stories and legends would used to)

Revision11UNIT

Contents

4

THAT’S ENGLISH!

PHONETICS VOCABULARY SOCIOLINGUISTICS LEARNING STRATEGIES

s z /t!/ /d"/

/#/, /$:/, /%/

5

6

Introduction

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Bienvenido al módulo seis del curso That’s English! con el que seguimos en el nivel intermedio.

En esta introducción queremos ofrecerte varias sugerencias para seguir cómodamente y con éxito los módulos de That’s English! Los números de página que aparecen a continuación se refi eren al orden dentro de cada unidad.

Primer programa de vídeo (1ª página)

Todos los materiales de cada unidad giran en torno a un tema diferente. Antes de ver el programa correspondiente a una unidad, te ayudará consultar la tabla de contenidos al principio del libro donde verás recogidas las funciones, estructu ras, vocabulario, etc., que la confi guran.

Después, echa un vistazo a la primera página de la sesión A. En ella podrás ver los Objetivos que se espera que hayas conse guido al fi nalizar el estudio de la unidad. Puedes volver a ellos en ese momento y comprobar si los has conseguido.

Los encabezamientos Before you watch, While you watch y After you watch (antes, mientras y después de ver el programa) te indican qué actividades debes hacer en cada momento.

Before you watch presenta el vocabulario y las frases clave del programa. Debes, por tanto, leerlas atentamente y buscar en el diccionario cualquier palabra que desconozcas.

While you watch contiene las preguntas que los presentado res hacen al comienzo del programa; sirven para que te hagas una idea del contenido del episodio correspondiente de la nueva serie Cafe 27, que verás también en los restantes módulos del nivel intermedio, y centres tu atención en sus aspectos esenciales. Los presentadores te darán las respuestas al fi nal del mismo. Este apartado debes prepararlo cuidadosa mente antes de ver el programa, pues te servirá para su mejor comprensión y aprovechamiento.

Mientras ves el programa, intenta responder a las preguntas hechas por los presentadores, pero recuerda que lo más impor tante es seguir el hilo general de la trama, y que no debes preocuparte si hay algunas palabras o expresiones que descono ces. Muy probablemente las tendrás en cualquiera de los demás materiales de la unidad. Es conveniente que tengas papel y lápiz a mano, pues puede haber palabras o explicaciones de los presentadores que te interese anotar. En cualquier caso, observarás que la segunda vez que veas el programa entenderás mucho más que la primera. Y si lo ves una tercera vez, aún mejor.

Nada más terminar el programa, conviene que hagas la sección After you watch. Con estas actividades, se intenta medir si has comprendido lo fundamental del programa. Si te resultara muy difícil realizar las actividades de esta sección, deberías volver a ver el programa e intentar hacerlas de nuevo.

En la sección Now you! se te pide que relaciones el tema del programa con tus propias vivencias y opiniones. Por eso conviene que hagas esta actividad nada más ver el programa. Es una excelente manera de repasarlo e interio rizarlo.

Reading (2ª y 6ª páginas)

Así como la primera página se centra en el desarrollo de la comprensión auditiva, las páginas 2ª y 6ª de cada unidad están dedicadas al desarrollo de la capacidad lectora, fundamental, junto con aquella, para el aprendizaje y dominio de una lengua. Bajo el encabezamiento Reading, se encuentra un texto que desarrolla diversos aspectos del tema de la unidad. Léelo dos veces con deteni miento y vuelve a él siempre que sea necesario para realizar las actividades relacionadas con él.

La única diferencia entre las dos páginas es que en la sexta, el texto suele ser más auténtico y menos graduado y, por lo tanto, puede resultar más difícil. Pero lo importante en la comprensión, tanto auditiva como lectora, no es la comprensión de todas y cada una de las palabras, sino de lo esencial del texto, ya sea hablado o escrito.

Language Study (3ª, 4ª y 7ª páginas)

Estas páginas están dedicadas al desarrollo de los siguientes aspectos:

Pronunciation

Los ejercicios de pronunciación se centran en los diversos aspectos de la fonética: sonidos, acento, ritmo y entonación, tratados desde el punto de vista de las difi cultades que presentan habitualmente para el hablante español. Estos ejercicios son funda-mentales para mejorar tu pronunciación. Para hacerlos, deberás usar el CD de audio. Conviene que grabes tu propia voz y la compares con el modelo del CD. Para conseguir una pronun ciación aceptable, necesitarás repetir muchas veces, pero el esfuerzo merece la pena.

Listening

Estas actividades sirven no solo para desarrollar la importan tísima destreza de comprender la palabra hablada, sino también para reforzar el vocabulario, las estructuras y funciones estudia das. Para ello, escucha el CD de audio con atención: no escribas

7THAT’S ENGLISH!

nada. Vuelve a escuchar el CD e intenta completar los ejercicios cuantas veces sea necesario. Finalmente, escucha el CD de nuevo, siguiendo el texto y comprueba que todas las respuestas son correctas.

Grammar

La gramática juega un papel importante, pero no esencial en el aprendizaje de una lengua. El conocimiento de las reglas no lleva automáticamente a aplicarlas bien a la hora de hablar o escribir; por tanto, no debes obsesionarte con la gramática. Es más importante ser capaz de participar en una conversación, leer un libro o escribir un correo que saber todas las reglas de la lengua. Conviene buscar un equilibrio.

El conocimiento de las reglas gramaticales te ayudará a entender ciertas estructuras complejas o simplemente distintas a las españolas; también te permitirá corregir tus propias produc ciones, probablemente a posteriori, y te dará una cierta sensa ción de confi anza; pero recuerda que se pueden saber todas las reglas de una lengua y ser incapaz de expresarse en la misma, así como también es posible expresarse con toda fl uidez y corrección sin conocer las reglas.

Así pues, conviene que estudies los recuadros de explicacio nes gramaticales, que comprendas bien los ejemplos y que hagas los ejercicios correspondientes.

Speaking

Hay dos clases de actividades de speaking: de producción y de interacción. Las actividades de producción las puedes hacer solo. Sin embargo, para las actividades de interacción necesitas a alguien con quien interactuar. Si conoces a alguien que también esté estudiando inglés, sería muy útil que pudieras hacer estas actividades con esta persona. Siempre tienes, por supuesto, la sesión de tutoría donde podrás realizar estas actividades con tus compañeros de clase. Un consejo: no seas tímido. Lánzate a hablar. No te preocupes por los errores que puedas cometer. No hay nada más que una forma de aprender a hablar y es... hablando.

Writing

Para muchos de los ejercicios de expresión escrita de estas páginas no hay una solución correcta única. Esto no debe preocuparte. No es necesario que todo lo que escribas sea absolutamente correcto. Escribe sin miedo, echa mano de tus fuentes de consulta: diccionarios, gramáticas, amigos, internet; de nuevo, no tengas miedo de cometer errores, y piensa que es a base de práctica como se aprende a escribir. En este nivel intermedio está presente una nueva sección dentro de la parte de Language Study. En las

unidades 3, 6 y 9 del libro verás que se dedica una columna entera a practicar la destreza de escritura con diferentes actividades. Está pensada para ayudarte a comprender mejor el proceso de escritura y para familiarizarte con los distintos tipos de textos que puedes necesitar escribir.

Segundo programa de vídeo (5ª página)

La sesión B del libro, que se corresponde con el segundo programa de vídeo, tiene por objeto ampliar la lengua presentada en la sesión anterior de forma menos contro lada y más natural. El segundo programa está compuesto por diversos elementos que abordan el tema general introducido en la sesión anterior, desde muy distintos puntos de vista:

Documentary: donde podrás ver un documental sobre algún aspecto relacionado con el tema de la unidad.

Same language, different lives: en esta sección tendrás oportunidad de ver a varias personas de diferentes países de habla inglesa respondiendo a preguntas relacionadas con el tema de la unidad. De esta manera, además de oír diferentes formas de hablar inglés, podrás aprender cómo es la vida en estos países y contrastarla con la tuya.

That’s Britain: es una nueva sección con la que podrás disfrutar de un viaje cultural por diferentes zonas del Reino Unido. En este módulo visitaremos el sur y sureste de Inglaterra. En cada episodio nuestro presentador, Nigel, visita alguna ciudad o lugar de interés turístico y conversará con las personas que vaya encontrando. Esta sección te ayudará a mejorar tu comprensión auditiva y a conocer de cerca interesantes aspectos de la cultura británica.

Pues bien, antes de ver el segundo programa, es muy conve niente que leas todas las actividades que debes hacer porque te resultará motivador y te ayudará a comprender lo que vas a ver.

Realiza las actividades de la sección Before you watch antes de ver el programa de TV: muchas de ellas están encaminadas a familiarizarte con el lenguaje que se va a usar y, en ocasiones, a predecirlo.

Realiza las actividades de la sección After you watch después de ver el programa. Éstas tienen por misión medir tu compren sión de los diversos elementos.

Un consejo que deberías tener muy en cuenta: no te preocupes si no entiendes todas y cada una de las palabras que oigas o leas. Lo importante es entender lo esencial de cada uno de sus elementos.

Consolidation (8ª y 9ª páginas)

En esta parte del libro se repasan y amplían los contenidos de las sesiones A y B. Cada una de las actividades integra varias destrezas, bien sea la comprensión auditiva con la expresión escrita u oral, o la comprensión lectora con la expre sión escrita u oral, etc.

Algunas de estas actividades pueden ser más abiertas y menos controladas que las de las sesiones A y B. No debes preocuparte si no sabes si has resuelto bien la actividad o no. El mismo hecho de realizarla te ha servido para mucho. Como muchas otras cosas de la vida, una lengua se aprende practicán dola y cometiendo errores. La corrección de los errores puede ser importante, pero mucho más importante es el uso y la práctica de la lengua con o sin errores. No obstante, la tutoría presencial puede ser un buen momento para preguntar tus dudas y practicar las actividades orales de esta sección con tus compañeros.

Self Test (10ª página)

Esta última página de cada unidad te da la oportunidad de que te autoevalúes y te ayuda a preparar el examen de fi n de módulo. Cada página constará de una actividad de comprensión auditiva o lectora, así como de una actividad de expresión oral o escrita y de algún ejercicio sobre el uso de la lengua.

No debes realizar estos ejercicios hasta después de haber completado las otras tres partes de la unidad y después de haber visto los programas A y B de vídeo. Si te resultan muy difíciles, vuelve a hacer las partes relevantes de la unidad, vuelve a ver los programas de televisión, repasa, si es necesario, toda la unidad y, sobre todo, no te desesperes.

En este nivel intermedio se ha añadido una sección completa al fi nal del libro que se llama Reference section. En ella encontrarás detalladas explicaciones gramaticales que amplían la información proporcionada por las help boxes en cada unidad. También encontrarás el vocabulario principal trabajado en la unidad, con su correspondiente transcripción fonética en el apartado de Wordlist, así como las secciones que aparecían en los otros módulos, List of Irregular Verbs y Phonetic Symbols.

Todos estos elementos están pensados para proporcionarte la ayuda necesaria con las estructuras y el vocabulario de cada unidad.

Por último, un consejo muy importante para que puedas tener éxito con el curso That’s English!: asiste a las sesiones de tutoría con regularidad. Son fundamentales para el desarrollo de la expresión oral.

8 THAT’S ENGLISH!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

1UNIT Getting better

9

· To talk about health and its connection to lifestyle

· To fi nd out about alternative therapies

OB

JEC

TIVE

S

How do you feel?A

NOW YOU!

Look at the pictures. How would you treat each of the following problems?

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Complete the sentences with Ellen (E), Tim (T) or Ben (B).

Match the problems (1-4) to the recommended treatments (a-d).

Do these people prefer alternative or traditional remedies? Write (T) for traditional, (A) for alternative or (B) for both.

What does the practitioner ask Ben about?

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

5

6

4

1

1 What does Ben think of people who offer alternative therapies?

2 What does Ben think of cranial sacral therapy by the end of the episode?

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Do you believe alternative therapies work? Why or why not? Which alternative therapies have you tried or would you like to try?

7

1 … is a teacher.2 … recently went to the doctor.3 … does not believe alternative therapies work.4 … knows someone who has been cured by

acupuncture.

1 Ellen’s aunt’s leg. a yoga2 Tim’s skin rash. b osteopathy3 Ben’s backache. c homeopathy4 Tim’s stress. d acupuncture

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ...

I think that alternative therapies work because many of them have been in use much longer than traditional medicine.

headache backache the fl u

Ellen Tim Ben

1 53 7

2 64 8

1 allergies 4 injuries2 heart conditions 5 operations3 back problems 6 headaches

5 … has used acupuncture before.6 … is going to perform in a concert.7 … recommends osteopathy.

10

Getting better

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Look at the pictures. What do you know about these alternative therapies?

READING1

2

1

3

1 I get terrible headaches, but I’m allergic to aspirin. Can you help me, please?2 I have been feeling depressed. Any advice?3 How can I treat a stomach ache more naturally?4 My back hurts when I walk too much. What should I do?

Read the messages posted in the Alternative Health Forum. Match the questions (1-4) to the appropriate answer (a-d).

Complete the chart with information from the text.

4 Complete the sentences using the highlighted words in the text.

1 Her knees stopped hurting. Now she is … .2 Chamomile is … an upset stomach.3 A broken arm can … in one month.4 Eating apples can … heart disease.5 Depression is one of the common mental … .6 Lumbago is a … pain.7 … are sharp, thin pieces of metal.8 I’m allergic to chocolate. If I eat it, I get a skin

… all over.

Where did it

begin?

How does

it work?

What does it treat?

How long has it been

used?

AcupunctureIt stimulates the body’s energy.

Herbal medicine

Refl exology

ReikiSince the 19th century

a ... I’m sorry to hear about your pain. If I were you, I’d try acupuncture. My husband suffers from chronic lower back pain, and traditional medicine never helped. Last year, he started seeing an acupuncturist, and it has changed his life. Since then, he has been practically pain-free. Acupuncture is an ancient Chinese remedy that helps relieve all kinds of pain. Fine needles are inserted into the patient’s skin, and this helps stimulate the body’s energy. It treats all kinds of pain, like toothache and headaches. Practitioners have also been using acupuncture to treat depression for thousands of years.

c ... You ought to look into refl exology. This is a type of massage therapy that helps the body heal itself. It originated in Egypt, China and India thousands of years ago. My practitioner massages the nerve endings in my feet, hands and ears, and this has a calming effect on the entire body. Research has shown that this therapy is good for treating migraines and sleep disorders.

b ... Have you ever tried herbs? Herbs are the best way to treat and prevent everyday health problems. All sorts of plants can be used to make remedies. A warm cup of chamomile cures stomach aches, while slices of fresh ginger work for nausea and migraines. My sister uses evening primrose for a skin rash and eczema. Instead of daily vitamin tablets, I take ginseng to give me energy. Herbal remedies have existed since the ancient civilizations of Africa, China and Egypt.

d ... Why don’t you look into reiki? I’ve been feeling depressed since my girlfriend left me last year, and traditional doctors haven’t helped much. So, I recently decided to try reiki, and the results are amazing. The Japanese developed this spiritual treatment in the 19th century. Practitioners heal your spiritual energy by placing their hands gently over your body. Then, the spiritual energy heals the physical body. Patients also use reiki for arthritis and anxiety.

refl exology homeopathyacupuncture reiki herbal remedies

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

11

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 1

/p/1 pill / pain2 cup / ship

/k/3 cure / come4 sick / back

/t/5 table / type6 hurt / cut

Listen and notice how the sounds /p/, /t/, /k/ are pronounced depending on their position in a word or sentence.

Listen again and choose the correct option.

Listen and mark if the sound is weak (w) or strong (s).

1

2

4

2

2

3

Complete the sentences. Use a verb from the box in the correct tense and a refl exive pronoun.

Complete the sentences with him, her, himself or herself.

5

look after scratch teach cut enjoy cure look at

Choose the correct option.3

1 When /p/, /k/, /t/ start a word, it is strong / weak.2 When /p/, /k/, /t/ end a word, it is strong / weak.

1 help2 patient

3 tooth4 feet

5 calming 6 work

2 He … with a knife, and he has lost a lot of blood.

3 You don’t need to take medicine for a stomach ache. Just drink some herbal tea and it will … .

4 She … about natural remedies by reading books from a local library.

5 My grandfather can’t … because he’s got Alzheimer’s.

6 We really … in our country house – it was so relaxing.

7 Just … in the mirror – you look terrible!

1 Bill didn’t see a doctor. He cured … using a herbal remedy.

2 Mary had a great teacher. This teacher taught … everything about acupuncture.

3 Donald asked his assistant to help … with the new patients.

4 Kate had an accident and hurt … badly.Refl exive pronouns

- Se usa myself, yourself, herself, ourselves … para referirnos o enfatizar el sujeto de una frase.

Kim taught herself how to cook.The president himself uses acupuncture.

- Hay ciertos verbos como: enjoy, cut, look at, hurt, take care of… , que normalmente van acompañados de un pronombre refl exivo.

We enjoy ourselves while doing yoga.She cut herself with a knife.My son is 14. He can take care of himself.

see page 114

1 I enjoyed myself / me in the spa.2 If we aren’t careful, we’ll hurt us / ourselves.3 My cousin taught myself / me how to use

herbal remedies.4 When he looked at himself / him in the mirror,

he noticed a skin rash on his face.5 Susan looked after her mother when she had

fl u. She cured herself / her using a natural remedy.

6 They take care of them / themselves by eating a balanced diet.

Match the words to the correct pictures.6

aloe vera cream bandage herbal tea headache pregnant painkiller fever

skin rash physiotherapist dizzy

1

2

7

8

5

6

3

4

9

10

Listen to the fi ve dialogues. Match each dialogue to the correct pictures in activity 6.

Dialogue A: … Dialogue C: … Dialogue E: …Dialogue B: … Dialogue D: …

7

4

Match words from A with words from B.

Listen again and check.

8

4

in upset feel high stomach highly

bug stomach dizzy contagiouspain temperature

A

B

1 I can’t stop scratching myself because of this rash – it’s really itchy!

12

Getting better

THAT’S ENGLISH!

1 If you eat all of those sweets, you’ll get an … !2 I can’t come in to work tomorrow. I’ve caught a … .3 The doctor says it’s … so you’d better keep

your distance!4 I sometimes … when I haven’t eaten enough.5 If you’ve got a … , have a cool bath and drink

some cold water.6 He was … until the ambulance arrived, and

they gave him an injection.

Use the phrases in activity 8 to complete the sentences.

9

1 A: Why do you prefer group therapy? B: Because the patients depend on … for advice.2 A: Did Jim and Veronica work alone? B: No, they helped … with the experiment.3 A: Do Bill and John get along well? B: No, they hate … .

I had a bad back last year.

I had some reiki treatment. How about you?

How did you treat it?

Well, last week, I…

Complete the dialogues with each other and one another.

Think of any health problems you have had. How did you treat them? Tell your partner.

10

11

Present perfect and present perfect continuous

Se utiliza present perfect para indicar que la situación ya ha terminado.

I’ve done my homework.I have just read that book.I have already made an appointment.

Se utiliza present perfect continuous para hablar de una situación o acción terminada pero con un resultado en el presente.

My hair is wet because I’ve been swimming.At last! I’ve been calling you all day.

see page 114

... a He’s been reading a book about alternative medicine.

1 b He’s been meditating.... c She’s been working out at the gym.... d She’s been dieting.... e He’s been taking herbal infusions.... f She’s been doing acupuncture.

Listen to the dialogues (1-6) and decide what each person has been doing (a-f).

13

5

Choose the correct sentence. 14

1 She recently broke her leg. a She has just broken her leg. b She has just been breaking her leg.2 It is morning. I am still studying. a I have studied all morning. b I have been studying all morning.3 My hands are very dirty. a I’ve painted the kitchen. b I’ve been painting the kitchen.4 Ryan feels fi ne. a He has already been having fl u. b He has already had the fl u.

Read the email and choose the correct option.15

Hi Pete,What (1) have you done / have you been doing lately? You (2) haven’t written / haven’t been writing to me since last summer.On January 1st, I made a New Year’s resolution to live a healthier lifestyle. I (3) have dieted / have been dieting since January, and I (4) have already lost / have already been losing 10 kilos. I (5) have done / have been doing more exercise. This week, I (6) have been working out / have worked out at the gym four times.Of course, it (7) hasn’t been / hasn’t been being easy, but I’m feeling much better now.I hope to hear from you soon.Sally

Complete the sentences with the present perfect continuous of the verbs in brackets.

12

1 Mark … depressed lately. (feel)2 I … from back pain for many years. (suffer)3 My head … all morning. (hurt)4 Boris … painkillers since the accident. (take)5 They … for the doctor all afternoon. (wait)

Write an email to a friend about how you take care of yourself. Use activity 15 as a model.

16

Hi... , I have been feeling…

Present perfect continuous

Se usa has / have been + -ing para enfatizar la duración de una acción que empezó en el pasado y que continúa en el presente.

We have been doing yoga for ten years.I have been reading this book since last month.She has been feeling dizzy all morning.

see page 115

Reciprocal pronouns

Each other se utiliza para expresar una acción que se desarrolla entre dos personas y one another entre más de dos.

Tom and Mary help each other at the gym.The athletes congratulated one another.

see page 114

UNIT 1

THAT’S ENGLISH! 13

Alternative therapiesB

Read the following statement about alternative therapies. Do you agree or disagree? Explain your answer.

1

BEFORE YOU WATCHDocumentary

Answer the questions.

Are alternative therapies available on the state health system in their countries? Complete the table.

3

5

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Complete the sentences with one word.4

That’s Britain!

The Slimmeria Retreat is a place where people go to lose weight and get healthy. What activities do you think you can do there?

2

That’s Britain!

Have you ever tried to lose weight? Explain why you were or were not successful. How would you recommend someone else to lose weight?

6

1 What do we call treatments that help to heal the whole body?

a natural b complementary c holistic

2 Which therapy does the National Health Service sometimes include?

a osteopathy b hypnotherapy c homeopathy

3 What do some people say is the key to successful alternative therapy?

a natural ingredients b belief that it works c a combination of alternative and traditional

medicine

4 Why did Chris Wallace decide to try osteopathy? a traditional medicine didn’t work b doctors would not operate on him c both a and b

5 What problem does Steven Hills have? a stress b lack of sleep c back pain

6 What is the presenter’s concluding argument about alternative therapy?

a It is better than traditional medicine. b It is less harmful to our bodies than traditional

medicine. c It should only be used alongside traditional

medicine.

1 Tunbridge Wells is in the … of England.2 Galia is the … of The Slimmeria Retreat.3 Guests at The Slimmeria Retreat lose around

5 kilos per … .4 Guests take a fi tness class and do yoga

before … .5 To lose weight, it’s important to drink plenty of … .6 Lisa is a personal … at the Slimmeria Retreat.7 Boxing is a great way to stay fi t without

getting … .

People who use alternative therapies only get better because they ‘believe’ that the remedies work. The mind has the power to heal.

The best way to lose weight is to do more exercise.

Yes No

14

Getting better

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGRead the statements. Tick (3) the ones you agree with.

Read the article again. Choose the correct option.2

1 Vitamin supplements are a waste of money. 3 Rapid diets do not work.2 You should take health advice from celebrities. 4 A balanced diet is the key to a healthy lifestyle.

Match the highlighted expressions in the text to their meanings.

3

1 Tom Cruise … depression. a knows more than the specialists about b suffers from c doesn’t believe in treating2 The writer thinks that Gwyneth Paltrow is … . a a good actress b a good ‘cupping’ practitioner c a health expert3 People who do ‘The Master Cleanse’ … . a do not eat b do not drink c take baths4 The health benefi ts of coloured sports tape … . a are well-known b haven’t been confi rmed c have been disproved5 Stuart Broad believes in the health benefi ts of

… .

1 feel sad2 relieve anxiety3 reduce kilos4 look for advice5 an ineffective treatment with a psychological

benefi t6 herbs, vitamins, minerals that help you

improve your diet7 an equal combination of good food8 living with good physical health

Depression impossible: Tom Cruise made the medical community angry when he told a TV host that depression cannot be treated with medicine. Doctors quickly denounced the actor’s comments as ‘dangerous and irresponsible’. They suggest that if you suffer from depression, you should seek help from your GP, and not from the star of Mission Impossible.

A warm cup of health: Gwyneth Paltrow has been strongly criticised about the health advice she offers on her website GOOP.com. Her support for ‘cupping’ is particularly controversial. In this treatment, a practitioner places warm glass cups on the skin to reduce stress. Experts have explained that the therapy causes bruising, that is, brown or purple marks on your skin. Gwyneth, stick to what you do best: acting.

Dreamdiet: When Beyoncé needed to lose weight for her role in Dreamgirls, she went on a rapid programme to lose weight called ‘The Master Cleanse’. This diet consists of consuming nothing more than a glass of pure water mixed with lemon juice, maple syrup and cayenne pepper for 10 days. Although you can lose weight this way, the side effects include fatigue, dizziness, dehydration and nausea. Experts say that it is not only dangerous, but also weight is quickly regained when the diet ends.

Magic tape: Not all celebrity health advice is dangerous. Some of it is just plain silly. David Beckham and Serena Williams have been wearing coloured sports tape to treat muscle injuries for years. Lance Armstrong said the tape has ‘special powers’. Experts, on the other hand, say there is no research to support this theory: ‘The tape has nothing more than a placebo effect’.

A bit of common sense: On a positive note, England cricketer Stuart Broad has spoken out against dietary supplements. He says, ‘A balanced diet provides our bodies with all the nutrients we need’.

Recently, more and more celebrities have been appearing in the media offering advice on how to have a healthy lifestyle.

Celebrity health advice

what you do best: acting.

Dreamdiet:on a rapid programme to lose weight called ‘The Master Cleanse’. This diet consists of consuming nothing more than a glass of pure water mixed with lemon juice, maple syrup and cayenne pepper for 10 days. Although you can lose weight this way, the side effects include fatigue, dizziness, dehydration and nausea. Experts say that it is not only dangerous, but also weight is quickly regained when the diet ends.

Magic tape:Beckham and Serena Williams have been wearing coloured sports tape to treat muscle injuries for years. Lance Armstrong said the tape has ‘special powers’. Experts, on the other hand, say there is no research to support this theory: ‘The tape has nothing more than a

what you do best: acting.

Tom Cruise made the medical community angry when he told a TV host that depression cannot be treated with medicine. Doctors quickly denounced the actor’s comments as ‘dangerous and irresponsible’. They

from your GP,

Gwyneth Paltrow has been strongly criticised about the health advice she offers on her website GOOP.com. Her support for ‘cupping’ is particularly controversial. In this treatment, a practitioner places warm glass

. Experts have explained that the therapy causes bruising, that is, brown or purple marks on your skin. Gwyneth, stick to

for her role in Dreamgirls, she went for her role in Dreamgirls, she went

GP = General Practitioner, doctor

1

6

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

a food supplements b sport c a good diet

15THAT’S ENGLISH!

See how intonation changes when we show interest and sympathy. Listen and repeat these expresions.

Practise the following dialogues. Emphasise the intonation to show interest or sympathy.

Use the words in the box to complete the sentences below.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 1

2

3

1 He twisted his … while he was playing football.2 I ate so much chocolate that I’ve got an upset … .3 I’ve hurt my … . I dropped a heavy dictionary on

my foot.4 I’ve had a bad … since I tried to move the piano

into the other room.5 I’ve got a sore … . I think I might have the fl u.6 Yesterday I fell down and I broke my … . I can’t

use my right hand.7 He’s been having … pains, and he’s got a terrible

cough.

1 A: You’re late. I’ve been waiting for 30 minutes. B: I’m so sorry.2 A: I think reiki is fantastic. B: Really?3 A: My mum’s in hospital. B: Oh dear!4 A: I’ve been losing weight since I started dieting. B: Have you?

Now listen and repeat.

Write a sentence to give advice for each of the health problems in activity 3.

4

throat chest stomach backankle toe wrist

Listen to the three dialogues. Complete the gaps in the sentences.

Listen to the dialogues again. Tick (3) the expressions you hear.

5

9

6

9

1 He should put an ice pack on his foot to stop the pain and go to the doctor.

Interest Sympathy (pity or compassion)

Did you? › Oh dear! ›

Have you? › What a shame! ›

Is it? › I’m so sorry. ›

Really? › That’s too bad. ›

Problem Cause Advice

1He hasn’t been (1) … very well.

He hasn’t been (4) … properly.

He should look at a webpage run by (7) … and … .

2His mother has got a (2) … heart.

She has (5) … cholesterol.

He should take her to a (8) … .

3She’s got a bad cough and a (3) … throat.

She (6) … 20 … a day.

She should use (9) … and to give up (10) … .

Ask about a problemWhat’s the matter?What’s wrong?What happened?How are you feeling?Are you in pain?You look (pale…)

Talk about a problemI’m feeling depressed.My back hurts.I feel awful.I’ve got……a rash / indigestion.…a broken leg.I am exhausted.

Show sympathyWhat a shame!What a pity!Oh, dear!I’m sorry to hear that!That’s too bad!That looks serious!

Give adviceYou should…You ought to…Why don’t you…?If I were you, I’d…You’d better see a doctor.

1

7

8

Practise similar conversations with a partner using expressions from each column.

A friend sent you this email. Write back to express sympathy and give advice.

7

8

What’s the matter?

Oh, dear. You should relax.

My back hurts.

What should I do?

Hi,I haven’t seen you for a long time. I hope everything is all right.I’m writing to ask you for some advice. Unfortunately, my mother has been ill since she got caught in a rainstorm last week. She’s had a high temperature and hasn’t eaten anything for days.The doctor came to see her yesterday. He told her to rest and take aspirin, but I’m still worried. I know you believe in herbal remedies and alternative medicine. Can you give me some advice?Bye for now,Samuel

Send

Dear Samuel,I’m so sorry that your mother isn’t feeling well…

Giving advice

Para dar consejo se usan verbos y expresiones como should, shouldn’t, ought to, could, how about + -ing, e imperativos.

The doctor said he should give up smoking.You shouldn’t go out if you have a cold.Children ought to eat more fruit and vegetables.You could ride your bicycle to work.

see page 116

16

Getting better

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONAnswer the questions.1

Read the text and check your answers.2

3 Answer the questions.

1 How many Britons use alternative therapies?2 Is free healthcare available in the UK?3 When are alternative therapies classifi ed as ’recommendable‘ by the NHS?4 How many homeopathic surgeries are there in the UK?5 Are experts optimistic or pessimistic about the future of complementary medicine in the UK?

1 Do you think many people use alternative therapies?2 Which alternative therapies are more popular?

When will alternative therapies stop being ‘alternative’?

The number of people turning to alternative therapies to prevent and treat health problems has been growing gradually for years. These days, one in fi ve Britons use them. Unfortunately, alternative therapies aren’t cheap. Last year, British people spent £450 million on this kind of treatment.

What many people don’t realise is that alternative treatments have become increasingly available on the NHS, the UK National Health Service, which provides free healthcare for everybody. There has been a change in the medical profession’s attitude towards alternative remedies. A recent survey shows that more than two-thirds of doctors believe alternative therapies should be available free on the NHS. Doctors are becoming more sympathetic to complementary medicine as research proves that certain treatments are effective. Complementary medicine is now available from around 10% of doctors’ surgeries, and the number is rising.

However, the NHS does not recommend all alternative therapies. They have classifi ed treatments into three groups; recommendable, accepted but not recommendable, and rejected. Recommendable therapies have all been supported by scientifi c research. These include homeopathy, acupuncture, osteopathy and chiropractics.

Treatments that are accepted but not recommendable include aromatherapy, meditation and refl exology. Doctors can’t recommend them because they lack proper regulation. Doctors reject reiki and crystal therapies due to a lack of serious scientifi c research.

The availability of free alternative therapies differs across Great Britain. Each health authority decides how much of their budget to spend on this sector, usually basing their decision on the needs of the local community. The NHS has given money to some hospitals to employ alternative therapists, and it has opened fi ve homeopathic surgeries in the UK.

Experts agree that the future is looking good for complementary medicine. Recently, the Department of Health announced plans to invest £18 million in the Royal London Homeopathic Hospital. In the near future, acupuncture and homeopathy will no longer be considered ’alternative‘. They will become part of traditional medicine.

aromatherapy, meditation and refl exology. Doctors can’t recommend them because they lack proper regulation. Doctors reject reiki and crystal therapies due to a lack of serious scientifi c

to spend on this sector, usually basing their decision on the needs of the local community. The NHS has given money to some hospitals to employ alternative therapists, and it has opened fi ve

Experts agree that the future is looking good for complementary medicine. Recently, the Department of Health announced plans to invest £18 million in the Royal London Homeopathic Hospital. In the near future, acupuncture and homeopathy will no longer be considered

to complementary medicine as research proves that certain treatments are effective. Complementary medicine is now available

However, the NHS does not recommend all alternative therapies. They have classifi ed treatments into three groups; recommendable, accepted but not recommendable, and rejected. Recommendable therapies have all been supported by scientifi c research. These include homeopathy, acupuncture, osteopathy

Treatments that are accepted but not recommendable include aromatherapy, meditation and refl exology. Doctors can’t aromatherapy, meditation and refl exology. Doctors can’t

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

17THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 1

4 Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

1 In general, alternative therapies are not expensive.

2 The British medical profession is changing its opinion of alternative treatments.

3 The NHS recommends all alternative therapies.4 Refl exology has been supported by scientifi c

research.5 The availability of free alternative therapies

depends on where you live.6 Homeopathy will be considered a ‘normal’

treatment in a few years’ time.

Put the conversation in the correct order. Then listen and check your answers.

6

11

Listen to the podcast on alternative therapies and choose the correct option.

a Yes, he is. And there’s no cure for it.b How’s your father been feeling?c Thanks. I think I will.d I’m so sorry to hear that.e Is he in much pain?f I appreciate that.g Why don’t you listen to this podcast on

alternative therapies?h Not very well, I’m afraid. He has arthritis.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 7 … 8 …

5

10

Read this blog entry about reiki. What is this alternative therapy used for?

1 Osteopathy is frequently used to treat arthritis /broken bones.

2 Methods used in osteopathy are bodybuilding /massaging.

3 Osteopathy is available / not available on the NHS.

4 Osteopathy can be a bit comfortable / uncomfortable.

5 One private session costs £14 to £15 / £40 to £50.

6 A normal private session lasts 30 minutes / 60 minutes.

7 Eight or nine / Twelve sessions are usually recommended.

8 You can fi nd an osteopath on their website / calling your GP.

Now listen to your partner’s health problem and give him or her advice.

I’ve been eating too many sweets recently, and now I have a toothache…

You ought to go to the dentist. You shouldn’t eat so many sweets.

Tell your partner about a health problem you’ve recently had.

Now write your own blog entry on another alternative therapy you have learnt about in this unit. Include:

Blog entry

Reiki is a treatment that began in Japan. A practitioner puts his hands over your body to heal your energy. Then, your energy can heal your physical body. It has been used to cure arthritis and anxiety since the 19th century. Many doctors do not accept reiki because there is no serious scientifi c research.In my opinion, the medical profession and governments should take alternative therapies more seriously.

My blog

Cupping is a new alternative therapy that involves...

9

8

a description what it is used for where it started how long it has been used your opinion of it

7

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

18

What are the speakers talking about? Write the name of the alternative therapies.

1

UNIT 1

1 I was afraid of the needles, but they didn’t hurt at all.

2 How do they help a stomach problem by massaging your foot?

3 Drink this herbal infusion. It will cure your upset stomach.

4 Now the spiritual energy will heal the physical injury.

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

2

Complete the dialogues with refl exive pronouns. 3

Complete the sentences. Use the present perfect continuous form of the verbs in brackets.

Choose the correct option.

5

6

1 A: Did anybody help you with your homework? B: No, I did the homework … .2 A: I’m going to dress the children. B: I think they are old enough to dress … .3 A: Who taught Teresa how to play the guitar? B: She taught … .4 A: How did Oscar die? B: Unfortunately, he killed … by taking drugs.5 A: Isn’t riding a motorcycle dangerous? B: Not if you protect … by wearing a helmet.6 A: What a fantastic party! B: I hope you and Martha are enjoying … .7 A: Be careful. B: Don’t worry. We know how to take care of … .

3 I think you … go on a diet.a ought b should c should to

4 I’ve been taking painkillers for years. I … to stop taking them.a should b need c did should

5 You … wear warm clothes. It’s very cold today.a had better b better c would better

6 Why … you come to yoga classes with me?a are b don’t c aren’t

1 She … to Tai Chi classes for the last six months. (go)

2 I … well recently. (not feel)3 Your son … too many sweets. (eat)4 How long … you … for the doctor? (wait)5 How long … she … this diet? (follow)6 They … the effectiveness of this therapy for a

few years. (study)

1 … ! I’m … to hear that!2 I hurt … while I was lifting some heavy boxes.3 You … be careful lifting heavy things.4 I … never lift heavy things on my own.5 … stay at home and rest for a few days?

1 He has been cutting / has cut his fi nger with a knife.

2 I’ve been visiting / I’ve visited six doctors so far this year, and none of them have helped me.

3 How long has he written / has he been writing that article about acupuncture? Will he ever fi nish?

4 She’s had a skiing accident, and she has been breaking / has broken her leg.

5 Have you seen / Have you been seeing the latest news about heart transplants?

6 I’ve been learning / I’ve learnt how to hypnotise people, but I don’t know how to do it yet.

weight skin pain suffer placebo healthy supplements upset balanced prescription

Listen to the dialogue and complete the sentences.

7

12

I’ve been reading a book about how to live a (1) … lifestyle. It’s full of good advice. The most important thing is to eat a (2) … diet. If you need to lose (3) … , your doctor can write a (4) … for dietary (5) … . The book also discusses alternative treatments. For example, if you have an (6) … stomach, you should drink chamomile, an herbal infusion. Try using evening primrose for (7) … rashes. Many people believe that a plant called St. John’s wort can help if you (8) … from depression, but the book says it probably just has a (9) … effect. If you are in (10) … , you ought to try acupuncture.

Write about alternative therapies available in Spain. Which are the most popular? Are they covered by social security?

8

Choose the correct option.4

1 … an alternative therapy.a Try b You try c Trying

2 You … see a doctor about that rash!a ought b ought to c should to

The most popular alternative therapies in Spain are…

THAT’S ENGLISH!

2UNIT Lifestyle choices

19

· To learn about and describe differentways of life

· To express general ideas about lifestandardsO

BJE

CTI

VES

I really like your lifestyleA

NOW YOU!

How would you describe the lifestyle of these people? Match the adjectives (1-4) to the pictures (a-b).

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Answer the questions.

Match the speakers (1-7) with the ideas below (a-g).

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

1 What important work does Zack do?

2 What three decisions does Chris fi nally make?

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Think about how your life has changed in the last ten years? Why?

61 Zack and Isla plant cabbages and carrots.2 Sienna isn’t at school because she is unwell.3 Chris is married.4 Chris offers to help Zack get a job.5 Zack doesn’t have strong political beliefs.6 Chris spends a lot of his time with his friends.7 Chris rang Zack because he wanted to spend

time with someone kind.

1 How did Chris and Zack know each other?2 What is Zack and Isla’s criticism of the education

system?3 What confession does Chris make to Zack?4 Why was Chris in trouble with the police?

a Having children has changed my life.b Society in general has changed because it’s

become more global.c I’ve become more compassionate.d Having children changes many people’s

perspectives.e Travel has changed the person I am.f I’ve changed because I moved away from my

country.g I feel like a different person.

Over the last ten years my family has become more important than my job.

1 43

5 6

2

7

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ...

a b

1 conventional2 modern

3 traditional4 stressful

20

Lifestyle choices

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Match the words (1-4) to the pictures (a-d). Which picture shows alternative energy?

READING1

2

13

3

1 Different reasons for a change in lifestyle 4 A very popular movement2 Not a new idea 5 It’s easier when you work with others3 What does simple living consist of?

Read the article. Match the main ideas (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).

Answer the questions.

1 If you live off-the-grid, what energy sources can you use?

2 Give two reasons why people may choose to live off-the-grid nowadays.

3 Why is living off-the-grid a diffi cult lifestyle?

a cb d

Modern society? No, thank you.

a ... Have you ever dreamt of living a simpler lifestyle? Would you like to eat home-grown vegetables, own fewer things, or even produce your own energy? If so, you’re in good company. More and more people around the world are getting back to basics and living ‘off-the-grid’.

b ... Living off-the-grid means, literally, to disconnect your house from the electric power lines that pollute the environment. Instead, people living off-the-grid use cleaner energy sources, such as solar and wind power. However, living off-the-grid involves much more. First of all, it means living closer to nature, where you can grow your own food. Also, people who live off-the-grid spend less money, so they live in smaller homes and own fewer possessions. Most of these people don’t drive cars.

c ... In the United States, approximately 300,000 people are currently living off-the-grid, and they chose this unconventional lifestyle for a variety of reasons. Many people say they are tired of living in a materialistic society and prefer to get back in touch with nature. Many don’t trust the government and prefer to be more independent. For others, however, it is an economic necessity. Often, they have lost their jobs and their houses, so they need to live somewhere cheaper. One thing these people have in common is that they want something better for themselves and their children.

d ... Getting back to the simple life has many advantages, but it’s not so easy. For example, when the electricity goes out, either you fi x it yourself or live without it. Life off-the-grid also requires many different skills. For instance, you need to operate solar panels for electricity, get water from wells, and farm the land for food. That’s why many people decide to share resources and form off-the-grid communities. In this way, they can take advantage of each other’s land and abilities. For example, one person can raise animals, another person can grow fruit and vegetables, and someone else controls the water and energy.

e ... Philosophers throughout history have written about the benefi ts of simple living. Over 250 years ago, the French writer Voltaire said that we should all ´cultivate our garden´ if we want to be happy. More and more people today agree with him.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

4

2 Some people live off-the-grid because they do not have an alternative.

3 It’s a good idea for different people to do different jobs when you live off-the-grid.

1 People who live off-the-grid want to have a lot of things in their house.

Match the highlighted words in the text to their meanings.

5

1 where energy comes from2 abilities3 to make good use of something4 to cultivate the land5 to produce plants

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 Home-grown vegetables 2 Electric power grid 3 Solar panels 4 Water well

21

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 2

/s/ produce decide lifestyle house/z/ easy plays use things/t!/ choose lunch future switch/d"/ generous image fridge gym

Listen to the sounds /s/, /z/, /t!/ and /d"/.

Listen again and repeat.

Choose the correct answer.

Listen and write the words in the correct column.

1

14

2

3

15

15

Complete the sentences with an indefi nite pronoun.

6

conservative dependent independent liberal materialistic religious spritual

traditional tolerant unconventional

What words best describe my grandparents? I think my grandfather is (1) … because he doesn’t like change or new ideas. He is Catholic and goes to church every day. He’s very (2) … . He can’t cook, do laundry, or clean the house, so he’s (3) … on my grandmother for the housework. My grandfather doesn’t like anything modern, so he’s very (4) … . However, he enjoys shopping and buying things for the house. So, you could say he’s a little bit (5) … .

My grandmother is 82 years old and she’s different from most women of her generation. She’s an (6) … woman. She is (7) … and (8) … because she respects other people’s opinions and beliefs. My grandmother always wanted to do something special with her life. She worked as a photographer and enjoys travelling alone. Somebody once called her an (9) … woman, and I have to agree. My grandmother practises reiki, yoga, and meditation. She also believes in reincarnation, so she is very (10) … .

Complete the text with the correct word.

Now listen again and repeat.

4

1 /s/ and /t!/ are voiced* / voiceless*2 /z/ and /d"/ are voiced / voiceless* voiced (your vocal cords vibrate)* voiceless (your vocal cords don’t vibrate)

5 Choose the correct option.

1 We need someone / something / somewhere who is an expert in alternative energy.

2 I don’t have many possessions and everyone / everything / something in the house is second-hand.

3 I can’t grow vegetables nowhere / anywhere / nothing in my garden.

4 Who knows how much energy we can save? Nobody / Somebody / Anybody knows for sure.

5 No one / Anybody / Something in my family lives off-the-grid.

Indefi nite pronouns with other words

- Pueden ir seguidos de adjetivos.My grandmother always wanted to do something special with her life.They need to live somewhere cheaper.They want something better for their children.

- Pueden ir seguidos de la palabra else.Sometimes I wonder why my grandmother didn’t marry someone else.

see page 116

1 I’m not going to feed the cows. It’s not my job! … else can do it.

2 There’s … worse than living in a big city! It’s horrible!

3 Do you know ... romantic to spend the weekend? It’s my wife’s birthday.

4 We’re looking for … more experienced for the job.5 I’m bored! I need ... new in my life, like a hobby.6 I want to live ... bigger. This place is much too

small!

/s/ /z/ /#/ /$/

abilities cheap advantage basic because challenging chose

energy is job nature person raise simple society states touch vegetable childhood

My grandparents are so different from each other. Sometimes I wonder why my grandmother didn’t marry someone else, but she loves my grandfather very much.

Indefi nite pronouns

Somebody, anything, anyone, no one… se usan cuando no se especifi ca de qué, quién o qué lugar hablamos.

My grandfather doesn’t like anything modern.She’ll talk to anyone.Somebody once called her an independent woman.No one could be bored listening to her.

see page 116

22

Lifestyle choices

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Robert Cohen1 … is often / rarely at home.2 … spends his free time at home / in the city.3 … doesn’t live with anyone / lives with his

girlfriend.

Vivian Chang4 … believes in immigration / hard work.5 … rides her bicycle everywhere / to work.6 … spends her free time in the city / out of the

city.

Richard King7 … works at a church / on a farm.8 … enjoys being with his family / with everybody.9 … thinks his life is exciting / boring.

1 The / Ø food in this restaurant in delicious.2 The / Ø pollution in Beijing is terrible.3 I enjoy listening to the / Ø classical music to

relax.4 Should the / Ø government do more about the

/ Ø pollution?5 I think the / Ø nuclear energy is dangerous.6 Do you prefer the / Ø home-grown vegetables?

1 The most important thing in my life is … friendship.

2 … friendship between Bill and Mark lasted all their lives.

3 Why do … philosophers like to write about simple living?

4 … philosophers wrote a book together.5 That book is about … criminals.6 … criminals were never caught.

Complete the sentences with the defi nite article when necessary.

9

Listen to an interview with three Americans who have different lifestyles. Choose the correct options.

7

16

Read this paragraph about Nicole and fi nd seven adjectives that describe her lifestyle.

Which of the adjectives in the text about Nicole best describe your lifestyle? Make a list of the adjectives and write a reason.

Write a paragraph about your lifestyle. Use activity 10 as a model. Remember to use as many adjectives as possible.

Choose the correct option.

10

11

12

8Adjective Reasons why

tolerant I live in a multi-ethnic neighbourhood.

religious I’m Catholic, but I don’t go to church.

... ...

I’m Nicole, and I’m 26 years old. I live in a small fl at in a working-class ne ighbourhood in Croydon, but I work in the centre of London. I take the train to work every morning, and it takes me about 30 minutes. I often have to

work 10 hours a day. It’s quite stressful. In some ways, I have a typical English lifestyle. For example, I wake up early and eat a traditional English breakfast of baked beans, eggs, and sausage.

On weekends, I enjoy relaxing by going to the cinema, theatre or museums. I don’t earn a high salary, but I’m not materialistic.

Still, I think having enough money is important if you want to be independent. I like reading about politics. I’m very liberal because I believe in equal rights for everyone. I am not religious. I never go to church, but I try to be tolerant with other people.

I live in a multi-ethnic neighbourhood, so I can say I’m a tolerant person…

Use and omission of the defi nite article

- The se utiliza para referirse a una persona o cosa conocida por los hablantes. Many people don’t trust the government.It means disconnecting your house from the electric power lines that pollute the environment.

- No se utiliza cuando se habla en general. Philosophers throughout history have written about the benefi ts of simple living.The philosophers that I studied infl uenced my life.You need to operate solar panels for electricity.When the electricity goes out, you fi x it yourself.

see page 117

UNIT 2

THAT’S ENGLISH! 23

Cruising through lifeB

Read the job advertisement and answer the questions.

1 What jobs are offered?2 What do you get apart from the salary?

1

BEFORE YOU WATCHDocumentary

Choose the correct sentence.

Circle the family units that the speakers talk about.

3

4

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Complete this brochure for the South Downs National Park.

5

That’s Britain!

Tick (3) the types of family units that exist in your country.

extended families single parent families

gay marriage blended families

2

Same language, different lives

1 a Nurses work longer hours than other people. b Nurses work at different times of the day

than other people.

2 a John was a dancer on the cruise ship. b John organised entertainment events on the

cruise ship.

3 a John had two months each year when he didn’t work.

b John worked on the cruise ship all year round.

4 a Katie and John met at a casino in London.

b Katie and John met on the cruise ship.

5 a John told his friends all about his adventures at sea.

b John missed his friends a lot when he was at sea.

6 a John and Katie continued working on the cruise ship after they married.

b John and Katie stopped working on the cruise ship after they married.

7 a Partners are lucky if they both have unusual working days.

b Partners are lucky if they can both travel together.

Think of places in your country which are popular for people who like healthy lifestyles. What activities can you do there?

6

Staff wanted for cruise ship. Must be available to travel for three months. Various positions available including entertainers, waiters and shop assistants. Accommodation and food included during time at sea.

1 only child 5 gay marriage2 blended families 6 mixed race families3 step families 7 extended families4 single parent families 8 divorced families

Come to the South Downs National Park and enjoy long (1) … along the coast. There are many fantastic (2) … and over (3) … square miles of land between Winchester and Eastbourne.

The South Downs is popular for people who enjoy a (4) … lifestyle. They come here to ride their bikes and to go (5) … . The views are lovely from up in the air and it’s very (6) ... .

Beauty spots

It’s a long climb to the top of Beacon Hill, but the view is spectacular. In 1588, soldiers came here to send messages to (7) … that the Spanish Armada was coming.

Beachy Head is a stunning clifftop that was used for the setting of fi lms including Chitty Chitty Bang Bang, (8) … and James Bond.

Arrange your visit soon.

air and it’s very (6) ... .

It’s a long climb to the top of Beacon Hill, but the view is spectacular. In 1588, soldiers came here to send messages to (7) … that the Spanish

Beachy Head is a stunning clifftop that was used Beachy Head is a stunning clifftop that was used

A lot of people spend time on the beach and go surfi ng.

SOUTH DOWNS NATIONAL PARK

24

Lifestyle choices

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGRead the sentences below. Which of them do you agree with?

The purpose of this article is to …

Match the highlighted words in the text with their meanings.

Answer the questions.

2

4

3

1 I’m the kind of person who always wants more. 3 A stimulating life is a happy life.2 Big cities are the best place to live. 4 Earning a lot of money is important for happiness.

1 describe New York.2 tell the reader about the dangerous areas of

New York.3 help the reader to decide if they would like to

live in New York.1 anxious2 to reach your objectives3 fantastic4 the price of food, clothes and houses5 pleased6 a desire to be successful

1 Did the author like living in New York?2 Do young people want to live in New York?3 What are ‘urban tribes’? 4 Why do maximisers often change jobs?

5 What qualities do you need to have a successful career in New York?

6 Why are many New Yorkers unhappy?

More than 80% of young people in the United States say they want to live in New York City. I can understand that. I lived in the ´Big Apple´ in the ’90s, and it was fantastic! New York is neither boring nor slow, and it’s also one of the most liberal cities in the country. Perhaps that’s why you can see so many urban tribes there. Urban tribes are groups of young people who have similar lifestyles, interests and ideologies that are different from general culture. These young people usually identify with each other through fashion and music. However, the city has both its good and bad points. To see if it’s the right place for you, think about these questions.

Are you a ‘maximiser’? Do you constantly want more?

Maximisers are people who are always looking for the best. They are never satisfi ed, and they frequently change jobs, hobbies, and sometimes even partners! New York City is a great city for someone who is a maximiser because it has the best of everything: the best restaurants, the best museums, and the best jobs. So, are you a person who is always looking for more? If so, you might be a maximiser.

Do you want to earn a lot of money?

New York City has some of the best paid jobs in the world, but also the strongest competition. Neither the rich nor the poor have an easy life in New York. In fact, it is both diffi cult and stressful for everyone! Still, the city continues to attract ambitious men and women from all over the world, and you need to be both talented and hard-working if you want to succeed there. Also, it has the highest cost of living in the country, so you’ll need that extra money.

Is an interesting life more important to you than a happy life?

New Yorkers are not famous for being happy. In fact, they have a reputation for being unhappy. But that’s not a problem for them. They are ambitious, which means that they are never completely happy with the status quo. If you want to do well in New York, either you change or you don’t succeed.

Is New York City the right city for you?

So, what do you think? It may not be an easy place to live, but the millions of people who have lived there agree on one thing: it’s amazing!

Are you a ‘maximiser’? Do you constantly want more?

Maximisers are people who are always looking for the best. They are never satisfi edpartners! New York City is a great city for someone who is a maximiser because it has the best of everything: the best restaurants, the best museums, and the best jobs. So, are you a person who is always looking for more? If so, you might be a maximiser.

Do you want to earn a lot of money?

New York City has some of the best paid jobs in the world, but also the strongest competition. Neither the rich nor the poor have an easy life in New York. In fact, it is both diffi cult

for everyone! Still, the city continues to attract ambitious men and women from all over the world, and you need to be both talented and hard-working if you want to

in the

1

17

status quo = one’s present situation(o

nlin

e so

urce

)

25THAT’S ENGLISH!

We can change the meaning of a sentence by stressing different words. Listen to how the stressed words in blue change the meaning of the sentence.

Practise saying these sentences stressing different words. Match sentences (1-4) to the questions (a-d).

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 2

1 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s.2 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s.3 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s.4 I lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s.

a What did you do in the Big Apple in the ‘90s?b When did you live in the Big Apple?c Who lived in the Big Apple in the ‘90s?d Where did you live in the ´90s?

1 Who loves New York? Dan loves New York.2 What does Dan think of New York? Dan loves New York.3 What does Dan love? Dan loves New York.

Complete the sentences with both ... and, neither ... nor or either ... or.

Join the sentences with both ... and, neither ... nor or either ... or.

Rewrite the following sentences with the and the plural form.

3

4

5

5 Jenny has lived in ... New York ... London, and she likes New York more.

1 New York isn’t a cheap place to live. New York isn’t an easy place to live.

New York is neither a cheap nor an easy place to live.

2 We can visit the Empire State Building. We can also visit the Metropolitan Museum. You decide.

3 Frank lives in Brooklyn. Betty lives in Brooklyn.4 New Yorkers are not satisfi ed. New Yorkers are

not happy.5 Theatres aren’t cheap. Restaurants aren’t cheap.

1 I was born in 1976.2 Mr and Mrs Parker are our neighbours.3 World War II started in 1939.4 The Hobson family grow their own food.

1

18

2

19

Now listen again and repeat.

Listen and repeat.19

18

Both ... and / neither ... nor / either ... or

Both … and relaciona dos cosas o personas.The city has both its good and its bad points.Both Skaters and Goths are urban tribes.

Neither … nor expresa información negativa, aunque acompaña a un verbo en forma afi rmativa.

New York is neither boring nor slow.Neither the rich nor the poor have an easy life in New York.

Either … or expresa una alternativa.Either you change or you don’t succeed.Either you fi x it yourself or you live without it.

Fíjate:Con either … or y neither … nor, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento.

Neither my sisters nor my brother is here. Either Jim or the children are doing it.

see page 117

1 ... Jack ... his brother are self-suffi cient. They’re very independent.

Both Jack and his brother are self-suffi cient.2 … Don … Nancy likes New York. In fact, they

hate it.3 … my wife … I will meet you at the airport.4 We can … go to Brooklyn Zoo ... the Statue of

Liberty. Which do you prefer?

Listen to two members of the urban tribes Skaters (S) and Goths (G) talking about their lifestyle. Tick (3) the information you hear.

6

20

S G

… think fashion is important

… is a street culture

… are peaceful and tolerant

… need to keep in shape

… enjoy reading

… is an active lifestyle

… are unconventional

Tell your partner about a typical day in the life of someone you know.

7

My cousin lives in a small town, so his lifestyle is slow and relaxed. During the week, he... . In his free time, he enjoys…

Uses of the plural

Para referirse a familias, se usa the + plural.The Smith family = The SmithsThe Jones family = The Joneses

Para referirse a décadas se usa the + ’number + s.The fi fties (the decade of the ’50s)The Beatles were popular in the ’60s.

see page 117

26

Lifestyle choices

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONAnswer the questions about yourself.

Read the article. How does Ms Boden describe life on the island?

3

4

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Answer the questions.

1 Many young people would like to live on Eigg.2 Ms Boden was born on the island.3 Ms Boden’s lifestyle in London was slow and boring.4 Her life on Eigg is just as stressful as her life in London.5 The weather is an important factor in her life now.6 Now she thinks that her life in London was terrible.7 Ms Boden enjoys working hard.

1 Which word does not describe life on Eigg? a cosmopolitan b peaceful c provincial

2 The text suggests many people on Eigg probably ... . a hate concerts b want to leave c enjoy going to pubs

3 Which sentence is incorrect? a Eigg is both windy and rainy. b Eigg is neither windy nor rainy. c Eigg can be either calm or windy.

4 How does Ms Boden feel at the end of the day? a stressed b exhausted c bored

5 What does Sarah Boden enjoy doing in her free time now?

a surfi ng the net b relaxing with her dogs c going to restaurants

1 Would you move to a small island? 2 How would your life change if you did?

1

2

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

A new lifeThe island of Eigg is situated off the coast of Scotland. It’s very small (it has an area of only 12 square miles), and fewer than 100 people live there. It rains on most days of the year, and the weather is usually windy.

To many people, it doesn’t appear a very attractive place to live. However, Sarah Boden decided to leave her job as a music journalist in London and go to Eigg to work as a farmer. Ms Boden’s decision is not so surprising when you consider that she is originally from the island. Even so, why did she come back? This is what she says:

‘Many people probably wonder why a young person would want to leave an exciting life in London and go to live on Eigg. Well, at the age of 31, my career as a music journalist felt like a continuation of my adolescence. On the surface, it was a cosmopolitan lifestyle. I went to concerts every week and interviewed lots of famous people. I enjoyed both eating at amazing Indian restaurants and relaxing at the local Vietnamese cafes. My house was a refurbished shoe factory which I shared with a group of bohemian artists. In reality, however, most of my days were spent either sitting at my computer or surfi ng the Internet. Besides, I didn’t like the materialistic culture in London. I knew that I needed a radical change.

A year ago, I decided to quit my job and move back to Eigg to work on my uncle’s sheep and cattle farm. It’s a slower lifestyle -- the only thing that happens fast is drinking -- but it’s not boring at all. Taking care of sheep and cows is hard work, and it means waking up early and going outside no matter how cold and windy it may be. Eigg is even rainier than London. When the weather is sunny and warm, working can be a pleasure. The island is so beautiful and peaceful that on a calm day I can sit with my dogs and spend hours watching the birds fl ying across the sky.

Sometimes I think about my life in London, and I miss it. But now, when I go to bed at night I’m physically tired but not mentally fatigued. It’s a great feeling, and it tells me that I’ve made the right decision’.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 2

27

Read the questionnaire. Which of the statements do you agree with?

Read the blog and choose the correct words.

Choose one statement you agree with and one you disagree with from activity 5 and tell your partner why.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ...

a Going out b Working c Family life d Free time e Respect for elders

1 The centre of life in India is ... . a cricket b work c the family

2 Indian families are ... . a smaller than English families b larger than English families c the same size as English families

3 Indian children ... . a don’t respect older people b respect older people c enjoy fi ghting

4 Compared to the English, Indian people work ... . a longer hours b shorter hours c the same hours

5 In India, young people spend most of their free time ... . a playing football b at the cinema c at home studying

6 The most popular pastime in India is watching ... . a Indian fi lms b cricket and football matches c American soap operas

I agree that modern life is too materialistic. People spend all their free time shopping. However, I disagree with the idea that it’s boring to grow your own food and raise animals because growing your own food can be very rewarding...

Listen to an interview with a British woman talking about the differences between life in India and Britain. Put the topics in the correct order.

Listen again and choose the correct option.

6

7

21

8

21

I love Paris! I think it is the most (1) amazing / awful city in the world. It’s so interesting and (2) lively / boring that there is always something to do. (3) Currently / In the past, over two million people from all over the world live in the city of Paris, so it’s very (4) provincial / cosmopolitan. Of course, with so many people, the traffi c is terrible and it’s very (5) quiet / noisy. I don’t think there is a lot of crime, and people say it’s (6) safe / dangerous to walk on the streets at night. The cost of living is high in Paris, and people have to work hard. It’s not a very (7) relaxed / stressful lifestyle. I suppose that’s why they have a reputation for being (8) friendly / rude. But that doesn’t matter. My dream is to live there one day.

1 Modern life is too materialistic. 2 It’s boring to grow your own food and raise animals. 3 People are friendlier in small villages than in big cities. 4 It’s diffi cult to have a simple lifestyle if you live in a big city. 5 Life today is very stressful. 6 I would love to have a bohemian lifestyle. 7 I would prefer to live in a vibrant city than in a quiet town. 8 City centres in Spain are dangerous at night. 9 People who are in touch with nature are happier.

Write a blog entry about people’s lifestyles in a big city or a small town. Use activity 9 as a model.10

I love Chicago. I think…

My favourite city

9

5

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

28

Complete the text with the words in the box.1

UNIT 2

Choose the correct option.

Rewrite the following sentences with the and the plural form.

Complete the sentences with the correct indefi nite pronoun.

2

3

4

Choose the correct option.

Rewrite the sentences with both ... and, neither ... nor or either ... or.

Write a short paragraph about the lifestyle of a famous person you know.

5

6

8

1 I am unemployed, so I have to live with my parents. I am dependent on / independent of them.

2 Sometimes my father can be traditional and infl exible. He’s very conservative / liberal.

3 Melissa is tolerant / stressful. She accepts everyone even if she doesn’t agree with them.

4 My grandfather believes in God. He’s very religious / materialistic.

5 My family lives in the country where we can farm / grow the land for food.

1 We have been self-suffi cient since 1993.2 Mr and Mrs Riordan have stressful jobs.3 Madrid expanded quickly from 1961 to 1969.4 Marie and Pierre Curie were scientists.

1 I have to tell you … important.2 I want to meet ... who is a Goth.3 I love where I live. I wouldn’t like to live ... else.4 It’s a small town, and … knows each other.5 I’m bored. There’s … to do.6 I hate this village! There isn’t ... friendly here.7 There isn’t ... interesting to do in this town.

1 I like the / Ø vibrant cities.2 I think that the / Ø society today is very

materialistic.3 The / Ø sheep on her farm are very healthy.4 We all need to respect the / Ø nature.5 I hate the / Ø weather on this island.6 What do you think about the / Ø electric cars?

1 This city is lively and friendly.2 We can grow tomatoes or we can grow

potatoes.3 Jane doesn’t homeschool her children and

Margaret doesn’t homeschool her children.4 She’s bohemian, but she’s also materialistic.5 I don’t like big cities, and I don’t like small

villages.

1 Eric’s wife does not come from Redruth.2 Eric was a teenager in the ‘60s.3 He has always liked Redruth.4 In the past, Eric wanted to live in London.5 Redruth is safe but, it isn’t quiet.6 The people in Redruth are rude and cold.7 The cost of living in Redruth is the same as in

London.8 Eric and his wife eat home-grown food.9 Eric and his wife think about leaving Redruth.

alternative movements cost of livingliberal lifestyle stressful

take advantage of urban tribes

Listen to an interview with Eric. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7).

7

22

I love New York because you can (1) … everything the city has to offer, the theatres, the museums, the nightclubs and restaurants. In general, the people are very (2) … , you know, very progressive and tolerant. They are also very diverse, and over 20 per cent of the population is immigrant. There are also many (3) … , such as Skaters and Goths which are part of the many (4) … you will fi nd there.

Of course, New York has its problems. The (5) … in New York can be (6) … however, because it’s so competitive and crowded. New York City has the highest (7) … in the United States; the average apartment costs around 4,000 dollars a month.

George Clooney was born in Kentucky. He is a famous Hollywood actor...

THAT’S ENGLISH!

3UNIT There’s noplace like home

29

· To describe home features· To talk about the housing market· To describe problems in the homeO

BJE

CTI

VES

Do you own or rent a house?A

NOW YOU!

Match the photos (1-5) to the expressions (a-e).

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Answer the questions.

Tick (3) the improvements to the house that are discussed.

Do these people currently rent or own property? Write R for rent, O for own or B for both.

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Do most people rent or buy property in your country? How would you describe the housing and / or rental market in your country?

Which speaker is currently saving money to buy property?

7

6

1 Chris decides not to view the fi rst house. Why?2 What two things does Chris say is good about

the second house?3 Which room does Amy want to extend?4 What permission would Chris need to build on

the patio?5 How much money does Chris want to get for

the sale of the house?6 Why did Marcus move out of the house?7 How much profi t did Chris and Amy make

when they sold the house?

1 rewiring 7 installing central heating2 new light fi ttings 8 installing a new shower3 double glazing and toilet4 replastering 9 putting plants in the garden5 new staircase 10 new fi replace6 new carpets

A lot of young people live at their family home until they get married and have the money to buy their own house.

1 4 7

2 5 8

3 6 9

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ...

1

4

2

5

3

1 What does Amy fi nally think about the house?

2 Why does Marcus want to look around the house?

a missing tiles d double-glazed windowsb repair staircase e replaster walls and ceilingsc rewire rooms

30

There’s no place like home

THAT’S ENGLISH!

If you moved to a new house, what features would you consider most important?

READING1

2

23

Read these adverts from an estate agent (1-6) and match them to the pictures (a-f).

3 Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

1 The two-bedroom apartment has private parking.

2 The thatched cottage is close to the city centre.3 Houseboats are not very typical.4 The two-bedroom terraced house is the

cheapest.5 The four-bedroom bungalow is old but looks new.

a db ec f

central heating

en suite bathroom

double glazing

fully furnished

fi tted wardrobe

open-plan

Which property would be best for…4

1 a single person?2 someone with a car and two children?3 a young couple with one child?4 a large family who doesn’t like the city?5 someone who is looking for a different kind of

residence in London?

Match the types of property (1-6) to the description (a-f).

5

1 bungalow 4 houseboat2 thatched cottage 5 terraced house3 semi-detached house 6 apartment

a a series of houses connected to each otherb a home that is in a building with more than

one fl oor and many separate residencesc a house with two residences separated by a

walld an independent house with a roof made of

strawe a small, one-fl oor independent housef a house that fl oats on water

Dawsons Estate Agents Hundreds of fantastic properties!

1 … Two-bedroom terraced house for saleIdeal as a fi rst house! Situated in the middle of a row of terraced houses. Has double glazing on most windows. Small back garden. Near bus stop and railway station.

£99,950

2 … Two-bedroom apartment for saleThis apartment is fully furnished, and both bedrooms have fi tted wardrobes. The building has underground parking, a gym and a large swimming pool. A couple of minutes’ walk from the city centre and shops.

Approximately £139,000

4 … Thatched cottageA new four-bedroom cottage in the picturesque village of Sherton Abbas. Beautiful front and back garden. The main bedroom has anen suite bathroom.

£369,950

3 … Three-bedroom semi-detached for saleA great opportunity to buy a well proportioned three-bedroom semi-detached family residence. Has a fantastic open-plan kitchen. Close to good schools. Has gas central heating and garage.

£121,995

5 … Four-bedroom bungalow for saleRecently modernised and extended semi-detached bungalow. Has large back garden and small front garden. Double glazing on all windows. Has a fi tted kitchen.

Offers over £400,000

6 … Two-bedroom houseboat on River ThamesA rare opportunity to buy a houseboat in the exclusive area of Chelsea in London. Built in 2003, the boat offers views of the river and has a large open-plan reception area.

Price: around £845,000

31

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 3

1 We’re looking for a big house // with a back garden // that’s close to the city centre.

2 It has a fi tted kitchen // and double glazing on most windows.

3 The other day // while I was in London // I saw a houseboat for sale.

4 It has gas central heating // and a garage.

In spoken English we pause (//) after groups of words when we want to add information or change ideas. Listen and repeat the sentences.

Listen to the dialogues and complete the table with the missing information.

Listen again and write the numbers in words.

Mark natural pauses (//) in the following sentences and practise them.

1

24

5

26

6

26

2

25

Choose the correct option and rewrite the sentences.

Ask your partner questions about his/her house. Use the sentences in activity 7.

7

8

Write the ordinal numbers in words.

Write the numbers in words.

Now listen and repeat.

3

4

1 We’d like to buy a fl at in a building with more than one fl oor and many separate residences.

2 This is a great opportunity to buy a well-proportioned three-bedroom semi-detached family residence.

3 This apartment is fully furnished and both bedrooms have fi tted wardrobes.

4 It’s situated in the middle of a row of terraced houses and has a small back garden.

1 My (2nd) child was born on the (27th) of June. My second child was born on the twenty- seventh of June.2 I went to a (250th) anniversary concert of

Handel’s Messiah, composed in the (18th) century.

3 Mr Green celebrates his (50th) birthday on the (12th) of next month.

4 The year 2018 is the (100th) anniversary of the end of the (1st) World War.

5 Central Harlem in New York goes from (110th) Street to (5th) Avenue. 1 The wardrobe cost £7,100. (just over / just

under) The wardrobe cost just over £7,000.

2 The house has 12 double-glazed windows. (a dozen / dozens of)

3 Fifty homes are for sale in this neighbourhood. (a dozen / dozens of)

4 She owns two houses. (a couple of / roughly)

5 It will cost £500 to redecorate the apartment. (hundreds of pounds / a hundred pounds)

6 They want £295,000 for the houseboat. (just over £300,000 / roughly £300,000)

a 217 c 8,396 e 71,084b 548 d 64,927 f 0.61

It’s seven degrees below zero.

Context Numbertemperature -7ºyearphone numbercredit cardkilometres

How much does the wardrobe cost?

It costs thousands of pounds.

How to read large numbers

250 = Two hundred and fi fty3,671 = Three thousand, six hundred and seventy-one38,942 = Thirty-eight thousand, nine hundred and forty-two

Spoken forms of 0

Zero (temperature): -5ºC = fi ve degrees below zero

Oh (years): 1806 = eighteen-oh-six

Oh (numbers after decimal points): 1.03 = one point oh-three

Nil (results of a football match): 4-0 = four-nil

Nought (before decimal points): 0.452 = nought point four-fi ve-two

see page 118

Expressing quantity

Para expresar cantidades aproximadas en plural se usan:- a couple of, dozen(s), hundred(s), thousand(s).

There were a dozen people interested in the fl at.We have seen dozens of apartments this month.There are thousands of houses for sale in London.A couple of fl ats are for sale in this building.Fíjate: No se puede decir, couples of.

- approximately, around, about, roughly, (just) over, (just) under.The house was roughly ! 250,000.It costs just under ! 300,000. (! 290,000)

see page 119

32

There’s no place like home

THAT’S ENGLISH!

1 The couple has seen twelve / over 30 homes.2 They think the small apartment is nice / ugly.3 The semi-detached house was built a long time

ago / recently.4 The semi-detached house has a garden / garage.5 The thatched cottage has been / needs to be

modernised.6 They decide to live in the country / city.

1 We need to make a … keys for the house.2 There’s a very beautiful park behind that …

houses.3 Jerry’s wife gave him a new … tools because

he loves DIY (Do It Yourself).4 We saw a nice place in that … apartments.5 If I were you, I’d buy a … fl owers for your

girlfriend on Valentine’s Day.6 It’s a small theatre. It only has 15 … seats.

10

27

11

27

Look at these pictures. How often do you have these problems at home?

Use the expressions in activity 12 to complete the letter of complaint.

Have you ever had any problems with your fl at or house? Tell your partner.

Listen to a couple talking about buying a house and complete the table.

Listen again and choose the correct option.

12

13

14

Adjective Type of house Price Year built

House 1

House 2

House 3

Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.

9

a set of...

a row of...a bunch of...

a block of...

Dear Sir or Madam,I am writing to complain about the horrible conditions of the fl at we rented from you in January.To start with, every week the electricity goes off, and we have to change (1) a blown fuse. It’s very dangerous! The electrical (2) … is terrible! Also, the (3) ... is broken so we don’t have any central heating or hot water! The (4) ... in this house is bad so we lose a lot of heat, especially through the windows. There is really (5) ... , so you never get a very good shower. Last week, the sink was full of water because of a (6) … . Last winter, our neighbours upstairs had a (7) … because the water froze. Then, we had a (8) … on our ceiling.If you cannot fi x these problems before the end of this month, we will have to break our contract.Thank you for your attention.Kind regards,Sarah Brown

My house has a problem with low water pressure.

electrical wiring low water pressure

a burst water pipe

insulation

a blocked drain

I often have a blown fuse at home when there is a storm.

boiler

a blown fuse

a leak

Expressions for groups of things

Utilizamos a pair of, a bunch of, a set of, a row of... para referirnos a grupos de personas o cosas.

They planted a row of trees along the high street.I bought a new pair of trousers for work.We need to buy a new set of tools to repair things.

see page 119

UNIT 3

THAT’S ENGLISH! 33

My home is my castleB

Think about your home or a home you would like to buy. Which of the following factors are important to you? Explain your answer.

1

BEFORE YOU WATCHDocumentary

Choose the correct option.

Listen to the speakers talking about types of accommodation in their countries and answer the questions.

3

4

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Choose the correct option.

Put these descriptions in the order they are mentioned in the programme.

5

6

That’s Britain!

Match the words (1-3) to the pictures (a-c).2

That’s Britain!

How have houses changed over the years in your country?

7

1 In which country is housing in the cities and suburbs different?

2 In which countries is housing associated with social status?

3 In which country are there houses of all shapes and sizes?

a People made beer in this kitchen.b The oldest cottage is made of fl int and has a

thatched roof.c Traditional Tudor clothes were made of linen

and wool.d This is a place where families come to enjoy

the sights.e The farmhouse was built in the 15th century.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ...

1 South Downs National Park is a rainy / snowy place.

2 There are more than 50 / 15 buildings from different parts of the country.

3 The cottage is from the 13th / 15th century. 4 The Tudor clothes replica shown in the video is

made of 3 / 2 natural materials.5 Vic’s shirt goes down to his ankles / knees.

Space and number of rooms

Size of garden

Natural light

Location of property

Neighbours

a b

c

1 Paul moved from the city because it was too noisy / expensive.

2 When Paul is tired of his view, he will buy a new houseboat / sail to a new location.

3 Paul can’t buy a lot of shopping / invite people to dinner because of the lack of space on his boat.

4 People who live on houseboats are friendly with each other / rarely talk to one another.

5 Paul describes his lifestyle as simplistic / bohemian.

6 People who have houseboats have many pets / like to have plants.

1 kitchen 2 fi replace 3 baby cot

In my country, houses have changed in the last years, specially in the big cities…

e ... Northern Ireland is going to take a long time to recover from its housing mania. However, at least this country’s experience can teach us one important lesson: house prices can go down as well as up.

34

There’s no place like home

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGAnswer the questions.

Read the article and match the main ideas (1-4) to the paragraphs (a-d).

Answer the questions.

Match the highlighted words from the text to the defi nitions.

3

4

1 Why isn’t Quoile Crescent a pleasant area to visit?2 What do the residents of Quoile Crescent want to do? Why can’t they do it?3 Why is Quoile Crescent sadly typical?4 Why was ‘fl ipping’ a good idea at fi rst?5 Why were fi nancial institutions partly responsible for the situation?

1 a sudden devaluation in the price of homes2 a person who buys and sells houses to make money quickly3 to explode suddenly4 a building with people living in it5 real estate (land and houses)6 a time when the value of homes increases very quickly

1 A country with too many houses 2 Welcome to a ghost town 3 No escape4 One man’s story

1 What has happened to house prices in the last fi ve years?2 Is now a good time to buy a house?

The good times have gone!

a ... Quoile Crescent is a residential area about 20 miles south of Belfast, the capital of Northern Ireland. It consists of just over 30 family homes; however, only a couple of them are occupied. The rest are completely empty. It is a depressing place to visit: the roads are in poor condition, there is rubbish and broken glass everywhere, and there are no shops.

b ... The two families living in Quoile Crescent are desperate to leave. However, they can’t because no one wants to buy their houses. ‘I hate living here. I’ve lost all hope,’ says one of the residents.

c ... Unfortunately, Quoile Crescent is not the only black spot on the Northern Ireland housing market. There are currently over 5,000 empty properties in the country. Like many other places in Europe, Northern Ireland had a very big housing bubble at the beginning of the twenty-fi rst century. But the bubble suddenly burst a few years ago.

d ... Gerald McGrath suffered the full effects of this housing crash. He used to be a wealthy property speculator, but now he has under £1,000 in the bank. In the good times, he bought hundreds of houses and then sold them immediately at a higher price, a practice called ‘fl ipping’. It seemed like an easy way to make money. And it was, but only for a few years. Mr McGrath wasn’t the only person who made bad decisions during the housing bubble. As he says, ‘The banks went crazy. They were giving thousands of pounds to people who didn’t even have jobs. You know, £400,000 was not a high price for a house in those days. Now you could buy a palace with that money!’

Quoile Crescent is a residential area about 20 miles south of Belfast, the capital of Northern Ireland. It consists of just over 30 family homes; however, only a

country. Like many other places in Europe, Northern Ireland at the beginning of the twenty-fi rst century. But the bubble suddenly

country. Like many other places in Europe, Northern Ireland burst a few

country. Like many other places in Europe, Northern Ireland at the beginning of the twenty-fi rst century. But the bubble suddenly burst a few

1

2

28

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

35THAT’S ENGLISH!

Listen and notice how a silent e at the end of a word can change the pronunciation of the previous vowel.

Practise saying these words.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 3

1 ate at 4 hope hop2 her here 5 us use3 bit bite

Write the verbs in the correct present tense form.

Read the letter and fi nd the expressions used to…

Choose the correct answer about writing formal letters.

3

4

5

1 begin the letter: ... 4 ask for action: ...2 express reason for writing: ... 5 ask for a reply: ...3 list a series of points: ... 6 end the letter: ...

1 We use / don’t use contractions.2 After Dear and Yours sincerely we use

commas / full stop.3 The paragraphs are short and direct / long and

vague.4 The tone is polite / aggressive.

1

29

2

Did you notice the pronunciation of the vowel in the second word was longer? Listen and repeat.

29

Now listen and repeat.30

Subject-verb agreement

Se usan verbos en singular con los siguientes sujetos:- Con cantidades de dinero y periodos de tiempo.

I think £200,000 is too expensive for a car.Twenty-fi ve years is the average time for a loan.

- Cuando either, neither o none son sujetos, utilizamos verbos en singular.Neither of them is rich.Either of us is able to buy that house.None of them has much money.

- Con neither … nor el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento.Neither he nor his wife likes the fl at.Neither he nor his friends are coming to the party.

1 A thousand pounds … (be) the average price for rent in this area.

2 Either my set of keys or your set of keys … (need) to be copied.

3 Neither of the fl ats … (cost) too much.4 Either of the properties … (be) perfect for a

small family.5 None of the houses … (have) a garden.6 I think £5,000 … (be) a good price for new

double-glazed windows.

You have just rented a fl at and there are several problems with it. Write a letter to the owner to complain and to ask for action. Follow this plan.

Read your letter and answer the questions.

6

7

No silent e Silent e

hat pet sit notcut

hate Petesite notecute

14th March 2013Ms Sheila Banks,15 Cartwright Gardens,London WC1H 9EH Dear Madam,

I am writing to...

Writing planYour addressThe dateThe recipient’s addressFormal openingParagraph 1: Say why you are writingParagraph 2: Describe the problem in detailParagraph 3: Ask for actionFormal ending

WRITING SECTION

36 Lynd Street, Bradford, BD2 3HP 12th February 2013

Mr Charles Radley,16 Madison Street,Bradford, BD2 3HP

Dear Mr Radley,

I am writing to complain about the poor condition of the house that we are renting from you.

First of all, the boiler is broken. This means that we have no central heating at the moment. Secondly, the wiring is very old, so the fuses are always blowing. Finally, the house is very badly insulated, and cold air comes in through the windows.

I would appreciate it if you could repair the defects as soon as possible.

I look forward to hearing from you.

Yours sincerely,

Dawn Taylor

see page 120

• Have you used appropriate formal language?• Have you used the full form of the verb?• Have you used appropriate expressions to list the

problems?• Have you checked the grammar and the spelling?

36

There’s no place like home

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONTick (3) the features you think the houses of the future will have.

Read the fi rst paragraph of the text and complete the sentences.

3

4

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Find fi ve examples of future connectivity in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4.

What are the most important points to consider when you buy a house? Listen to a property expert and put his ideas in the correct order.

1 Dozens of things in the kitchen will change.2 We can already see signs of the future in our living rooms.3 People will watch programmes in their bathrooms.4 People will appreciate their gardens more.

a the price of the houseb be sure you want to buy the housec study the housing marketd number of years you want to live in the house

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

1 People are happier when they have their own house.2 Burst water pipes are very common.3 If you buy a house, you should live there for a minimum of fi ve years.4 You should buy a very cheap house.5 A house four times your annual salary is too expensive.6 You must talk to an expert about house prices in the area where you want to buy.

1 Benefi ts of new gadgets: … and … . 2 People won’t feel … or … because … .

1

2

Listen again. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones.6

31

5

31

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

The house of the future

What will the house of the future be like? First of all, it will be full of gadgets. These electronic devices will be energy-effi cient and will offer connectivity between people and machines. The Internet will also be omnipresent. Experts say that people will never feel lonely or bored in the house of the future because new technology will give them instant access to almost everything in the world: news, fi lms, sport and art.

In the kitchen of the future, your fridge will tell you what food you need to buy. It might even communicate directly with shops and buy your food for you! But the basic, essential things found in a kitchen: the cooker, the sink, etc., will probably not change a lot.

Our living rooms, in contrast, have already seen many changes in the last ten years. For example, a lot of people now interact with their TV, which these days is often a computer screen. In the future, it will also be

possible to speak to your TV and give it commands. So you’ll never have to ask, ‘Where is the remote control?’

The bathroom of the future will be full of technology that saves energy and water. Showers will be programmable, and each member of the family will be able to set their own programme. You will also be able to change the temperature in the bathroom by using your mobile phone; it will have an application that connects to a digital thermostat in the bathroom.

There won’t only be changes inside your house. Outside, you’ll have your own electric car, and you’ll also have a fuel cell to charge it when the battery is low. One thing that won’t change, however, is the garden. Technology can never replace the pleasure of looking at fl owers and listening to birds.

transparent TVs kitchen PC that scans food illuminated bathtubs fl oating sofas water metre on taps tactile tables

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 3

37

Your partner wants to rent a fl at. Give him or her some advice.

Complete the letter with the words in the box.

You should have central heating in your house. You shouldn’t pay more than...If I were you...

8

7

Now write a short letter to the owner to complain and to ask for action. Follow the writing plan and use the letter in activity 8 as a model.

You are not happy with the new fl at you are renting. Make a list of the problems using the pictures below.

10

9

20, Russell Square appreciate complain 21st February DearFinally First of all forward sincerely Secondly

(2) ...(1) ...

(3) ... Ms Burton,

I am writing to (4) ... about the condition of the fl at that we are renting from you.

(5) ... , the water pressure is very low, so we can’t have a good shower. (6) ... , the toilet leaks and there is always water on the bathroom fl oor. (7) ... , the TV is very old and the picture quality is very poor.I would (8) ... it if you could solve these problems as soon as possible.I look (9) ... to hearing from you.Yours (10) ... ,

Graham White

Writing plan

Your address and the dateThe owner’s name and addressFormal openingParagraph 1: Say why you are writingParagraph 2: Describe the problem in detailParagraph 3: Ask for actionFormal ending

My house is so cold because the boiler is broken,…

2nd AugustMs Rose Mitchell,17 Trafalgar Square,London W1J 9HS

Dear Ms Mitchell,

I am writing to…

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

38

Read the defi nitions and complete the words.1

UNIT 3

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

Match the problem (1-5) to the cause (a-e).

Choose the correct answers.

2

3

4

Complete the sentences.

Write the numbers in words.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Write the fi gures as ordinal numbers.

Write the verbs in brackets in the correct form.

5

6

8

9

10

1 a series of houses connected to each other t _ _ _ _ _ _d2 a house with two residences connected by a

wall s _ _ _ - d _ _ _ _ _ _ _3 a fl oating house _ _ _ _ e_ _ _ t4 an independent house with a roof made of

straw. ‘Thatched ...’ c_ tt_ _ _5 a small, one-fl oor independent house b_ _ _a _ _ w6 a home that is in a building with more than one

fl oor and many separate residences a_ar_ _ _ _ _

1 There’s water on the kitchen fl oor.2 Cold air enters the house.3 There’s no hot water.4 The water in the kitchen sink is stuck.5 The electricity is always going out.

a The house has poor insulation.b The pipe has a leak.c It has a blocked drain.d There’s a blown fuse.e You have a broken boiler.

1 Have you got a couple of / a dozen minutes? I need to talk to you.

2 Millions of / Millions people around the world watched the football match on TV.

3 We’ve seen dozens of / hundreds of houses. I think that we have probably visited over fi fty.

4 Can you pick about a dozen / a dozen of fl owers from the garden?

5 Man has lived in cities for thousands of / some thousands years.

2 We need to make a copy of this ... of keys.3 There is a long ... of houses, and we live in the

last one.4 I’m going to give my mother this beautiful ...

of fl owers.5 I need a new ... of glasses. I can’t see very well

with these.

a 145,000 b 278 c 9,450 d 18,296 e 302

1 She was born in 1909.2 It measures 0.921 centimetres.3 It’s -4ºC outside.4 Chelsea beat Manchester 3-0.5 The walls are exactly 3.05 metres high.6 My phone number is 603-0095.

1 The Royal Palace is over 100 square metres.2 A dozen is roughly 12.3 Under one million people live in Spain.4 Twenty-fi ve is around two dozen.

1 Today is the (12) ... of May.2 Our fl at is on the (7) ... fl oor.3 This year is the (1000) ... anniversary of the town.4 A second is a (60) ... of a minute.

1 None of the boys … (like) ice cream.2 Neither Paul nor Sarah … (have) a thatched

cottage.3 Neither of the lifts … (work).4 None of our houses … (have) double-glazing

windows.5 Neither Steve nor his brothers … (speak)

Spanish.

en suite fi tted furnished glazing heating open-plan

How do we say the number ‘0’ in the sentences below? Listen and check.

7

32

Listen to the dialogue and choose the correct option.

1 The house was built in 1908 / 1980.2 The kitchen and windows are old / new.3 They paid less / more than 25,000 pounds to

modernise the house.4 The house needs / doesn’t need new electrical

installation.5 They bought the house for a good price thanks

to the housing crash / the old boiler.

11

33

1 The dining room has a table and a … of six chairs.

This lovely semi-detached house has double (1) ... on windows. There are (2) ... wardrobes in each bedroom and gas central (3) ... in all rooms.

This top quality fl at is fully (4) ... with beds, sofa, tables and chairs. It also has an (5) ... kitchen, so there is a lot of space to cook. The bedroom comes with an (6) ... bathroom.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

44UNIT Books, books, books!

39

· To talk about books· To express emotions

OB

JEC

TIVE

S

Fact or fi ction?A

Match the book covers (1-6) to the genres (a-f).

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Match (1-3) to the genre they are writing (a-c).

Choose the correct option.

Listen to the speaker’s answers and complete the sentences with one word.

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

a horror b fantasy c romance

a horror c science fi ction e fantasyb thriller d historical fi ction f adventure

1 What does Bradley think of Ellen’s story?

2 Is Ellen’s story autobiographical?

1 This term, students will learn how to write … . a poetry b scripts for theatre2 Veronica is having diffi culties with … . a the story plot b the character in her novel3 Bradley doesn’t know … . a what his book is about b which audience he is writing for4 The class agree that Ellen’s story is … . a frightening b sad5 Bradley advised Ellen to write … . a how the character feels b what the character looks like6 The teacher thinks Ellen should contact … . a a short story publisher b a magazine agency7 Veronica is happy because … . a she has fi nished her story b she likes the male character in her story

1 I don’t like … .2 I hope greatly that paper books will not … .3 I think that all books eventually are going to

move … .4 My son’s the gadget, the … one in the house.5 I’ve never read a whole book on a Kindle or a … .6 A lot of people still like to have a book in their … .7 I think it’s easier for people to … them.8 I still think there’s a … for paper.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Veronica Bradley Ellen

1 32

NOW YOU!Think about your reading habits. How do you decide which book to read? Do you read reviews or take advice from friends? Does the front cover image or back cover synopsis infl uence your decision?

6

It depends, sometimes I follow my friends’ or family’s advice. Other times…

40

Books, books, books!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Answer the questions.

READING1

2

34

3

4

Read the following text about Murakami and put the paragraphs in the correct order.

Answer the questions.

Complete the table about Murakami’s 1Q84 with information from the text.

5 Match the highlighted words from the text to the defi nitions.

1 Where does Murakami come from?2 Which book made Murakami world famous?3 What types of genre does Murakami write?4 What are Murakami’s main themes?5 What is the writer’s opinion of 1Q84?

1 What sort of books do you enjoy reading?2 Have you ever read anything written by Haruki Murakami?

1 the time and place where a story happens2 a book where you write down your experiences3 the things that happen in a story4 a person or animal in a book or fi lm5 the author6 the main idea or topic of a story7 stories not as long as a novel8 short and analytical writing

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

a … With the trilogy 1Q84, Murakami’s position as a master storyteller is confi rmed. Despite its length of almost a thousand pages, the novel was an instant success. In Japan, it sold over a million copies in two months. It enjoyed the same success when translations came out around the world. As with Murakami’s other books, 1Q84 isn’t easy to classify. The plot is original, and the characters, including a young female contract killer and a timid writer, are memorable. There are elements of fantasy, magic realism, philosophy and science fi ction. The setting is Tokyo, both real and imagined.

b … Murakami is one of the most admired authors in the world today. He writes in many different genres. He writes fi ction: novels, short-stories and non-fi ction, which includes news reports and a diary which tells us about his experiences as a marathon runner and essays. His work has been translated into more than fi fty languages, and he is a writer whose popularity continues to grow. Murakami became popular outside his native Japan with the publication of Norwegian Wood. He has won numerous literary prizes and been nominated for many others, including the Nobel Prize for Literature in 2012.

c … Murakami’s fans will be happy to see his usual themes in the book: parallel worlds, characters from the past appearing in the present, characters who are never quite what they seem, as well as themes of murder, history, religion, violence, family ties and love. I would recommend 1Q84 to existing Murakami fans and any reader who is looking for ‘something a bit different’.

d … These days it is easy to read literature by contemporary writers from all around the world. When a writer fi nishes a book, and in some cases sooner, translators start writing versions in English and other languages. Readers can access books by best-selling authors from every continent. The latest best-selling author that has become famous all around the world is Haruki Murakami, from Japan.

Author’s name (1) ...

Title of book (2) ...

Genre (3) ...

Setting (4) ...

Main characters (5) ...

Themes (6) ...

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

41

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 4

Homographs are words which are spelled the same, but have a different pronunciation and meaning. Listen and repeat.

1

35

Now listen and repeat.36

2 Read the sentences aloud. Tick (3) how the word in blue is used in each sentence.

Match the sentences (1-4) to (a-d). Join them using who, which or that.

3

1 An author is a person...2 An e-book is a book...3 An editor is a person...4 A dictionary is a book...

a suggests changes in the text of a book.b writes books.c has defi nitions for words.d is published in digital form.

An author is a person who writes books.

1 A librarian is a person. He works in a library. A librarian is a person who works in a library.2 A textbook is a book. You use it in class. A textbook is a book you use in class.3 That’s the writer. John is interested in her.4 An e-reader is a device. It is used to read digital

books.5 That’s the author. I told you about him.6 I met a girl. She comes from the same town

as me.7 We saw two fi lms last week. We really liked

them.8 I don’t know the singer. You’re listening to him.

1 a row /ra!/ I was furious with my husband last night, and we had a huge row. b row /r"!/ We sat in the front row of the theatre.2 a close /kl"!z/ Close the door when you leave. b close /kl"!s/ The park is close to our house.3 a present /’prez"nt/ I always try to live in the present. b present /pr#’zent/ I’d like to present our guest speaker.4 a live /l#v/ They live in the countryside. b live /la#v/ We went to a live concert.5 a read /ri:d/ I always read a good book on holidays. b read /red/ I read a good book last month.

Join the sentences using who or which. Omit the relative pronoun if possible.

4

Omission of relative pronoun

- Who, which y that pueden omitirse cuando actúan como objeto de la oración de relativo.The book is very good. You read it yesterday.The book (which / that) you read yesterday is very good.

- Cuando hay preposiciones, se ponen al fi nal.This is the best-seller. I told you about it.This is the best-seller (that / which) I told you about.

see page 120

VerbAdj. NounPresent

tense Past

tense

Ted and Alice had a terrible row /ra!/ about the housecleaning.

At the cinema, I always prefer to sit in the sixth row /r"!/.

Would you please close /kl"!z/ the window?

The library is close /kl"!s/ to the school.

I always try to live in the present /’prez"nt/.

They will present /pre’zent/ the award at the ceremony.

They live /l#v/ in Japan.

The news was on live /la#v/ TV.

I’d like to read /ri:d/ Murakami’s new novel.

I read /red/ the news about the fi re in yesterday’s newspaper.

Defi ning relative clauses: who, which and that

Sirven para identifi car personas o cosas.- who / that: personas

I’d recommend 1Q84 to any readers who / that are looking for something di! erent.

- which / that: cosasThe books which / that are on the shelves are mine.

see page 120

42

Books, books, books!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

What’s your favourite book?

My favourite book is A Hundred Years of Solitude. I love magical realism…

Put the reading genres below in your order of preference: 1 your favourite, 9 your least favourite.

Join the two sentences using where, when or whose. Make any other necessary changes.

5

8

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

Listen to fi ve writers talking about the genres they write in. Identify the genres.

Listen again and decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

6

37

7

37

Write about the beginning of Moby Dick, connecting the ideas below.

9

1 Moby Dick is a book. It is all about the sea.2 The story is told by a character. His name is

Ishmael.3 The main character is a ship captain. He is

obsessed with capturing a particular whale. He hates it.

4 Moby Dick is the name of the whale. The captain hates it because it took his leg years ago.

1 My favourite book … .2 My favourite author … .3 The last book I read … .4 A book I’ve seen the fi lm of … .5 A book I didn’t like … .6 A book I’d recommend … .7 The place where I usually read … .

Complete the following sentences about your reading preferences.

Ask your partner about his or her reading preferences.

10

11

short story biography autobiographysci-fi novel fi lm script crime novel

horror story poetry essays

Relative clauses: whose, when and where

- whose: posesiónMurakami is a writer whose popularity continues to grow.

- when: tiempoDecember is the month when sales should increase.

- where: lugarThis is the bookshop where I bought my fi rst book.

see page 120

1 Speaker one has written lots of frightening stories.

2 Speaker two thinks it is important to capture the murderer at the end of a story.

3 Speaker three thinks novels are more popular than poetry.

4 Speaker four thinks it is easy to write a book about oneself.

5 Speaker fi ve is describing a plot about time travel.

1 This is the place. You can exchange books.This is the place where you can exchange books.

2 That was the day. I decided to write my autobiography.

3 She’s an author. Her books are popular with teenagers.

4 We bought the book in the second hand shop. John works there.

5 I’m looking for a quiet place. We can sit and read for a while.

6 It was a few years later. They made a fi lm of the book.

7 He’s the writer. His books have sold millions.

What is your favourite book / the last book you read? Who is your favourite author? Which book would you recommend for a reading club? Where do you usually read? ...

(1) Moby Dick is a book (2) ... is all about (3) ... . The story is told by (4) ... is Ishmael. The main character is (5) ... with capturing a particular whale (6) ... hates. Moby Dick is the name of the whale (7) … hates because it (8) … .

UNIT 4

THAT’S ENGLISH! 43

Generation e-readerB

Read the sentences below. Tick (3) the one you agree with.

1

BEFORE YOU WATCHDocumentary

Choose the correct option.

Match the speakers (1-7) to the opinions (a-g).

3

4

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Correct the sentences by replacing the words in bold.

5

That’s Britain!

Look at the book titles. Have you read either of these books? Can you name any other books by the same author?

2

That’s Britain!

1 In 25 years’ time, it won’t be possible to buy paper books. All books will be electronic.

2 There will also be a need for paper books, and publishers will never stop printing new publications.

6 What is Stacey’s opinion about the next generation?

a Everyone will be using e-readers. b E-readers will only be popular with younger

readers. c There will still be a desire for printed books.

a The young generation read most of their books online.

b TV is more popular than reading.c E-book technology isn’t used that much.d People read a lot because there is an excellent

library service.e Harry Potter has helped to get more young

people reading books.f Young people like reading books and

magazines.g Audio books are becoming more popular.

1 England ...2 New Zealand ... 3 England ...4 Jamaica ...

5 USA ... 6 Scotland ...7 Australia ...

1 Ships were bought at the docks for hundreds of years.

2 Charles Dickens worked on the docks.3 The woman’s character is Little Dorrit from

Oliver Twist.4 The docks were used by foreign traders.5 Charles Dickens lived in Chatham until he was

14 years old.6 Dickens World is a museum close to Chatham.

Oliver Twist Great Expectations

1 What is bad news for bookshops? a Fewer people read nowadays. b More people are buying books online. c Both of the above.2 How has online technology affected the

publishing industry? a It is a lot cheaper to publish books. b It is more expensive to publish books. c Writers can publish their own work.3 In what way is E. L. James, author of Fifty

Shades of Grey, different to other self-publishing writers?

a She earned a lot of money publishing her own work.

b She didn’t print any paper versions of her book. c She won a prize for her book.4 Why should publishers make their products

available online? a E-reader technology is here to stay. b It is cheaper to publish books online. c Paper books will soon be obsolete.5 What role do social media play in the publishing

industry? a Young people share books through Facebook. b Social media are used to promote new books. c People use social media to criticise books.

NOW YOU!Answer the following questions about reading habits in your country. Are bookshops still popular? Do people take out books from the library? Do people buy books online?

6

Yes, bookshops are still popular, though many people own e-readers. I think…

44

Books, books, books!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGLook at these gadgets and tick (3) the ones you use to read.

Choose the correct option.

1 Paper books will not exist for much longer. 3 Everyone should have an e-reader.2 E-books give more people the opportunity to read more books.

1 Why did the writer go to the festival? a to speak to a publisher about changes in the

industry b to learn how e-readers work c to learn about the growth of e-reading

2 What does Julian Ruck think about e-books? a E-books will encourage more people to

read. b E-books are as important as the invention of

the printing press. c iPads are more innovative than

conventional e-readers.

3 What does recent research tell us about e-books?

a Younger and older readers like e-readers. b Younger readers prefer using iPads to

Kindles. c Older readers prefer using iPads to Kindles.

4 What advantages do electronic books offer publishers?

a Storage costs for books will increase. b Production and delivery costs will be low. c There will be extra production costs in

creating e-books.

1

3

Read the text and tick (3) the sentence that best expresses the writer’s opinion.2

38

Complete the sentences with the highlighted words in the text.

4

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

Changing habits. E-booksLast weekend I visited an interesting festival in Wales; a festival to celebrate the e-book. It was the fi rst festival of its kind in the UK and I think it won’t be the last. I went there to speak to people about the e-book revolution that is changing our reading habits so quickly. It has transformed both the way we access reading material and the way we read it. The idea behind this was to celebrate what people are now calling the democratisation of reading.

Almost everybody at the festival had some sort of e-reading device. I was interested to see so many people engrossed in their iPads and smartphones, Kindles, netbooks, laptops and all kinds of other electronic devices. I wasn’t surprised to read recently that fi gures show a Britain where e-books are growing in popularity with people reading fi ction, non-fi ction and everything in between. According to Welsh author and festival organiser Julian Ruck, the festival offi cially recognises and celebrates the most innovative, exciting and surprising medium to hit the publishing world since Caxton and Gutenberg.

Unlike other areas of technology, the use of e-books is increasing among all age groups. The latest research shows that older readers are just as keen on e-books as younger ones. In fact, according to a recent survey, 6% of over 55s own an e-reader, compared with 5% of 18-24s. The preferred e-readers are the Amazon Kindle (47%), iPads (31%) and Sony Readers (14%). The appeal of an e-reader – to be able to access an enormous collection of reading material plus reference libraries with online encyclopedias, at the click of a button – is easy to understand.

Last week’s festival was about promoting literature to everyone in a digital age. But while many are excited about having a new medium for books, some publishers are concerned about the changes they need to make in their industry. Initial worries about ‘the disappearance of the book in its paper form’ have been replaced with a more optimistic approach as there are so many advantages to electronic reading. For example, production costs for e-books are much cheaper and there are no storage costs, since around 3,000 books fi t in an e-reader. One local bookshop owner I met at the festival was delighted at the opportunity to provide Welsh language literature for a new wave of e-book readers all around the world with zero delivery costs.

1 I was so … in this book that I read it in one day.2 The fi rst popular … device entered the market

in 2004.3 Most new novels are available in three formats:

paper, audio and … .4 I think … are more convenient than paper

books because they take up less space.5 By downloading books on Amazon, you don’t

have to pay for … .6 Digital technology helps publishers to save

money because they don’t have to pay for … .

45THAT’S ENGLISH!

We use rising intonation ( ›) to express surprise and falling intonation (› ) to express disbelief. Listen to the dialogues and practise them.

Listen and decide if the speakers are expressing surprise (S) or disbelief (D). Listen again and repeat.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 4

Expressing surprise: rising intonation1 A: I met Barack Obama last week. B: Really? ›2 A: I’ve got tickets for next week’s match. B: That’s exciting! ›3 A: I earn £ 1,000,000 a year. B: You’re joking! ›

Expressing disbelief: falling intonation1 A: I met Barack Obama last week. B: Really. ›

2 A: I’ve got tickets for next week’s match. B:That’s exciting. ›

3 A: I earn £ 1,000,000 a year. B: You’re joking. ›

1 A: I’ve bought a Ferrari. B: That’s nice.2 A: I went to school with George Clooney. B: Really!3 A: We’re getting married tomorrow. B: You’re joking.4 A: My grandmother’s learning English. B: That’s amazing!

1 I’m boring / bored without my book, and the TV isn’t really very exciting / excited tonight.

2 It was a thrilling / thrilled experience, and she was amazing / amazed by the whole thing.

3 It was an embarrassing / embarrassed situation! I was so annoying / annoyed with that man!

1

39

2

40

Choose the correct option.

React to the statements using expressions from the chart above.

4

3

Expressions to show surprise and disbeliefAre you serious?, How strange!, No way!, Good heavens!, You’re kidding!, How awful!, You must be joking!

see page 121

Complete the dialogue with the words in the box.5

A: I’ve just fi nished reading Frankenstein. It’s a (1) … book, really clever.

B: I can see you’re really (2) … , but isn’t it a bit (3) … ? This kind of stories make me feel (4) … .

A: No, not at all. I was a bit (5) … when I saw the fi lm years ago, but the book is totally different.

B: Really? Isn’t it a bit (6) … ?A: Yes. The ending made me feel a bit (7) … .

Describing feelings and opinions

- Cuando los adjetivos terminan en -ing, describen nuestra opinión sobre cosas o personas.The story is confusing.That song is so depressing!

- Cuando terminan en -ed, describen cómo nos hacen sentir las personas o las cosas.I am confused by her attitude. I don’t understand it.She feels depressed when she listens to that song.

- Otros adjetivos para expresar opinión son: keen (interested), brilliant, fabulous, sad y superb.I am keen on reading her new novel.It’s a brilliant story.

see page 121

Are you serious?

depressing fabulous frighteningfrightened keen sad scared

1 I read two books a week.

2 I’ve decided to quit my job and write a novel.3 My neighbours found a poisonous snake in

their bedroom.4 My grandmother wants to go parachuting for

her 90th birthday.5 Hollywood wants to make a movie about my

life.

1 The woman was hiding from / looking for someone.

2 The man may be reading a newspaper / novel.3 The woman feels her dog was nothing special

/ part of the family.4 The two men have met in their hometown /

another country.5 The woman has / hasn’t been waiting for a

long time to be a grandmother.

a surprise c fear e happiness b sadness d disbelief

Listen to these short clips from radio dramas and match each clip (1-5) to a feeling (a-e).

Listen again and choose the correct option.

6

41

7

41

46

Books, books, books!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONLook at the pictures and tick (3) the genres these two writers write about.

Read the two texts and complete the sentences below. Write MA (Margaret Atwood) or HM (Hilary Mantel).2

Tick (3) the things you expect to hear talked about in a dialogue about the effect of technology on our reading habits.

1 She became a writer after spending many years abroad. 4 Her most successful novels are part of a trilogy.2 She became a writer when she was a child. 5 She has won the Booker Prize once.3 She studied English when she left school. 6 She has won the Booker Prize twice.

1 science fi ction 3 historical novel 5 poetry2 novel 4 biography 6 short stories

Margaret Atwood

Margaret Atwood is an international best-selling author, with her poetry, short stories and novels translated into 30 languages. Atwood was born in 1939 in Canada and started writing at six. By the time she was sixteen she knew that she wanted to be a professional writer.

Atwood studied English and French at the University of Toronto and Radcliffe College USA where she later became a lecturer in English Literature. Her fi rst work to get published was a collection of poetry called The Circle Game (1966) but she is best known as a novelist.

Atwood’s futuristic novel The Handmaid’s Tale (1985) was shortlisted for the Booker Prize and was made into a fi lm. She was shortlisted for the prize fi ve more times and fi nally won it in 2000 with The Blind Assassin. She was also awarded the Príncipe de Asturias Prize for Literature in 2008 for her contribution to highlighting many of the problems that women face in today’s society. Today she still continues to write, do book tours and promote political causes such as green environmental issues.

Hilary MantelHilary Mantel is best known for historical fi ction and biographies. Born in England in 1954, she has won many awards including the Booker Prize in 2009 for Wolf Hall, the fi rst in a set of three books about the court of Henry VIII, and again in 2012 for its sequel Bring up the Bodies. She was awarded a CBE (Commander of the British Empire) in 2006 for her contribution to British Literature.

Mantel studied Law at the London School of Economics and then worked as a social worker. She spent a decade travelling before settling in the UK in the 1980s where she started her successful writing career.

Other prize winning novels include A Place of Greater Safety (1992), an account of the French revolution, and Giving Up the Ghost: A Memoir (2003) - an autobiography in fi ction and non-fi ction. Hilary Mantel is currently working on The Mirror and the Light, the last part of the Wolf Hall collection.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 book clubs 2 e-readers 3 newspapers 4 libraries 5 book shops 6 mobiles

Now listen to the dialogue. Did your answers to activity 3 coincide with what the speakers talked about?4

42

3

42

1

shortlisted = to be amongst the people considered for a prize

47THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 4

1 Paul’s mum was … to hear that you can change the text size on an e-reader.

a surprised b pleased2 Paul is convinced that traditional books will … . a always exist b disappear one day3 Paul’s mum thinks we should be … when it

comes to technology. a open-minded b cautious4 Paul’s mum feels … about libraries closing. a sad b surprised5 Paul thinks online newspapers are … traditional

newspapers. a superior to b the same as

Listen again and choose the correct options.

Think about the following questions. Give your opinion and react to your partner’s.

Read Sue’s letter to the secretary of a Book Club recommending her favourite book and complete the chart with information from the letter.

Think of a book you’d like to recommend to your Book Club. Make some notes about the book and complete the chart below.

Write a letter to the secretary of the Book Club recommending your favourite book. Use your notes and the model in activity 7 to help you.

6

7

8

9

5

42

There will always be bookshops.

No way! They’ll disappear one day because they won’t be able to make any money.

Dear Secretary,

I’m writing to recommend…

Title: …Author: …Type of book: …Plot: …Setting: …Recommended for: …

Title: …Author: …Type of book: …Plot: …Setting: …Recommended for: …

Which is better; an e-book or a traditional book? How have e-books changed reading habits over the last fi ve years? How will the book industry change in the future? What will happen to bookshops and libraries in the future?

Dear Secretary,

I’m writing to recommend one of my favourite books for this year’s Book Club readers. It is a fantasy novel called Life of Pi, written by Canadian author Yann Martel. I read the book when it fi rst came out in 2001, and I loved it.

The plot is quite unique. It is a story about a young Tamil boy, Pi, who survives for 227 days on a boat. Pi is the main character who shares his boat with a Bengal tiger named Richard Parker and a few other animals. The story is mainly set in the Pacifi c Ocean with Pi thinking back to the home he left behind in India.

I would recommend this book to anyone who loves adventures and especially to people who are looking for something a bit different.

Kind regards,

Sue

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

48

Choose the correct option.1

UNIT 4

Join the sentences using a relative clause. Omit the relative pronoun if possible.

Complete the sentences using the words in brackets. Use an adjective with an -ed or an -ing ending.

4

5

1 I don’t like reading … . I prefer to read things that are factual.

a fi ction b non-fi ction2 I like reading … because I can read a whole

one on the bus to work. a novels b short stories3 The … of the story is an island in the Caribbean. a plot b setting4 You shouldn’t read another person’s … . They

are private! a essays b diaries

4 Films about ghosts are never very … because we know they don’t exist. (frighten)

5 She is so … in reading the latest Atwood story that she can’t put it down. (engross)

1 She became interested in poetry … . a when she was very young b when she was a university student2 She thinks Jane Christie is a ... . a fantastic poet b terrible poet3 Jane Christie’s poems were … . a complicated b inspiring4 She wrote A Poem for All Seasons while living

with … . a her friends b her aunt5 The poem Cherry Trees makes the reader think

of … . a their mothers b spring6 She knew she could be a writer when … . a she saw her book in the shops b when her mother said she liked the poems

no heavens must seriouskidding strange

Correct the errors highlighted in the text.6

Complete the sentences using the words in the box.

Choose the correct option.

2

3

1 How … ! The last page of the book is missing.2 Are you … ? Is he really the author?3 … way! He’s at least fi fty!4 What? He wants to make a fi lm of my book?

You are … !5 Good … ! It says here that you’ve been

nominated for a Nobel Prize!6 You … be joking! It’s an awful book!

1 An e-reader is a gadget which / who is used to read e-books.

2 She’s an author which / who knows how to keep the suspense.

3 This is the place which / where I grew up.4 He’s the playwright whose / who play won the

MAX prize last year.

1 A trilogy is a book. It has got three parts.2 That’s the man. I met him at the book festival.3 This is the book of poems. He bought it for you.4 This is the village. I was born there.5 That is the author. I’m very interested in her

books.

Listen to an interview with a poetry writer and choose the correct option.

7

43

Are you the kind of person what loves everything about books and reading? Are you interesting in making new friends, sharing your reading experiences and learning more about books and authors? Do you sometimes fi nd the weekends too long and bored?

If so, why not join ‘More than just a Reading Club’ who members organise all kinds of book-related activities for all ages.

Come along next Saturday where we have an open day for new members. Meet old members that their lifestyles have changed after joining the club. Listen to reports of past events and help us to plan activities for the year ahead.

Write your own blog post about a book you like. Include the information in the box.

8

I recommend The House of the Spirits, written by Isabel Allende. It was fi rst published in 1982.

1 That is the most … story I’ve ever read! (depress)

2 She was … when she read the last chapter. (amaze)

3 She was … at the idea of a biography about her life. (thrill)

title setting author main characters genre who you’d recommend the book to plot

THAT’S ENGLISH!

5UNIT Going places

49

· To talk about different ways of getting around in the city

· To describe different options for a short city breakO

BJE

CTI

VES

Getting around the cityA

NOW YOU!

Look at the photo of a London tour bus. Which places do you think it will visit? Would you like to explore London on a tour bus?

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Tick (3) fi ve places or attractions that are mentioned in the video.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Listen to the speakers and match them (1-6) to the ideas (a-f) for improving city transport.

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Imagine that you have friends and family visiting your town or city. Suggest places to visit and advise on how to travel around.

6

1 Tower of London2 The Shard3 Tate Modern4 St Paul’s Cathedral5 Covent Garden

6 Southbank 7 London Eye 8 The British Museum 9 Buckingham Palace10 Tower Bridge

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ...

I recommend going shopping in Las Ramblas. It’s best to walk because it gets very busy.

1

2

3

4

5

6

1 There won’t be much traffi c from the airport to the hotel.

2 Michelle would prefer to take a taxi into London.3 The hotel doesn’t have a car park.4 There is an underground station at Kilburn.5 Lee wants to travel to Exeter by bus.6 There are discounts if you buy train tickets

through the Internet.7 Lee and Michelle are not returning to London.8 Lee and Michelle are going to visit family in Exeter.

a improvements to an old networkb congestion zonec more cycle zonesd improvements to public transporte sharing carsf expansion of train network

1 How do Michelle and Lee get from the airport to their hotel?

2 What time does their train arrive in Exeter?

50

Going places

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Match the words in the box (1-4) to the types of transportation in the pictures (a-d).

Answer the questions.

READING1

2

3

44

4

1 Which of these types of transportation do you think is the best for a tourist? And for a worker? Why?2 What different types of transportation are available in your town?

Read the text quickly. What means of transport are mentioned?

Answer the questions. 5 Complete the sentences with the words highlighted in the text.

1 a black cab 2 the Tube 3 a double-decker bus 4 municipal bikes

a cb d

1 How long does it take to get from Heathrow to London by Heathrow Express?

2 What’s the quickest form of transport in London?

3 What time does the Tube usually open and close?

4 What should you buy if you are going to travel a lot on the Tube?

5 What are two advantages of taking a bus?6 What are ‘Boris bikes’?

1 I think a bike is the best way to … the city.2 The bus … is £3. Unbelievable! They don’t …

so much in my town.3 … are closed to cars, so they’re fantastic for

walking and shopping.4 Once you … the train, you should put your

bags in the luggage area and sit down.5 If you buy a … , you will have unlimited

transport for one week.6 If you come to London, I recommend you take

a … on a double-decker bus.7 I always enjoy … the shopping district of

London whenever I feel like taking a walk.

44Getting around LondonLondon is one of the most popular destinations for European travellers. But before you arrive in this great city, you should plan how to get around.

If you come to London by plane, most airports have trains into central London that leave every 15 minutes. If you arrive at Heathrow, you should get on the Heathrow Express. Heathrow is 32 miles away, but this train takes only 15 minutes. Return tickets cost under £40.

Walking is a perfect way to see the sights, and London’s pedestrian areas have improved greatly over the last few years. But what is the fastest way to get to your destination when you get tired of strolling the busy streets? The London Underground, or ‘the Tube’, is the best way to avoid traffi c jams. It runs between 5 a.m. and midnight from Monday to Saturday, but on Sunday the Tube and train services start later and fi nish earlier. There are some 270 Tube stations in London, so there’s always a station close by. However, the Tube can be rather expensive, so you shouldn’t go to the Tube station and think, ‘I’ll buy a single ticket’. If you’re going to make several journeys, you should get an Oyster Card. An Oyster Card is a reusable transport pass which is much cheaper than an individual ticket.

Tourists enjoy seeing this picturesque city travelling on London’s world-famous red double-decker buses! Buses are also quite convenient if you are travelling at night, when the underground is closed. Special night buses run every hour.

London doesn’t have many hills, which is why cycling is such a pleasant and convenient way to get around – when it isn’t raining! Everyone is welcome to use the municipal ‘Boris bikes’, which are public bicycles for hire at more than 570 locations across London. How do you rent one? Well, that’s easy! Just swipe your credit card, get on a bike, and go! The fi rst 30 minutes are free! You can’t reserve a Boris bike, so whenever you come across a bike, take advantage and rent one.

Finally, why don’t you complete your London experience with a ride in one of the city’s iconic black cabs? However, make sure you have enough money before getting into a taxi because London taxis charge about £7.00 for a mile, with a minimum fare of £2.40. So, if your destination is far away, you may want to think twice before saying, ‘I’ll take a cab’.

London is an absolutely fascinating city to visit. As the famous writer Samuel Johnson said, ‘When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life’.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

51

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 5

Listen and identify the sounds that change.

In spoken English when we say two words together, the sounds at the end of the fi rst word change.

Listen and repeat.

46

45

45

2

1

Match the situations (1-5) to the spontaneous decisions (a-e).

Choose the correct option.

3

4

1 I ate cake. 2 We need groceries. 3 I had pizza for dinner. 4 It’s time to get going.

5 I add cream to my tea.6 I can’t believe it.7 They made biscuits.8 I hate Paul.

1 I’m going to arrive late. a I’ll go to the bank.2 It’s a sunny day. b I’ll get a night bus.3 I need to change money. c I’ll go by taxi.4 The Tube is closed. d We’ll go to Hyde Park.

1 Look! It’s starting to rain. I take / I’ll take an umbrella.

2 Whenever it rains, I take / I’ll take an umbrella.3 I travel a lot, so I usually go / I’ll go to the bank

to exchange money.4 Oh no! I need to buy dollars for my trip

tomorrow. I go / I’ll go to the bank.5 My downstairs neighbour is old, so I help / I’ll

help her with her bags.6 Those bags look heavy. Come on. I help / I’ll

help you.

Complete the questions with the words in the box.

Choose the correct option.

6

7

How long How far How often How big How tall

You are going to listen to a dialogue. Tick (3) the actions that are spontaneous decisions.

5

47

1 A: ... is London Bridge from here? B: It’s just a kilometre away.2 A: ... is Hyde Park? B: It’s one of the largest parks in London.3 A: ... does it take to get to Oxford from London? B: About an hour and 20 minutes.4 A: ... does the bus come? B: About every 10 minutes.5 A: … is St. Paul’s Cathedral? B: It’s 111 metres tall.

1 taking a taxi2 taking an umbrella3 meeting Dan and Linda4 getting money out of a cashpoint5 answering the phone6 giving Geoff the message

Spontaneous decisions : will + verb

Se usa will para expresar decisiones espontáneas.It’s getting late. I’ll take a taxi.I’m feeling ill. I won’t go to work today.

see page 121

Asking for and giving information

- Para pedir información general se usan preguntas con what, who, when, where...

Where’s the nearest Tube station?When does the next train leave?

- Para pedir información sobre distancias, duración frecuencia… se usan preguntas con how.

How far is Oxford from London? About 50 miles.How long does the trip last? About 20 minutes.

see page 121

Modifying adverbs

Adverbios como away, down, by, up… modifi can verbos u otros adverbios.

Heathrow is 32 miles away. (= 32 miles from here)There’s always a station close by. (= very near)Your destination is far away. (= far from here)We’ll take the train up to Liverpool. (= north direction)We’ll drive down to London. (= south direction)

see page 122

E n g l a n d

S c o t l a n d

London

GlasgowEdinburgh

Wales

NorthernIreland

North

South

West

East

We live in London. For our next holiday, we’ve decided to take a trip (1) up to / down to Scotland. It’s (2) close by / far away, so we will take a plane to Edinburgh. We’ll stay in Edinburgh for three days, and then we’ll visit Glasgow. We can drive there because it’s (3) close by / far away. We’ve decided

to take a train back (4) up to / down to London so we can see the beautiful countryside.

/t/ fi /p/ before

/p/ or /b/

/t/ fi /k/before

/k/ or /g/

/d/ fi /b/before

/p/ or /b/

/d/ fi /g/before

/k/ or /g/

that person that boythat ball

that cat that girl

third person third boy

third cat third girl

52

Going places

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Dialogue 1: … Dialogue 2: …

Match the nouns to the pictures.8

pedestrian area bike lane bus lane taxi rank rush hour

Read the text and choose the correct option.12

Complete with the prepositions in the box.13

Listen to two dialogues of people talking about transport. Write the nouns from activity 8 mentioned in each dialogue.

Listen again and tick true (3) or false (7). Correct the false sentences.

9

48

10

48Dialogue 1 1 The National Theatre is quite far.2 The taxi rank is not very close.3 There isn’t much traffi c now.4 It’s more convenient to take the Underground.

Dialogue 25 He’s going to take a bus into London.6 It’s quite sunny today.7 He always uses the bike lane.8 It takes a lot longer than 30 minutes to ride a

bike into London.at in into to off on out up

We arrived in England at 4 p.m. and arrived at our hotel one hour later.To get to central London, we got on the train at Gatwick Airport and we got off at Victoria station. Then we got into a taxi. The next day a special hotel car picked us up and took us to Covent Garden. Then we got out of the car and walked around.

1 We say arrive in / at before countries and cities.2 We say arrive in / at before small places.3To get to means arrive / leave.4 To get on a train means enter / leave.5 To get off a train means enter / leave.6 To get into a taxi means enter / leave.7 To get out of a car means enter / leave.8 To pick someone up means help / collect

someone.

Our fl ight arrived (1) … Madrid at 8 a.m. Our hotel was in the Puerta del Sol, so we had to get (2) … the centre. We got (3) … the metro at Barajas Airport, and 20 minutes later we got (4) … at Nuevos Ministerios. We went to the taxi rank and got (5) … a cab. We arrived (6) … our hotel at 9.30 a.m. The taxi driver was very nice. When we got (7) … of the taxi, he helped us with our luggage. After lunch, a special tour bus picked us (8) … , and we spent the entire afternoon visiting the city.

Listen to an interview with Jan, who lives in Barley. Choose the correct option.

14

491 Barley is a stressful / quiet village.2 Jan lives in a small village / big city.3 Everything is close by / far away.4 Bike lanes and pedestrian areas are

unnecessary / necessary.5 Barley is 100 / 200 miles from London.

How often do trains leave from London to Brighton?

How long does it take to get to Brighton from London?

They leave every thirty minutes.

It…

Prepare a dialogue with a partner. 11

Student A: You want information to go to Brighton. Ask about: frequency of trains, departure and arrival times, duration of trip and ticket price.

Student B: Answer your partner’s questions using this information.

Frequency of trains London – Brighton 30 minutes

Departure time from London 10 a.m.

Arrival time in London 11 a.m.

Duration One hour

Price of ticket £16.00

Present simple for timetables

Se usa present simple para hablar de actividades programadas, como horarios de transportes, cines…

Trains leave every 15 minutes.The night bus runs every hour.My fl ight arrives at 11 a.m.The Tube opens 364 days a year.A train runs every 15 minutes.

see page 122

Talk about the place where you live (size, distance from the city centre, public transport,…).

15

I live in a (small town / big city) called… It’s very quiet / noisy because…

21 3

54

UNIT 5

THAT’S ENGLISH! 53

How far is it?B

The man in the photo needs his bike for his job. What job do you think he does? Why do you think his bike is important?

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Documentary

Choose the correct option.

Tick (3) the things that you need to be a bike courier.

Complete the warnings or advice about each country.

3

4

5

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Answer the questions. 6

That’s Britain!

What advice or warnings would you give to someone visiting your country? Think about the following ideas.

2

Same language, different lives

Think about a popular seaside town in your country. Describe what you can do there and why it is popular.

7

1 How does Nigel arrive in Brighton?2 What time of year is Brighton beach busiest?3 How long does it take Sarah to cycle to the

next town?4 How is Nigel going to Brighton Pier?5 What food can you eat at Brighton Pier?6 What does Nigel decide to do at the Lanes?

1 Don’t have … on show.2 Visit the Highlands in late … .3 Be …4 Don’t … too late.5 Avoid going into the … .6 Shake out your … before you put them on.

Many people go to Marbella on the Costa del Sol for their holidays. The weather is good all year round.

1 personal safety2 time of year to visit3 clothing4 going out at night

1 For businesses, bike couriers are … . a reliable b cost-effective c both2 Bike couriering is a good way to … . a keep fi t b get to know a city c both3 Bike couriers are paid … . a a daily wage b each time they deliver a package c both4 Couriers typically carry … . a legal documents b machine parts c both

1 live close to the city2 good fi tness level3 knowledge of the city4 a cycling licence5 a love for riding a bike

1

2

3

4

5

6

54

Going places

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGAnswer the questions.

Complete the table with the features of each city. Match the highlighted words or expressions from the text to the defi nitions.

Have you been to these cities? Match them to the pictures.

4 5

2

1 Have you ever travelled abroad? What countries or cities have you visited?2 Which cities would you like to visit?

1

Read the text and match the cities (1-4) from the activity 2 to each paragraph (a-d).3

50

a cb d

P B V S1 famous for good food 3

2 safer in the daytime3 good for visiting museums4 located on a number of islands5 near the mountains6 very different at night7 particularly expensive8 great for shopping9 connected to ‘70s pop music

10 hard to fi nd accommodation during a festival

1 most attractive points2 relaxing walk3 escape4 crowded5 begin to understand6 short holiday in a city7 magnifi cent8 thieves who steal from your bag or pockets

50

The best city breaks in EuropeAre you bored at work and tired of the bad weather? Do you want to get away for a long weekend? Well, Europe is the best continent in the world for a short city break! Here are my top four destinations.a ... This has to be number one on the list of places to go! It is simply one of the most beautiful cities in the world. The French capital really has it all: stunning architecture, amazing food, some of the most fashionable shops anywhere, and world-famous museums. And when you’re there, take a stroll along the river Seine - it’s the best way to get a feel for the city. One word of advice: this is one of the most expensive cities in Europe; so don’t be surprised if you pay fi ve euros for a bottle of water.b ... Since the Olympic Games of 1992, this city has been one of the most popular European city break destinations. Situated on the Mediterranean Sea and surrounded by hills, it is an intoxicating combination of the old and the new, perfect for sightseeing! Highlights include the many Gaudi buildings, the incredible La Boqueria market and the beach! It is a safe city, but always use common sense and never walk the streets alone late at night.

c ... This is without doubt one of the most romantic cities in the world. Situated in a lagoon in North East Italy, it has 177 canals, 400 bridges and 118 islands full of history, art and charm. The city is best at night – once the tourists have gone and the streets become a romantic and magical place. If you plan to go to Carnival during the month of February, remember to book your hotel well in advance; the city is packed with tourists.d ... First, an important piece of information: Be prepared. The capital of this country is not cheap. This beautiful city extends over 14 different islands in the south-east. Highlights include the stunning old town of Gamla Stan, and world-class attractions such as the Vasa Museum. You can even go on an ABBA walking tour to see the key places in this musical group’s history. I wouldn’t go in the winter, it is usually too cold.And now for one last safety tip: no matter what big city you are visiting, watch out for pickpockets and be careful with your bags and cameras.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 Paris 2 Barcelona 3 Venice 4 Stockholm

55THAT’S ENGLISH!

When we express a warning we use rising intonation. Listen and pay attention to the intonation.

Practise the warnings using rising intonation.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 5

2

1 Don’t be surprised to pay fi ve euros for a bottle of water!

2 Remember to book your hotel well in advance!3 I’d buy my tickets early.

Practise these orders using falling intonation.4 Don’t close the window!5 Listen to me!6 Don’t swim in the river!

Now listen and repeat.

1 Go there in the summer! ›

2 I’d reserve early. ›

3 I wouldn’t swim there. ›

When we express an order we use falling intonation. Listen and pay attention to the intonation.4 Don’t come late!

›

5 Show me your passport! ›

6 Listen to my advice! ›

Practise saying the sentences.

Match the advice or warnings (1-4) to the situation (a-d).

3

Listen to a radio programme about Naples and answer the question.

What warning do they give us about the city?

Listen an choose the correct option.5

53

1 Don’t swim there!2 I wouldn’t go to England by boat.3 Don’t carry a lot of money!4 I’d reserve early.

a It takes a long time.b Last-minute fl ights are very expensive.c It’s very dangerous.d There are lots of pickpockets.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ...

1

51

52 Read the description of Brighton, England. Find the information in the box included in the text.

6

Brighton is a great place for a weekend break. This popular resort town is only 45 miles down from London. If you go by car, it takes less than an hour, but buses and trains run all day. Even though it has nice beaches, the weather there never gets too hot. I wouldn’t go there in winter though, because it rains a lot.

One of the most popular sights is the Marine Palace and Pier, where you can spend an afternoon at the funfair and arcade hall. It also has amazing restaurants. Brighton is known for its theatres and museums. Many people say that Brighton has the best nightlife in England, so if you enjoy going to bars and clubs, this is the place for you! Many streets in the city centre have been turned into pedestrian areas. This makes Brighton a great city for taking a stroll and shopping!

1 How long should you stay in Naples? a several days b a long time c two hours

2 How is Naples compared to Florence? a It’s similar. b There aren’t so many museums. c Both cities are museums.

3 What is Naples famous for? a its hot and dry winters b its people c its pizza

4 What is the most attractive part of the city? a the bay b the museums c the pickpockets

5 What does the speaker recommend doing along the Spaccanopoli?

a driving b riding a bike c going for a walk

6 What will you fi nd on the main street of the city?

a lots of people b a shopping mall c not much

7 What should you be careful with in Naples? a the weather b traffi c c thieves

1 time needed to visit 5 the weather2 distance from London 6 best sights 3 transportation 7 location4 where to take a stroll 8 advice

Expressing warnings

Se usa el imperativo o would para expresar una advertencia o una recomendación.

Take a stroll by the river Seine! Don’t go alone!I wouldn’t go there in the winter. I’d go in spring.

see page 122

Write a blog entry about a city you like. Use activity 6 as a model.

7

Munich is a wonderful place for a short city break. It’s only… hours from…

4

53

56

Going places

CONSOLIDATIONTick (3) the sentences that are true about where you live.1

Read the headlines (1-3) and match them to the pictures (a-c).

Read the text and match the topics (1-5) to the correct paragraph (a-e).

2

3

1 I often get stuck in traffi c jams.2 There isn’t much pollution.

3 I drive everywhere.4 I spend over an hour in my car every day.

1 Air pollution getting worse in China2 The world’s worst traffi c jam!

3 Chinese car production 10 times higher than in 2000

1 Traffi c in Beijing2 A massive traffi c jam

3 Your visit to Beijing4 Actions to solve the problem

5 Car production in China

1 The change in car production in China has been slow.2 The IBM study showed that people drive badly in Beijing.3 The Beijing underground is solving the city’s problems.4 The authorities have taken some action.5 The traffi c jam in 2010 caused some deaths.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.4

The mother of all traffi c jamsa … Arriving in China by airplane may take a long time, but arriving at your hotel from the airport may take even longer! Beijing’s number one tourist sight, the Forbidden City, is located in the city centre. However, if you want to visit this amazing palace, try going before or after rush hour.

b … Many experts say that China will be the country of the 21st century. It’s clear that the country has shown incredible progress in the last ten years. Look at car production, for example. Ten years ago, China produced two million cars a year. Now it produces over 18 million, more than the United States and Japan combined. This sounds like good news, but it comes with huge social costs: traffi c jams.

c … In 2010, the country’s traffi c crisis became global news when the ‘mother of all traffi c jams’ formed on a road going into Beijing. The traffi c jam was over 60 miles long and lasted for 12 days. The average speed of cars was two miles per day! Many drivers spent the time playing cards or sleeping. However, the jam wasn’t bad news for everyone. Local people took the opportunity to sell food and water to the trapped drivers at very infl ated prices.

d … Three years ago, the computer company IBM asked motorists around the world about traffi c in their city. Beijing, the capital of China, emerged as the worst place to drive. It’s not surprising. Traffi c jams are common at all times of day, and not just during rush hour. The situation has become really terrible. Someone who works in Beijing typically spends two or three hours per day in traffi c! The number of cars packed on the road also means that the air quality in China’s capital is very poor. In fact, health experts claim that air pollution throughout China is responsible for over a million deaths every year.

e … The local authorities have taken action to reduce the city’s chronic traffi c problems. There is a limit on the number of new cars that can be registered each month, and cars from outside Beijing cannot enter some areas of the city during the rush hour. Beijing also has a large underground, which sells over 2.5 billion tickets a year. However, the traffi c problems continue.

So, the next time you’re stuck in a traffi c jam, say to yourself, ‘It could be worse. I could be in Beijing!’

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

a b c

57THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 5

Read the information about visiting the Forbidden City in Beijing, China. Ask and answer questions with your partner.

7

54

8

54

Listen to a radio programme interview with Michael Johnson, a tourist guide living in Beijing, and answer the questions.

Listen again and choose the correct option.

Interview your partner. Use the following prompts to write the questions.

1 How long has Michael been working in Beijing? a four years b 28 years c all his life

2 What doesn’t Michael like about his life in Beijing?

a his job b talking to people c the traffi c jams

1 Why did Michael move from London to Beijing?2 Is he happy with his job in Beijing?

Write a blog post about your partner using the information from your interview.

10

6

When does the Forbidden City open?

Where were you born?

How long have you been working as a…

It opens at 8:30 a.m.

I was born in…

I’ve been working…

My blog

Michael was born in London. He has been working as a… for… . He decided to become a… because…

9

1 How many cars are produced in China every year?

2 How long do drivers usually spend in their cars every day in Beijing?

3 How big was Beijing’s worst traffi c jam?4 How long did the worst traffi c jam last?

Answer the questions.5 3 How does Michael usually get to work? a by car b by bike c on foot

4 How did he teach himself about Beijing? a his wife taught him b going to the university c mostly by reading

5 How many days a week does he work? a two b three c four

6 When would Michael like to retire? a never b at 67 c next month

Beijing Forbidden CitySightseeing times and prices

Open daily all year.

Hours: Monday to Sunday

8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Entrance: £6 approximately (60 Renmibi)

Guided tours: Beijing Tours offers guided tours in English at the following times: 9 a.m., 11 a.m., 1 p.m., 2 p.m.

Duration: three hours

Price: £20Price: £20

1 place of birth2 time working3 reason for deciding on profession4 things you like about your job5 how you learned about your job6 amount of money you earn7 days you work a week8 age now9 when you will retire

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

58

Complete the text with the words below.1

UNIT 5

Marseilles is a great place for a short (1) ... ! It’s a beautiful port with great places for (2) ... . The (3) ... for me is the Marché des Capucins, a large market for the local Arab community. It’s absolutely (4) ... with people!. You should also take a (5) ... around the fascinating Le Panier area, a (6) ... combination of artisan shops and terraced houses.

Complete the sentences with the verb in the present or future tense.

2

Complete the sentences using the correct questions words.

Write two sentences to express warnings or advice using the imperative or would.

5

61 The regular bus service … (start) at 6 a.m.2 Someone’s knocking at the door. I … (get) it.3 It’s sunny, so I ... (take) a stroll along the beach.4 What time … the plane ... (leave)? Do we have

time for a coffee?5 The journey only ... (last) 10 minutes. It’s very

short.6 Don’t worry, I ... you … (pick up) tomorrow in

my car.7 Trains ... (run) on Christmas day. There’s no

service.

1 … do you get to work, by bus or by underground?2 … is the best way to get to the train station?3 How … does the journey take?4 How … is Marble Arch from here? I’d like to

walk if it’s close by.5 How … do you go to London? At least once a

year.

1 You should be careful at night.2 It’s not a good idea to go there in the summer.3 Hiring a guide is recommendable.4 Rush hour is not a good time to drive.5 You shouldn’t take a taxi!

1 The hotel is a long distance from here.2 Charles Bridge is a short distance from here.3 Walk south to the Vitara River.4 Take a taxi north to the museum.5 The airport is 10 kilometres from here.

Marseilles is a great place for a short (1) ... !

highlight stroll break stunning packed sightseeing

Listen to the radio programme and choose the correct answer.

8

55

Rewrite the sentences using the adverbs in the box.

7

Choose the correct option.

Match each compound noun in the box to the dialogues.

3

4

We arrived (1) in / to Dover early in the morning. We wanted to get (2) to / in London, so we got (3) on / in the train. After an hour we got (4) off / out at St. Pancras station. Our friends picked us (5) up / over there. We arrived (6) at / in their house half an hour later, and we got (7) out of / off the car. After that, we walked (8) around / up their large garden.

1 A: What’s the worst time to drive your car in the city?

B: In the early morning and in the late afternoon.

2 A: Are you taking the Tube to just one destination?

B: Yes, I am.

3 A: It’s much safer now to ride on this part of the street.

B: Maybe so, but please wear a helmet anyway.

4 A: This street has been closed off to traffi c. B: It’s nice to walk around the city without

worrying about cars.

5 A: What’s the cheapest way to get around the city?

B: Buy an Oyster Card so you can have unlimited journeys.

pedestrian area rush hoursingle ticket bike lane transport pass

The hotel is a long distance from here.

down to up to away close by far away

1 Laura has / hasn’t been to Prague before.2 Laura will be in Prague for two days / a week.3 The announcer says Prague is picturesque / small.4 The airport is 10 kilometres / 20 kilometres

from the city centre.5 The speaker says that people from Prague

speak / don’t speak English in the tourist areas.6 KD recommends using bicycles / the

Underground.7 Johnny says there is a problem with the traffi c

jams in the historical district / the crowds at the tourist sights.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

6UNIT First impressions

59

· To talk about different ways of relating to people

· To express your opinion about others· To describe people’s personalityO

BJE

CTI

VES

What do you think of him?A

NOW YOU!

Read the sentences below. Tick (3) the ones you agree with.

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Complete the sentences to explain the relationships between the people.

Choose the correct option.

Match the speakers (1-5) to the words they use to talk about fi rst impressions (a-e).

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

1 What does Faisal think of Gary?

2 What does Susan think of Ms Walsh?

1 The customer is always right.2 You never get a second chance to make a good

fi rst impression.3 You can disagree without being disagreeable.

BEFORE YOU WATCH

What impression do you think is important to make at work? What do you do to create this impression of yourself?

6

1 Faisal is Gary’s … .2 Susan is Gary’s … .3 Ms Walsh is Gary’s … .4 Gary’s friend is Mrs Walsh’s … .

4 What advice does Susan give Gary? a Stay calm. b Call Ms Walsh to apologise. c Do a different kind of job.

5 What does Ms Walsh think of the house? a It’s a mess. b It has good rooms. c It isn’t built very well.

6 Ms Walsh wants to buy the property because … .

a she wants it for her children b she wants to move further away from

students c she wants to construct student

accommodation

7 How does Susan try to calm Ms Walsh? a She offers to show her another house. b She lowers the price. c She promises to give Gary a fi nal warning.

8 Why doesn’t Gary like Ms Walsh? a She broke his friend’s furniture. b She refused to return his friend’s deposit. c She increased his friend’s rent.

I like to look professional, so I always wear smart clothes to the offi ce.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ...

a sixth sense d judging people‘s characterb gut instinct e intuitionc fi rst instincts

1 What does Susan say about Gary? a They are good friends. b He is ambitious and hardworking. c He’s untidy and unreliable.

2 Why does Ms Walsh think the house is too expensive?

a It’s very small. b It’s in a bad area. c It’s not in good condition.

3 In the cafe, Susan talks to Gary about … . a his untidy desk b his attitude towards colleagues c his attitude towards a client

1 432 5

60

First impressions

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Look at the photos. Which photo shows someone who is ...?

READING1

2

4

a friendly

b aggressive

c nervous

1 their voice 2 their body language 3 what they say

In your experience, when someone talks to you, what makes an impression on you?

Answer the questions.

1 What are three things you should do to make a good impression on other people?

2 What sort of impression do we give to others when we don’t maintain eye contact?

3 How will you feel if your posture isn’t good?4 Which is more important in a conversation,

speaking or listening?

1 32

The art of communicatingIn the opinion of communication experts, our body language is the main factor that infl uences how other people react to us. It represents 55% of the overall general impression that we make. Our voice is responsible for 38% of the impact, while what we actually say has very little effect. It is clear, then, that if we want to make a good impression, we need to have the right body language. But how good is yours?

One fundamental element of body language is eye contact. When we look people in the eye, we are showing them respect and that we are interested in what they are saying. It also shows that you are an open person and have nothing to hide. A good general rule is to maintain eye contact two-thirds of the time. If you have much more eye contact than this, you can be too intense. On the contrary, if you avoid eye contact, people may think that you’re not interested in them, or that you are not a sensitive person. And you don’t want to give that impression, do you?

You should think about your posture too. If your posture is good, you’ll automatically start feeling better. So, the next time you’re feeling down, look at how you’re standing or sitting. Your back probably won’t be straight and you will be looking down. Poor posture inhibits breathing and can make you feel nervous or sad. It will also give a negative impression. Improving your posture is sensible. Not only will it improve your breathing and ability to concentrate, it will help you avoid back problems in the future.

Finally, your ears also play a vital role in communicating. Now, a friend of mine can move her ears, but I’m not talking about that! I’m talking about how you use your ears! All of us have two ears and only one mouth, and we should try to use them in that proportion. If you listen twice as much as you talk, you will be excellent company. And we all love someone who listens to us, don’t we?

Complete the dialogues with the words and expressions highlighted in the text.

5

1 A: What causes an impression on other people when we meet them?

B: Our body language is … the impact we make on people.

2 A: Why is Roger feeling depressed? B: He’s … because he lost his job.

3 A: What should I buy with my money? B: I think you should be … and put it in a

savings account.

4 A: Whenever I speak to Brian, he always crosses his arms.

B: His … implies that he’s not interested in what I’m saying.

5 A: How can I get people to admire and respect me more?

B: If you show you are a good listener, you will … .

6 A: What is involved in Paul’s decision to buy a house?

B: His children … in the decision. They infl uence Paul a lot.

7 A: Mary understands how other people are feeling.

B: She’s always been a … person.

8 A: Why is it so important to look someone in the eye during a conversation?

B: Because … shows you are listening.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

3

56

Read the article. Does it confi rm your answer?

61

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 6

/!/ language contact stand/":/ partial argument art/#/ fundamental nothing much

Practise saying these words and complete the table below.

Listen and repeat.1

57

Listen to someone describe three of his classmates. Answer the questions.

6

59

7

592

Write questions to ask your partner’s opinion about the topics below.

8

1 sensitive 2 outgoing 3 moody4 reserved 5 easy-going 6 sensible

Match the adjectives (1-6) to the pictures (a-f).

Complete the sentences using words from activity 4.

58 Now listen and repeat.

4

5

1 judge 6 harder 11 automatic2 star 7 that 12 us3 impact 8 car 13 pardon4 function 9 back 14 argue5 wonderful 10 ugly 15 factor

1 Jack’s a … person. Five minutes ago he was laughing, and now he’s angry.

2 Our teacher never gets upset. She’s always … .3 Pete is so friendly and … . He speaks to

everyone at parties even if he doesn’t know them.

4 My dad always cries at movies. He’s very … .5 Ellen is a … person. She never shows her

feelings or thoughts to other people.6 If you have an exam next week, you should be

… and start studying now.

1 Do you think they are close friends?2 Who do you think the speaker prefers?

your neighbours your boss your best friend your colleagues at work

/!/ /":/ /#/

impact star judge

b d

e

f

Listen again and tick (3) the adjectives that correspond to the descriptions.

Claire Beryl Jane

easy-going

moody

outgoing

reserved

sensitive

sensible

What do you think of your neighbours?

What do you think about your best friend?

I think they are very open.

I think he’s…

Match the sound (1-3) to the spelling (a-c).3

1 /!/ a words spelled with a, an, ar, ear2 /#/ b words spelled with a3 /":/ c words spelled with u, ou, o

ca

Asking for confi rmation : question tags

- Se usan question tags (auxiliar + sujeto pronombre) para comprobar si una persona está de acuerdo con lo que se dice.You agree with me, don’t you?

- En frases afi rmativas el verbo auxiliar es negativo.We all love someone who listens to us, don’t we?My brothers ate all the chocolates, didn’t they?

- En frase negativas el verbo auxiliar es afi rmativo.Mary isn’t very quiet, is she?You don’t have any children, do you?

see page 122

Asking for and giving opinions

- Para pedir opiniones, se utilizan expresiones como:What do you think about / of the new boss?How do you feel about what Bill said?

- Para dar opiniones, se utilizan expresiones como:I (don’t) think that she’s a good listener.I feel / believe / suppose / reckon that we should (not) give him an opportunity.

see page 124

62

First impressions

THAT’S ENGLISH!

1 She was your best friend, a will she?2 She didn’t have any children, b isn’t she?3 She speaks well, c doesn’t she?4 She won’t come late, d wasn’t she?5 She hasn’t answered you, e did she?6 She’s going to say no, f has she?

Her family always comes fi rst. That family of hers always comes fi rst.1 Mary’s fl atmate phoned me yesterday. A

fl atmate…2 Martin’s brother is a professional footballer. One…3 My dad’s friend was on the news last night. A

friend…4 Our neighbours have complained again.

Those neighbours…5 Her client behaves very rudely. A client…6 My boss can be very understanding. That boss…

a I agree. f I’m defensive.b I disagree. g It’s not important.c I’m pleased to meet you. h I’m worried / Id I’m impatient / frustrated. don´t know.e I’m open and interested.

1 How do you say ‘no’ in Albania?2 Is it a good idea to shrug your shoulders in China?3 When shouldn’t you cross your legs in Japan?4 When can you fold your arms in Pakistan?

1 You haven’t lost your keys, ...?2 We’ll see you tonight, ...?3 He’s gone to Scotland, ...?4 She didn’t accept the job, ...?5 They’re having a bad time, ...?6 I’m very expressive, ...?

1 You’re not listening to me, are you? ›

2 It’s expensive, isn’t it? ›

3 They didn’t buy that house, did they? ›4 He’s not 50, is he? ›

1 A: I have to work tomorrow. B: So, you’re not going to the party, are you?

2 A: Mark has seen this fi lm fi ve times. B: He likes it, doesn’t he?

3 A: I didn’t see Jim at work today. B: He’s not sick again, is he?

4 A: Did you try the cake? It’s homemade. B: You didn’t make this yourself, did you?

5 A: Je m’appelle Christopher. B: You can’t really speak French, can you?

Read the dialogues. Decide if the intonation in the question tags rises ( ›) or falls (› ).

12

When we use question tags, the intonation can rise or fall. Intonation falls (› ) when we ask for confi rmation and rises ( ›) when we express surprise or we are not sure about something. Listen.

11

60

Listen again and repeat.60

Now listen and repeat the sentences.61

Rewrite the sentences with a double genitive.

Match the expressions connected to body language to the pictures.

Match the body language (1-8) to the meaning (a-h).

Match the question tags to the sentences.

Complete the sentences with the appropriate question tag.

13

14

15

9

10

look someone in the eye shake handsnod your head shake your headshrug your shoulders roll your eyesfold your arms cross your legs

1

6

5

2

3

4

7

8

Listen to an interview with a body language expert. What types of body language from activity 14 does he talk about?

Listen again and answer the questions.

16

62

17

62

Give a short description about body language in your country.

18

In Spain, it’s not polite to hold your hands behind your head.

1 b 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ...

Expressing possession: double genitive

- of + (possessive adjective) + noun ’sHe is a friend of Mike’s. (He’s Mike’s friend.)They are colleagues of her sister’s. (They’re her sister’s colleagues.)

- of + possessive pronoun She is a friend of yours. (She’s your friend.) We are neighbours of his. (We’re his neighbours.)

see page 123

UNIT 6

THAT’S ENGLISH! 63

More than wordsB

Look at the photos. Match the people’s body language to their meaning.

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Documentary

Match the body language (1-6) to its meanings (a-f).

Listen to the speakers and tick (3) the rude gestures they talk about.

3

4

NOW YOU!AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Complete the sentences with words from the programme.

5

That’s Britain!

Which actions or gestures are considered rude in your country?

2

Same language, different lives

1 not sitting up straight2 overuse of hands3 crossed arms or legs4 leaning back5 looking someone in the eye6 copying someone else’s actions

Think about the following questions.6

1 holding up your middle fi nger2 sticking your tongue out3 spitting4 holding up two fi ngers5 throwing your hands up6 holding up the back of your hand7 picking your nose

1 The Royal Standard is the … pub in England.2 In British pubs, you pay at the bar when you

… your drink.3 The pub used to be called … .4 The pub opens at … each day.5 There’s no music or

… at this pub.6 The pub is full of

people on … day.7 The bell rings when

it’s time for everyone to … the pub.

In Spain, families and children spend time at restaurants. People order large dishes of food, like paella, that they can share with each other.

3

1 2

a shows someone they are importantb stressedc makes someone else feel comfortabled uninterestede lack of confi dencef unimpressed

What places do families spend time at in Spain? Are there any traditions or customs at these places? What is the ‘normal’ way of behaving?

a feeling comfortable b being confi dent c being uninterested

2

64

First impressions

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGLook at the photos. How would you describe the people? Use the words in the box.

Read the fi rst paragraph. What’s the meaning of ‘there usually isn’t an opportunity to make a second impression?’

Which of these statements is true for you?

What kind of person do people think you are when they meet you for the fi rst time? Why?

Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Match the highlighted words and expressions in the text with the following meanings.

2

3

5 6

When I’m going to meet someone for the fi rst time...1 I try not to judge them too quickly.

2 I always look at what they are wearing.3 I always think about what I’m going to wear.

1 You should be completely natural when you go to an important job interview.

2 It’s usually better to wear a nice watch.3 Friends can help you with your image.4 You can learn a lot about body language if you

watch videos by experts.5 It’s better to go to important events when you’re

feeling positive and outgoing.

1 transmit2 clothes that go together3 move your head up and down4 to create an opinion or idea of someone or

something5 ‘to project an image’ has the same meaning as:

… , ... and … .6 ‘it is important to’ has the same meaning as:

… , ... and … .

1 You only meet a person once.2 It’s hard to change people’s fi rst impressions of us.

3 Our second impression can be important.

1

4

63

First impressions

Most of us form an impression immediately when we meet someone for the fi rst time. What’s more, our opinion of people often doesn’t change, so there usually isn’t an opportunity to make a second impression. This is why it is critical to make a good fi rst impression. If you follow these fi ve simple steps, it will be easy.

First of all, you need to think about the image that you want to convey. This is especially important before a big event, such as a job interview. It’s not enough to think, ‘I’ll just be myself’.

It’s a good idea to spend some time thinking about your appearance. Consider the clothes and shoes that you are going to wear, your hairstyle, etc. Men need to carefully select the watch that they’re going to wear, while for women it’s vital to go with the right handbag. You also might want to get a friend’s or colleague’s opinion on your outfi t. Above all, you need to make sure that your appearance communicates what you want to say about yourself.

Body language is another crucial area. You should think about your posture and how you move. It’s often a good idea to make a video of yourself as you walk around a room. This can reveal a lot of things that you didn’t know about yourself! When you meet someone for the fi rst time, be sure to shake hands fi rmly and to maintain eye contact.

If possible, avoid important events when you’ve just had a row with someone, or you’re feeling moody. Other people will immediately see how you are feeling, and you won’t come across well. Finally, show interest in people. Listen carefully, ask intelligent questions, and nod your head in agreement. If you give the impression that you want to speak to people, they will want to speak to you. (o

nlin

e so

urce

)

positive negative materialistic natural modern traditional alternative interesting

1 3 4

65THAT’S ENGLISH!

Listen to two people discussing how to make a good fi rst impression at a job interview. Tick (3) approve (A) or disapprove (D).

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 6

React positively or negatively to what your partner says.

2

1 I’m going to wear a pink and green tie.2 I’m going to buy a new dress for the wedding.3 I’m going to stop smoking.4 I’m not going to drink a lot at the party.5 I’m going to dye my hair orange.6 I’m going to be completely honest with my

boss.

1

64

Listen again and write the expressions the speakers use to show approval or disapproval.

64

A D

1 Drink wine before the interview

2 Stay up all night practising

3 Relax and be yourself

4 Wear a conservative outfi t

5 Make a video to practice

Read a ‘for and against’ text about trying to make a good impression. Match the ideas (1-4) to the four paragraphs (a-d).

Read the text again and put it in the correct order.

3

4

I’m going to wear a pink and green tie. I wouldn’t do that.

1 Arguments against (cons) 3 Conclusion2 Arguments for (pros) 4 Introduction

WRITING SECTION

a On the other hand, we might concentrate too much on our appearance. We can become obsessed with it and, as a result, we may forget who we are.

b In conclusion, in modern society we all need to try to make a good impression. Even so, we must not lose contact with who we are.

c On the one hand, people’s fi nal opinion of us often depends on their fi rst impression. Moreover, in today’s competitive world, everyone needs to make a good impression.

d People today devote a lot of time and money to their appearance: they go to the gym, they spend a lot of money on clothes, etc. However, is it essential to make a good fi rst impression?

The pros and cons of a good impression

Showing approval and disapproval

- Para indicar que aprobamos algo decimos: You’re right, That’s a good idea, That’s great!, What a great idea!Look people in the eye. -That’s a good idea.I’m trying to improve my posture. -That’s great!

- Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo decimos: That’s a bad idea, That’s not a good idea, I wouldn’t do that, You shouldn’t do that.I never shake hands. - That’s a bad idea.I’ll just be myself at the interview. - I wouldn’t do that.

see page 124

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ...

Complete the paragraph with the words below.

Write a ‘for and against’ text on this topic: ‘It’s very important to be physically attractive’. Use key language and follow this planning.

5

6

on the other hand what’s more althoughas a result to sum up on the one hand

It’s too early to say if I like my new boss or not. (1) … , he’s a good dresser and looks very professional. He’s also a hard-worker. (2) … , he’s not a very good listener. (3) … , he’s always talking about himself. (4) … everybody says he’s a sensitive person, I disagree because he avoids eye contact when he’s speaking to you. (5) … , I get the impression he isn’t really interested in what I have to say. (6) … , my boss has both good and bad qualities, so maybe I shouldn’t be so quick to judge him.

Paragraph 1: Introduction Paragraph 2: The advantages of being attractive Paragraph 3: Being attractive is not everything Paragraph 4: Conclusion

Today, a lot of people spend time to be physically attractive…

Key languageExpressing contrast

On the one hand, On the other hand, But, Although, However, Even so

Developing an argumentBesides, What’s more, Moreover, In addition, As a result, In the end

Expressing a conclusionIn conclusion / To sum up

see page 134

66

First impressions

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONAnswer the questions.

Read the fi rst paragraph and list three reasons why criticism is not good.

3 Read the rest of the text. Choose the correct answers.

1 How do you feel when someone criticises you? a sad c aggressive b defensive d indifferent

2 Do you think it’s a good idea to criticise other people? a sometimes c it depends on the situation b it depends on the person d never

1

2

Read the rest of the text. Choose the correct answers.

As a young man, I often used to criticise people when I did not agree with them. However, when I was around 30 years old, I began to understand that criticism is useless because it makes people defensive and angry. Moreover, it is completely ineffective: when you criticise someone, they don’t think that they are wrong. On the contrary, they try to justify themselves. Criticism is also dangerous because it can make people feel stupid and unimportant which can result in aggressive behaviour.

B. F. Skinner, the world-famous psychologist, showed in experiments that animals respond much better to positive stimuli than to negative ones. He demonstrated that it is more effective to give them food when they do something well than to punish them when they do something badly. The principle of positive reinforcement has many advantages in humans too. It makes people feel more motivated and enthusiastic about correcting their mistakes. What’s more, it improves our relationships with others.

There are a few basic rules for using positive reinforcement. First of all, it doesn’t have to be big. A simple, ‘Thank you!’ or ‘Well done!’ can be as effective as something material. Also, we need to be enthusiastic and sincere. Most importantly, we have to be consistent so that we feel more and more motivated.

In the end, it’s much better to try to understand people than to condemn them, isn’t it? Our objective should be to discover why people do what they do. That’s a lot more positive and interesting than criticism; and it creates empathy, tolerance and understanding.

To sum up, we all probably know someone who we would like to change: our husband, our wife, our children. But why don’t we begin with ourselves? It will do us a lot of good, and it will be much more effective than trying to change someone else. As Confucius said 2,500 years ago, ‘Don’t complain about the snow on your neighbour’s roof when your own doorstep is dirty’.

1 People respond better ... . a when you give them food b when you punish them c when they receive positive stimuli

2 When we understand people, we become more … . a critical b tolerant c interesting

3 First, we should try to change … . a ourselves b other people c no one

4 The author thinks that ... . a criticism will change people b people should understand others’ behaviour c people shouldn’t tolerate others’ criticism

How to Win Friends and Influence People

UNIT 6

67

Mark the ideas that best describe you. Then ask your partner and discover what type of personality he or she has.

Read the blog post and answer the questions.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ...

Listen to an interview between Mr Hardy, a patient, and a psychologist. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Exchange your impressions about each other’s personality with your partner.

8

5

651 Mr Hardy is generally a nervous person.2 Mr Hardy likes his mother.3 Mr Hardy’s father doesn’t speak to him.4 Mr Hardy is popular at work.5 Mr Hardy doesn’t want to look directly at the psychologist.

Write your own blog post (100-120 words) about a person you have met recently. Make sure you include the following information.

9

Listen again and match the people (1-3) to the adjectives (a-g).6

651 Mr Hardy 2 his mother 3 his father a cold c easy-going e distant g outgoing

b friendly d warm f critical

You’re a sensitive person, aren’t you?

I suppose so.

You look people in the eye when you speak to them, don’t you?

Absolutely. You seem very practical.

Actually, I’m not.

My blog

Recently, my brother introduced me to a colleague of his named Martha. She made a good fi rst impression for several reasons. Martha has a great personality. She’s outgoing and talkative, and she has a great sense of humour. I think Martha’s a good listener because she looks you in the eye during a conversation. Martha pays attention to her personal appearance too. She was wearing a nice blue outfi t with a grey jacket. My brother says Martha’s a hard worker, but she’s not very sensible with money – she often spends too much money on clothes instead of saving it. We’ve only met once, but I think Martha and I can become good friends.

1 What kind of impression did Martha make? 4 Was Martha well dressed?2 What is Martha’s personality like? 5 What is one of Martha’s negative qualities?3 Why is Martha a good listener?

1 I am a sensitive person, and I don’t criticise others.2 I am sometimes distant and reserved.3 I can be quite moody.4 I often try to change people.5 Other people think that I am sensible and practical.6 I look people in the eye when I talk to them.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

4

7

Are you a sensitive person? Do you criticise other people?Are you sometimes ... ?

• First impression• His or her personality• Body language• Personal appearance

Send

Recently, I met...

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

68

Choose the correct option.1

UNIT 6

Complete the expressions with the missing verbs.

Complete the question tags.

Put the dialogue in the correct order.

2

3

5

Complete the dialogue with the words in the box.

Rewrite the sentences expressing possession.

4

6

1 When you agree, you ... your head.2 When you meet someone for the fi rst time, you

... hands.3 When you want to show interest in what the

other person is saying, you … the other person in the eye.

4 When you don’t know an answer, you ... your shoulders.

5 When you don’t agree or are frustrated, you ... your eyes.

6 When you are feeling defensive, you ... your arms.

1 You’re not criticising me, ... ?2 I haven’t offended you, ... ?3 He didn’t tell her, ... ?4 You’ve been living here a long time, ... ?5 They’d like to come with us, ... ?6 You really can’t like him, ... ?

a OK, I’ll talk to a friend about my problems.b I wouldn’t do that. They’re expensive, and I

don’t think they help.

1 A: What do you all (1) ... our new French teacher?

B: It’s too (2) ... to say.2 A: In my (3) ... , she’s (4) … and friendly! B: I (5) ... that she’s OK.3 A: I (6) … she’s very (7) … . She gets angry if

you make a mistake. B: I’m not (8) ... . Maybe you’re right.

1 Robert’s mother is too expressive. The mother…2 He is their boss. He is…3 My mother’s friend has got a job. A friend…4 She is my client. She is a…5 They are my brother’s classmates. They are…

Listen to someone talking about criticising people. Choose the correct option.

8

66

1 Sally’s always smiling and likes to talk to people. She is warm / distant.

2 James can be very diffi cult when he’s having a bad day. He is reserved / moody.

3 Vanessa cries a lot and is very emotional. She is sensitive / sensible.

4 Georgia’s relaxed and doesn’t worry about anything. She is easy-going / moody.

5 Tom’s very open and is very popular. He is reserved / outgoing.

critical early opinion outgoingsuppose sure think think of

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

7

Even so However Moreover To sum upOn the one hand On the other hand

Here’s some advice on what to do at a job interview. Firstly, you should prepare well for it. At the beginning of the interview, shake the interviewer’s hand. (1) … , if you shake it too much, you will seem aggressive. Always look the interviewer in the eye. (2) … , nod your head to show you are listening. (3) … , it’s always a good idea to show interest and ask questions. (4) … , you shouldn’t speak too much or you may come across as being too nervous. Some people feel uncomfortable wearing a suit and tie. (5) … , men should always wear one. (6) … , prepare well for your interview and practice.

1 What happens when we criticise people? a They usually like it. b They become aggressive. c They feel upset.2 When should we criticise people? a when we think they need to know how we feel b only when they ask c never3 Which word best describes how we should

criticise? a rudely b respectfully c aggressively

Listen again and decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

1 We should be quiet when someone does something wrong.

2 Some people feel offended when we criticise them.

3 Choose the right words before criticising someone.

9

66

c That’s a good idea!d I’m going to see a psychologist.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

THAT’S ENGLISH!

7UNIT Play time!

69

· To describe how to play different types of games

· To talk about typical behaviour

OB

JEC

TIVE

S

The games people playA

Look at the images (1-3) and match them to the names of the games (a-c). Can you describe what happens in each game using the words in brackets?

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Choose the correct option.

Complete the dialogue from the video with the words in the box.

Listen to the speakers and write the name of one game that each of them talks about.

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

1 In the cafe, … . a Natasha and Paul are planning a birthday

party b Natasha and Paul are discussing their

children’s behaviour c Natasha and Paul are discussing children’s

games they enjoy playing2 At the birthday party, … . a Dan says that Ivan is cheating b Ivan says that Dan is cheating c both Ivan and Dan say that each other is

cheating3 At the offi ce, Paul says the game is … . a a waste of time c boring b too diffi cult

1 The children were playing a game of … .2 Dan is so … ! If he doesn’t win, he thinks it’s

unfair.3 He always tells the truth. If Dan says Ivan was

… , then I believe him.4 The purpose of this exercise is to demonstrate

the importance of … .5 Excellent! Please put the rope down and take

off your … .6 I’ve got proper work to do. I don’t want to play

these … games.7 Paul is only happy if he’s … .8 He’s defi nitely not a … !

1 2 3

1 Why do Dan and Ivan argue while playing musical chairs?

2 What do the team have to do with the rope?

a charades (mime, guess) b tag (chase, touch) c pin the donkey (a blindfold, a tail)

competitive winning team player tag childish cheating team work blindfolds

1

2

5

6

3

4

7

8

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 7 … 8 …

NOW YOU!Is it important for you to win games? How do you react when you lose? Describe your attitude to playing games.

6

I am very competitive and I don’t like losing. If I lose, I want to continue playing until…

70

Play time!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

What games did you play as a child? Which were your favourite ones?

Read the article. Match the pictures (1-6) to the paragraphs (a-c).

READING1

43 521 6

Let’s play!

All around the world, children have one thing in common: they love to play games! Here, people from different countries talk about their favourite children’s games.

a … I want to tell you about a simple skipping game. What are the instructions?First, fi nd a rope!Hold one end of the rope in one hand and the other end in the other hand.Now, swing the rope around in circles. When the rope touches the ground, jump! Don’t stand on the rope! Go on jumping for a few minutes. Stop jumping when you are tired. You can also play this game with three people: two move the rope and one jumps. Hasanuddin Rachman, Indonesia

b … When I was a child, my friends and I were always very happy when we played a game called Oba. I’ll tell you how to play.The basic idea of the game is simple. First, get a small ball. Throw the ball against the wall and catch it. However, you can introduce variations, and that’s the fun part! For example: sing a song and throw the ball; start laughing and throw the ball; stand on one leg and keep throwing the ball until you fall. Etilvia Peña, Colombia

c … In China, many children play a game called Caught you! How do you play? With 15–20 other people, go to a place where there is a large open area, e.g. a park. You will need a small ball and a blindfold. Form a large circle. One person stands outside the circle with the blindfold on. The people in the circle start passing the ball. The person with the blindfold says ‘Stop!’ when he or she wants. When you hear the word Stop!, the person with the ball stands up and sings a song or tells a story.I loved playing this game, but my sister was always cheating. She was always looking when she had the blindfold on, and she said, ‘Stop!’ every time that I had the ball! I used to get very angry with her! Cheng Limin, China

3 Read the text again and tick (3) the information about each game.

4 Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

1 Skipping involves moving your arms and legs at the same time.

2 You always stand on one leg when you play Oba.

3 It’s a good idea to try to play Caught you! in your bedroom.

5 Match the highlighted words from the text to the defi nitions.

1 playing dishonestly2 a cloth used to cover your eyes3 jumping over a rope4 move your arm to project an object through

the air5 continue6 keep something in your hand7 a cord made of fi bre

Description Skip rope Oba Caught you!

It uses a ball.

It uses a rope.

It is individual.

It can include singing.

4 No one really wins or loses when they play Caught you!

5 Cheng Limin wasn’t happy with her sister.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

2

67

71

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 7

Homophones are words that are pronounced the same but are spelled differently. Listen to these sentences and pay attention to the words in blue.

1

68

Complete the text using the verbs in the imperative or -ing form.

Now match the sentences (1-6) to the pictures (a-f).

4

Underline the two homophones in each sentence.

Use the imperative form of the verbs from the box to complete the instructions.

2

3

1 No, I don’t know the answer.2 I have two dogs too.3 Our fl ight leaves in one hour.4 The boy ate eight biscuits.5 I have an eye exam tomorrow.

Practise saying the sentences.

69

1 We went to the sea to see the waves.2 I’m going to write a letter right now.3 You’re not listening to your mum, are you?4 Where are you going to wear that Hawaiian

shirt?5 Their car is over there.6 The team has won the tournament one more

time.

Listen and repeat.

Match the verbs to the pictures.5

fi nd let look pass shuffl e take

Asking and giving instructions and orders

- Para pedir instrucciones se usan expresiones como:How do you play Caught you?What do you do next?What’s the next step?

- Para dar instrucciones se usa el imperativo.Move the rope rhythmically!Don’t stand on the rope!

- Start, stop, fi nish y go on van seguidos de un verbo terminanado en -ing.Start playing and throw the ball.Go on jumping until you land on the rope.Stop jumping when you are tired.

see page 125

Question: How do you play musical chairs?Answer: You’ll need fun music, a group of children, and chairs – one less chair than the number of players. First, (1) … (place) the chairs in a circle. (2) … (stand) in a circle around the chairs. Then start (3) … (play) the music. (4) … (move) in a circle around the chairs. When the music stops (5) … (play), everyone sits down. (6) … (eliminate) the person standing and one chair. Go on (7) … (play). The winner is the last person standing.

cheat drop hold kick let go pick up

1 4

2 5

3 6

1 ... a round table to play on.2 … the cards properly.3 ... three cards.4 … at other people’s cards!5 ... one card to the person on your left.6 … the other players know you are nervous.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

a b c

d e f

72

Play time!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Complete the descriptions of the games using the correct form of the verbs from activity 5.

6

Match the dialogues (1-3) to the pictures (a-c).11

Write a short paragraph giving instructions to play a game you like.

Match the sentences beginnings (1-5) to endings (a-e) .

7

8

1 A: Do you want to play cards? B: I suppose so. A: Are you sure? B: If you insist. But I don’t know the rules. Can

you teach me? A: Yes, of course.2 A: Would you like to watch the new James

Bond fi lm? B: That’s a great idea. I’m dying to see it. Why

don’t you invite some friends over to watch it with us?

A: I don’t really want to. It’s diffi cult to watch a fi lm when too many people are here.

3 A: Why don’t we play musical chairs at the party? B: No way! A: Why not? It’ll be fun. B: You must be joking. Musical chairs is for

children! A: You’ve got a great CD collection. So why

don’t you choose the music? B: I’d love to!

I enjoy playing board games. I’m going to tell you how to play Monopoly. First,…

1 The handball team aren’t happy with Pam because...

2 Jess has three sets of keys because...3 I never have anything to eat because...4 I’m angry with Clara because...

a she is always losing them.b she’s always arriving late.c she’s always dropping the ball.d you’re always taking my food from the fridge.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

Describing annoying habits

Se usa always con un verbo en forma continua para describir situaciones o hábitos que no nos gustan.

You’re always shouting at me.My sister was always cheating when she played games as a child.

see page 125

I love playing this game. First of all, fi nd a rope. (1) ... the rope in both hands! Now, jump up and down but don’t move the rope!

For this game you need a ball and a group of friends. First, form a large circle and sit down. Then close your eyes. After that, pass the ball to the person on your right. If someone (2) ... the ball, they must stand up. They also stand up if they (3) ... and open their eyes.

This game is also played with a lot of friends. First, (4) … the ball as hard as you can with your foot. The fi rst player who can (5) … the ball with their hands has to start running. The other players try to take away the ball. If one player (6) … the ball ... , he is eliminated from the game.

a b c

Now practise the dialogues.

Find six expressions in the dialogues to say:

Listen to two people talking about what they want to do. What do they decide to do in the end?

Listen again and tick true (3) or false (7). Correct the false sentences.

12

9

10

70

70

yesenthusiastically

yesunenthusiastically

noemphatically

I’d love to. I don’t mind. No way.

1 They don’t want to go out because it’s boring.2 The man is good at drawing.3 They decide to invite four friends over.

4 The woman thinks two of their friends sometimes cheat.

5 They are going to tell Jack and Emily to come 30 minutes early so they can have some pizza.

6 They will probably play the game in teams.

Act out the following dialogue with a partner.13

Student A: Play Monopoly?Student B: Emphatic no!Student A: Play poker?Student B: Yes without enthusiasm.Student A: Play a video game?Student B: Emphatic yes!

Do you want to play Monopoly?

UNIT 7

THAT’S ENGLISH! 73

Fun for all the familyB

How did you spend your school holidays as a child? What activities did you enjoy doing?

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Documentary

Tick (3) six activities that are shown in the video.

Answer the questions.

Listen to the speakers and tick (3) the games you hear.

3

4

5

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Complete the leafl et about Windsor.6

That’s Britain!

Look at the photos. Which of these places do you think are a good day out for the whole family? Explain your ideas.

2

That’s Britain!

Think about activities children do in their free time in your country. Do they spend time at community centres, parks or day camps?

7

1 swimming 7 climbing2 sensory trails 8 skating3 archery 9 drama4 giant swing 10 canoeing5 computer games 11 tennis6 horse riding 12 arts & crafts

1 Is it possible to stay overnight at a holiday camp?

2 Are holiday camps run throughout the year or just in summer?

3 What did Daisy and Alice think about the camp before they arrived?

4 Apart from children, who else benefi ts from holiday camps?

hopscotch fl ash hide and seekmarbles baseball tig skipping

cricket cowboys and indians polo

Autolib’ : une drôle de voiture

Come to Windsor and enjoy an historic day by the river (1) … .

Eton CollegeVisit the famous school, where many British (2) … were educated. After the students go home, take a guided tour around the college.

The Queen’s GuardsDo some shopping and watch the Queen’s guards march up and down the high street. The ceremony takes place on select days of the week, just before (3) … am.

Windsor CastleYou can visit Windsor castle, which is the (4) … castle in the world and where the (5) … family spend private weekends.

Windsor Great ParkBring a picnic and enjoy a day in the park. You’ll be surrounded by deer and other wildlife. There is around (6) … square km of parkland to enjoy.

A great day out!

In Spain, there are a lot of parks, so children can spend time there with their friends.

marbles hide and seek

hopscotch

74

Play time!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGWhere did you go on holiday as a child? What activities did you do and enjoy most?

Answer the questions.

Complete the sentences with the highlighted words in the text.

1 After all the money that we’ve spent on expensive holidays abroad,2 Last month, our middle son came home from football practice.3 Our fi rst impression when we arrived was much better than we expected.4 Butlin’s is a well-known British tourist company5 Max and I always have a problem when the summer holidays arrive: where to take the children!

1

3

4

Read the article and match the opening sentence (1-5) to each paragraph (a-e).2

71

a … that has been operating a chain of affordable holiday resorts for over 80 years. In the ’80s and ’90s, however, Butlin’s started getting a reputation for being old-fashioned. Since 2003, owners have spent over £100,000 on modernising their installations and facilities. As a result, Butlin’s resorts have been enjoying a revival as more and more British families are deciding not to take their holidays abroad. Here one person talks about her experience there.

b … It’s not easy. We have four children aged from fi ve to sixteen, and it’s very diffi cult to fi nd something that everyone will like. Every year we spend a fortune on exotic islands, theme parks, city holidays and even camping. And every year we get the same reaction ‘I won’t go there again! No way!’

c … He was really excited and said that his friend’s family had spent their holidays at Butlin’s and thought it was an incredible place. Our son asked us if we had heard of it. Max and I were surprised. Yes, of course we had heard of Butlin’s, but it always had the reputation of being an old-fashioned resort. However, our son fi nally convinced us to try it, but when we decided to go for the weekend to a Butlin’s holiday camp near us, we were apprehensive.

d … We were greeted with a warm welcome. ‘I’ll help you with your bag, Madam,’ said a porter at the reception desk. The accommodation was all new and fashionable, and our room had a fl at-screen TV and high-speed Wi-Fi! Over the next two days, we all had a great time. There was something for everyone. The younger kids really liked the arts and crafts activities. They made some great models! And we all enjoyed swimming in the water-park and visiting the fairground and circus. They even had a go-carts track!

e … we now know that we can book an amazing and affordable holiday getaway for the family. The best part is that there are two more Butlin’s in England. We’re going to try the one in Lincolnshire next!

The perfect family holiday?

for over 80 years. In the ’80s and ’90s, however, Butlin’s started getting a reputation for being old-fashioned. Since 2003, owners have spent over £100,000 on

. As a result, Butlin’s resorts have been enjoying a revival as more and more British families are deciding not to take their holidays abroad. Here one person talks about her

It’s not easy. We have four children aged from fi ve to sixteen, and it’s very diffi cult to fi nd something that everyone will like. Every year we spend

and even camping. and even camping.

He was really excited and said that his friend’s family had spent their holidays at Butlin’s and thought it was an incredible place. Our son asked us if we had heard of it. Max and I were surprised. Yes, of course we had heard of Butlin’s, but it always had the reputation of being an old-fashioned resort. However, our son fi nally convinced us to try it, but when we decided to go for the weekend to a Butlin’s holiday camp near us, we were apprehensive.

We were greeted with a warm welcome. ‘I’ll help you with your bag, Madam,’ said a porter at the reception desk. The accommodation was all new and fashionable, and our room had a fl at-screen TV and high-speed Wi-Fi! Over the next two days, we all had a great time. There was something

activities. They made some great models! And we all enjoyed swimming in the water-

and circus. They even had a go-carts track!

and even camping.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 How long has Butlin’s been operating?2 Why has Butlin’s become popular again?3 How much money does this family usually

spend on their holidays?4 Who recommended Butlin’s to the family?5 What was the family’s fi rst impression of the

hotel?6 What sort of activities does Butlin’s offer?

2 The students at my children’s school spend a week at one of the ski … in the Pyrenees.

3 Disneyland and PortAventura are two important … in Europe.

4 My children enjoy making masks and drawings in their … class.

5 Many people nowadays prefer planning … to going to the countryside.

6 The carousel and trampoline are popular attractions at the … .

7 This chain of hotels is very … . It’s not at all expensive.

8 This water park has good installations and … for people in wheelchairs.1 Next weekend, we’re going to Paris for a

holiday … .

75THAT’S ENGLISH!

When we want to accept or refuse to do something, we can stress the auxiliary verb or both the auxiliary and main verb. Listen to the sentences.

Read the words and predict the stress.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 7

2

1 I won’t clean my room!2 I’ll call everybody now.3 Don’t worry. We’ll play in teams.4 I don’t want to see that fi lm!5 I won’t embarrass myself in front of my friends.6 All right. I’ll do it.7 I won’t go there again.8 I don’t want to go anywhere else.

Now listen and repeat.

1 I won’t play that game!2 I don’t want to go to the park!3 OK. I’ll explain the instructions.4 Fine. I’ll make the reservations.

Listen again and repeat.

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs from the box. Make the verb negative if necessary.

Match the words in the box to the pictures.

3

4

fi nd never come help answer see play

arts and crafts circus crazy golf fairground pony ride puppet show

soft-play area treasure hunt

1 ‘There’s someone at the door.’ ‘Don’t get up, I ... who’s there.’2 The food here is terrible! I ... again!3 No, I ... musical chairs! I hate it!4 OK, I ... you with your homework.5 ‘Has anyone got a ball?’ ‘I ... one.’6 Daniel ... the phone. He’s angry with me.

1

72

72

73

Imagine a friend wants to go on a weekend getaway with his children. Recommend and describe a place you know. Talk about the activities you can do there.

6

Accepting and refusing

- Se usa will + verb para aceptar hacer algo.OK, I’ll help you with your bag.‘Please, fi rst check your emails.’ ‘OK, I’ll start with that straightaway.’

- Se usa won’t o will never + verb para negarse a hacer algo.I won’t go there again! No way!You’re horrible! I’ll never play with you again!

see page 126

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Listen to two friends talking about where to spend their holidays. Choose the correct answer.

5

741 Why does the man say his family can’t go to

France? a It’s too far. b It’s too expensive.2 What impression did the man have of Butlin’s

when he was younger? a He thought it was old-fashioned. b He enjoyed it.3 What did the woman think of the

accommodation? a It was great. b It was dirty.4 What kind of activities are offered at night? a a water park b clubs and discos5 Why is it a good idea to book a hotel room in

advance? a It is cheaper. b The hotel is usually full.

Why don’t you go to …? I went there last year and thought it was amazing.

Can you recommend a place for a weekend getaway?

76

Play time!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONAnswer the question.1

Read the text and match the titles (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).2

3 Read the text again. Choose the correct option.

1 Play ... . a is more important than physical exercise b is less important than physical exercise c has the same importance as physical exercise

2 In our free time, we should ... . a play more b relax in front of the computer c think like children

3 Play stimulates ... . a anxiety b sleep c creativity

4 Many companies use play in training because … .

a employees don’t get ill very often b employees don’t need to take drugs c it helps people learn how to work together

Do you think that it’s necessary for adults to play games? Why?

1 Why play is good for you intellectually and emotionally2 Adults need playtime too3 The general importance of play4 Everyone should fi nd the time to play5 Playing with other people and at work

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

Play: it’s not just for kids!‘Play is the highest form of research.’ - Albert Einstein

a ... Everyone enjoys playing. When we play something we like, we feel more alive and stimulated. Even so, many adults think that playing takes too much time, so they don’t take it seriously. However, many experts believe that play should be a part of our everyday lives, for both children and adults.

b ... Play is essential to our physical and mental health. In fact, it’s just as important as nutrition, exercise and a good night’s sleep. The problem is that as we get older, many of us stop playing because we think that work and adult responsibilities are more important. And when we have some free time, we prefer to watch TV or explore the Internet. This is a serious mistake.

c ... Play has many benefi ts. First of all, it is important for learning. It stimulates our creativity and imagination, and this helps us to develop our problem-solving skills. It also stimulates our sense of curiosity, which leads to discovery. Play is also one of the best cures for anxiety, and depression. Studies show that when we play, our body produces a chemical called endorphin, which makes us feel better. So, play really is the best type of medicine!

d ... Play is also a perfect way to keep our relationships fresh. When we play, we learn to trust people. Playing together is a perfect way to resolve confl icts. Play also helps us to improve our social relations in general. When we play, we learn how to cooperate and work in teams. We also become better communicators and learn how to understand things from another perspective. This is why many companies use games as part of their training programmes.

e ... So, the next time your children ask you to play with them, don’t say that you don’t have time. It’s a very important activity – for them and for you.

Read the text and match the titles (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).

77THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 7

Put the dialogue in the correct order.

Listen and check.

a OK, do you want to play chess?b If you insist! What do you want to play?c Well, why don’t we play Hangman!d Yes, I’d love to! I’ll be white!e Hangman? You must be joking! It’s so boring!f Would you like to play a game?

1 .. 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 ..

5

75

7

76

8

76

Jim is giving Jane the instructions for two simple games. Put the pictures in the correct order for each game.

Listen again. Choose the correct option.

You and your partner have to agree on a game to play. Read the role cards and choose a role each.

Read and answer the questions about games.

Now use the information in activity 9 and write a blog entry about the importance of games / play in your life.

My blog

I really enjoy playing games such as…

6

9

10

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

4

75

A: You want to play a game of cards.

- Tell your friend you’d like to play cards.

- Say yes without enthusiasm to your friend’s suggestion.

- Recommend your favourite game.

- Ask your friend if he or she knows how to play.

- Explain the rules of the game to your friend.

B: You want to play a ball game. Use the ideas below to act out your dialogue:

- Refuse your friend’s suggestion to play cards. Say no emphatically. Then, suggest playing a video game.

- Ask your friend if he / she wants to play something else.

- Say yes enthusiastically.

- Tell your friend you have never played before.

- Tell your friend what you think of the game.

a c e

b d f

1 How does Jane feel about playing games? a enthusiastic b a bit ridiculous c neutral2 At fi rst, what does Jane think of the game? a It’s easy. b It’s complicated. c It’s fun.3 What does Jane think about playing a third

game? a She doesn’t mind. b She accepts. c She refuses.

1 What type of games do you enjoy playing?2 How often do you play every week?3 How do you feel after you play a game?4 Which do you do more, watch TV or play?5 Do you prefer physical or mental games?6 Do your friends and family enjoy playing the

same games as you do?

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

78

Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the box.

1

UNIT 7

Match the expressions (1-4) to the similar expressions (a-d).

2

Complete the sentences using the imperative or -ing form of the verb.

Complete the sentences with always and the verb in the correct form.

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets to accept or refuse.

5

6

7

1 I’ll ... the ball to you. You need to ... it.2 ... me three cards – and don’t look at my cards!

You must … .3 First, sit down. Then everyone ... ! When I say

go, ... as high as you can.4 ... the glass in your hand. ... it or it will break.

1 No way! a Are you serious?2 If you insist. b That’s a great idea.3 I’d love to. c I refuse to do it.4 You must be joking! d I’ll only do it because

you want to.

1 My brother is fat. He ... .2 I’m not going to play with you. You ... .3 Mabel can’t be quiet for a minute. She ... .4 My baby makes a lot of noise. She ... .

1 A: These bags are very heavy. Could you help me, please?

B: Of course. I ... (carry) them for you.2 A: Why don’t we go back to camp this year? B: I hated the holiday camp. I ... (not go) there

again! No way!3 A: Can anyone pick up the phone for me,

please? I’m busy. B: ‘OK, I ... (answer) it.’4 A: Say that you’re sorry, or I ... (never / speak)

to you again! B: All right. I … (say) it.

catch stand up (not) drop (not) cheat hold pass throw jump

This is how you play charades. (1) … (play) in two teams. On pieces of paper, (2) … (write down) the titles of books, movies or TV shows, and (3) … (put) them into two bowls. Taking turns, (4) … (choose) a piece of paper from the other team’s bowl. First, start (5) … (act out) the title, but (6) … (no speak). You have to go on (7) … (use) gestures until your team guesses the title. If time runs out, you have to stop (8) … (play) and sit down. Then, the other team chooses a piece of paper. When everyone fi nishes (9) … (do) the fi rst round, you can change categories.

Read the defi nitions and complete the words.

Choose the correct option.

3

4

1 activities where children make models and draw and paint

2 a game where you look for a special prize3 you can sit on an animal who walks around4 a type of theatre for young children5 a show with acrobats, clowns and animals6 you try to hit a small ball into a hole in this

game7 a safe area where young children can play8 an area with lots of different attractions

1 A _ T _ / _ _ _ / _ _ _ F T _2 T _ _ _ _ _ _ _ E / H _ _ _3 P _ _ Y / R _ _ _4 P _ _ _ _ T / S _ _ W

5 _ _ R _ U _6 C _ _ _ _ / G _ _ F 7 S _ _ _ / _ _ _ Y / A R _ _8 _ _ _ R G _ _ _ N D

Listen to a conversation between two friends talking about their holidays. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Complete Mark’s description of the holiday. Listen again and check.

8

77

1 The holiday was terrible! It was so boring / bored.

2 I’m passing / having / taking a great time on this holiday.

3 I’ve been on four rides / fairgrounds / attractions already.

4 This place is fantastic! It’s really awful / cool / old-fashioned!

5 The park is very scary / scared / scaring at night.

talk eat cry cheat

1 The children didn’t like the holiday.2 Jamie is younger than Helen.3 Jamie went on a treasure hunt.4 Helen likes horses.5 The fairground was too scary for Helen.6 It wasn’t a great holiday for the parents.

9

77The children (1) ... a great (2) ... at the holiday camp. Jamie liked the (3) ... activities and the soft (4) ... . Helen went (5) ... riding. We also took her to the (6) ... but some of the rides were too (7) ... for her. The holiday was a bit (8) ... for me and Madeleine, but we really went there for the (9) ... .

THAT’S ENGLISH!

8UNIT The art world

79

· To express opinions about different types of art

· To understand a description of a piece of art· To show interestO

BJE

CTI

VES

A picture says a thousand wordsA

Do you enjoy going to art galleries or art exhibitions? Why?

What type of art do you like the most?

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Complete the sentences with Ben, Laura, Bill, Christian or Ellen.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones.

Complete with the type of art that each speaker likes.

AFTER YOU WATCH

3

4

5

6

1

2

BEFORE YOU WATCH

1 … fi nds modern art really exciting and very expressive.

2 … has just fi nished painting a work of art.3 ... , … and … like the paintings by Declan

Myers.4 … prefers pictures that are classical and

traditional.5 … recognises the paintings in the cafe.6 … doesn’t understand art.

modern art classical art photography music architecture sculpture

1 … 3 …

7 …

2 …

6 …

4 …

8 …

5 …

9 …

NOW YOU!Think about an artist that you like (painter, photographer, musician, etc.). Describe their style of work and say why you like them.

7Ben BillLaura Christian Ellen

1 Bill and Laura have different opinions about the paintings in the cafe.

2 Laura invites Ben for a drink at the Royal Oak Pub.

3 Pollock and Velázquez were both classical painters.

4 Laura is impressed by Christian’s work.5 Christian invites Laura to see another art

exhibition.6 Declan Myers is currently studying Art.

1 How do Laura and Christian know each other?

2 Why did Declan Myers give Bill the paintings?

I really like Roy Lichtenstein. He painted a lot of modern pop art. His paintings are really fun and colourful.

80

The art world

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Look at the four works of art and say what you think of them.

READING1

3 Read the text again and choose the correct option.

1 Bourgeois’ work ... . a creates a sense of space b is contemplated passively by exhibition visitors c has offended many people

2 Bourgeois and Hirst ... . a have created similar types of work b have created works that escape traditional

classifi cations c have sometimes worked together

3 Richter ... . a started his career as a photographer b has produced work that is so realistic that it

appears to be a photo c has produced some pictures where photos

are an important element

4 Abramovic ... . a is more like an actress than a traditional artist b prefers to work alone c is a very special kind of painter

1 32 4

Read the text. Match the photos (1-4) to the artists in the text.2

78

New directions in artBefore, when people went to exhibitions, they could always identify what type of work they were looking at. When they were contemplating a beautiful painting, for example, they said, ‘What a stunning picture! How lovely!’ Or if they saw a sculpture that didn’t make a big impression on them, they might have said, ‘This sculpture leaves me cold’. But they always knew what kind of work they were looking at.

Now, however, things are not so clear. When you see work that has been created by Louise Bourgeois, for example, you might think that you are in a home decoration store. She created works in the form of rooms that are explored by visitors to the exhibition. Damien Hirst, a contemporary British artist, has produced works based on animals that are preserved in chemical fl uid. Some people think that this is disgusting and it makes them feel ill. In a word, it really turns them off! But even if you like his work, it’s certainly not traditional art.

Gerhard Richter and Marina Abramovic have also broken down the barriers between what is and isn’t traditionally considered art. Richter’s early work consisted of paintings that were based on black-and-white photographs. Richter fi rst carefully drew over the photo to reproduce the exact shape. After that, paint was applied. Richter creates different effects with the paint in order to make the image personal and striking. But what is it, a painting or a photo? Marina Abramovic, from Serbia, is a very different type of artist. She is a performance artist and her art is created live in front of spectators. In 2010 Abramovic performed The Artist is Present at the Museum of Modern Art in New York. Every day for two and a half months, she sat still while spectators were invited to sit opposite her.

It’s diffi cult to know what directions will be taken by artists in the future. Will we go back to more traditional styles? Or will artists continue to produce new and complex works that make us say, ‘How confusing!’, or even, ‘I just don’t get it’?

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

5 Art in the future ... . a will become more conventional b will continue to break down barriers c will take a direction that is impossible to predict

1 Your tie is horrible! It really ... me ... .2 It’s a mystery why Maria isn’t speaking to me.

I ... .3 The Internet could ... between people and

politicians.4 I was a different person after seeing that fi lm.

It ... me.5 I watched the match ... on TV.

1 I feel indifferent 4 I don’t understand it2 didn’t move 5 horrible3 interesting and unusual 6 beautiful

4

5

Look at the highlighted words and expressions. Identify the expression(s) that mean:

Complete the sentences with the appropriate highlighted expression in the correct form.

to perform = to act in / show

81

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 8

Vowel sounds can be long (/:/) or short. The sounds in the table usually occur in stressed syllables. Listen and repeat.

Decide how the words are pronounced.

*after w- and followed by -r + consonantListen to the descriptions (a-d) and match them to the pictures on the Reading page 80.

Listen again. Tick (3) the correct boxes.

1

79

2

Put the verbs in brackets in the active or passive as appropriate.

Match the opinions (1-5) to (a-e).

3

7

The passive

- Se utiliza para incidir más en la acción que en quién la realiza.

Di! erent e! ects with the paint are created.After that, paint was applied.Exhibition visitors were invited to sit opposite Abramovic.

- Si se quiere mencionar quién realiza la acción se utiliza by.

This work of art has been created by Louise Bourgeois.We don’t know what directions will be taken by artists in the future.

see page 126

1 This picture is very confusing. What’s the point?

2 This is really depressing.3 This is a stunning painting.4 I think this is very simplistic.5 This is quite ugly.

a I like something more complex.b In fact, I fi nd it disgusting; it really turns me

off.c It’s very dark and pessimistic.d I don’t get it; it leaves me cold.e It’s so expressive and colourful! It’s very

striking.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

/!/ /æ/ /a:/ /e/ /":/cutstunningsculpturelucksun

catthathavebarrier

artistparkarearm

metwentlentfed

personal Serbiabirddirtyfurther

lovelysonhoneycountry

glasseshalfguardheart

weatherreadysaidfriend

work*word*learnjournalist

80

1 surf 6 treasure 11 servant 16 again2 dark 7 shark 12 feather 17 touch3 wet 8 nurse 13 girl 18 handsome4 hut 9 thirsty 14 colour 19 earth5 fact 10 cab 15 world 20 come

Listen and check.

Rewrite the sentences in italics in the passive only when it is appropriate. Do not mention the agent when it is not important.

4

1 She is a famous artist. They have exhibited her pictures in many countries.

Her pictures have been exhibited in many countries.

2 She is very talented. People round the world buy her sculptures.

3 I’m so happy! I’ve just bought a great poster!4 What’s the news? Have they sold all my photos

yet?5 How’s Rachel? You saw her yesterday, didn’t

you?6 She’s extremely popular. Hundreds of spectators

watched her performance yesterday.

5

81

6

81 a b c dHe likes it.

He doesn’t like it.

He hates it.

The Prado (1) ... (consider) one of the best art museums in the world. Thousands of people (2) ... (visit) it every year. In 2008, the special Goya exhibition (3) ... (see) by over 400,000 people. Last February, the price of tickets (4) ... (increase) by the Museum. It now (5) ... (cost) 14 euros to enter. This decision has not been popular and (6) ... (criticise) by many people; as a result, it (7) … (announce) that discounts (8) … (offer) from the beginning of next year.

What do you think of the works of art on page 80? Do you like them? Use expressions from activity 7 to give your opinion about these works of art.

8

a … b … c … d …

less

com

mon

spe

lling

usua

l spe

lling

I really like Richter’s paintings. I think they´re very expressive.

82

The art world

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Vowel sounds can be long (/:/) or short. The sounds in the table usually occur in stressed syllables. Listen and repeat.

Decide how the words are pronounced.

Complete the sentences with the words in the box.

10

14

1 wore 6 lawn 11 normal 16 watch2 hook 7 neat 12 pity 17 daughter3 clue 8 mean 13 promise 18 walk4 wheel 9 give 14 draw 19 mute5 tin 10 tool 15 tweet 20 suitcase

1 /!/ can go in stressed and unstressed syllables2 e- before stressed syllable3 followed by one consonant + fi nal silent -e4 often /ju:/: -ew or u + one consonant + fi nal silent -e

Position of adverbs in a sentence

El orden habitual de los adverbios es: frequency, manner, place, time.

They often chatted happily in the garden during summer afternoons.

Algunos adverbios pueden cambiar de lugar:- Time

Last year, I went to the art fair. They didn’t come to the party last Sunday.

- MannerThe artist carefully created his work of art.He copied the painting carefully.

- PlaceIn the background we can see a blue desk.There are some chairs by the window.

see page 127

Matisse – Woman seated in an armchair (1940)

Listen to the description of the painting. Find six differences.

Edward Hopper – Chop Suey (1929)

There are two women sitting at a table in the foreground. They are quietly talking in…

Write a description of this picture.15

12

84

/!/1 /i:/ /"/ /#:/ /$/ /u:/

winsisterkickmysteryvillage

seenfeetseatcreamcomplete3

these3

legal

hotbottlewhatwash

formboringfl oorcallalwaysawfulauthor

booktookfootfullpullbushpush

schoolfoodnew 4

review4

produce4

use4

move

before2

decide2

prettybusybuild

receiveevenpeoplemachine

cause talkwarmboardcourseboughttaught

couldwouldgood putsugar

rulegrewsoupjuicebluewho

83 Listen and check.

Put the words in the correct order.11

1 with John / the exhibition / I / yesterday / saw2 often / he / in the afternoon / paints3 so early / she / doesn’t / to / usually / bed / go4 she / last night / took / with great diffi culty /

that photo5 I / yesterday afternoon / at the art gallery / met /

Janet6 I / three days ago / didn’t / very well / in the

exam / speak English

1 There’s a woman in an armchair in the ... and a green cupboard next to a door in the ... .

2 There’s a red table at the ... on the ... .3 At the ... on the ... we can see a painting.4 He’s chosen the colours with great ... .5 The woman ... the middle is the ... point of the

picture.6 I fi nd this painting very … .

top focal colourful foreground right in skill background bottom left

9

82

usua

l spe

lling

less

com

mon

spe

lling

Listen to the correct description of the painting now and fi ll in the blanks with the correct words.

13

85

Let me see. There’s a woman in an (1) … in the foreground of the picture. She is probably at (2) … . She’s wearing a (3) … and a (4) … . In the background there’s a (5) … . We can clearly see some fl owers (6) … . They’re in a (7) … vase. I honestly think this is one of Matisse’s best paintings. I fi nd it very relaxing looking at it.

UNIT 8

THAT’S ENGLISH! 83

The buildings around usB

Have you ever been to ARCO or any other art fairs? What do you think of art fairs?

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Documentary

Match the places (1-4) to the descriptions (a-g).

Listen to the speakers. Which artist or artwork does each speaker talk about?

3

5

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Complete the descriptions about architecture in Oxford.

4

That’s Britain!

Which city can you see in this picture?2

That’s Britain!

Think of a building that you like in your town or city. Say who built it, when it was built and what it was used for. Explain why you like this building.

6

La Sagrada Familia is a cathedral that began construction in 1882 by Gaudi. I think this building is very beautiful and very dramatic.

Sotheby’s Affordable Art Fair

Tate Modern Museum of Modern Art

a It exists in both London and New York.b It orders artwork according to theme rather

than time.c It houses the largest collection of contemporary

art in the world.d You can buy art for as low as £40 here.e Edvard Munch’s The Scream was sold at this

place.f Each year, 5 million visitors come here.g Most infl uential modern art museum in the

world.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

1 The Sheldonian Theatre was built by Sir … in 1668.

2 The University uses the Sheldonian theatre for … .

3 The Radcliffe Camera was originally built as a … .

4 The fi rst university buildings were built more than … years ago.

5 Kebel College was built in the … hundreds.6 Students removed bricks from Kebel College

to become part of a secret … .7 The Said … School is a very modern building.

1

2

3

4

1 Bath 2 Liverpool 3 Oxford

1 …

2 …

3 …

4 …

5 …

6 …

a Jackson Pollock d Goldieb Andy Warhol e Charles Rennie Mackintoshc temples f ice sculpting

84

The art world

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGMatch the pictures (1-5) to the names (a-e).

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Complete with the appropriate word.

Match the beginnings (1-5) to the ends (a-e) based on expressions in the text.

1 When he arrived there, he discovered that he had a great ability to imitate the style of famous artists.2 De Hory did not stop after this incident.3 In 1947 de Hory went to the United States to continue his ‘business’ there.4 When Perls fi rst looked at the works of art, he was very impressed.5 Elmyr de Hory was born in Hungary in 1906, the younger of two brothers.

1

3

4

5

Read the article and match the opening sentence (1-5) to each paragraph (a-e).2

86

1 Elmyr de Hory had no family in 1945.2 De Hory always wanted to be a forger.3 Life in America was good for de Hory at the

start.4 De Hory lied to Perls about his pictures.5 Perls didn’t believe de Hory from the beginning.6 De Hory always had a good reputation as an

artist.

1 32 4 5

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

The world’s greatest forger

a ... In 1945 he was thirty-nine and life was hard: he had no money, no job, and both his parents were dead. To improve his situation, he decided to go to Paris to work as an artist.

b ... His copies were so good that people thought that they were authentic. He was especially good at doing portraits - pictures of people. However, he could also copy other types of work, such as landscapes (pictures of nature) and still lifes (pictures of objects). He always used the same materials as the originals — he usually did oil paintings on canvas, but sometimes he painted watercolours on paper too. In the end, he decided that he would rather work as a forger and use his brush skills to copy other people’s work because he could make much more money.

c ... Things went well for a few years. In 1952 he had a meeting with Frank Perls, the owner of an art gallery in

Beverly Hills. De Hory brought a large portfolio of his work. However, he told Perls that it contained unknown drawings, without frames, by famous artists. When Perls asked him where the drawings came from, he replied, ‘I received them when someone in my family died’. ‘Did you?’ replied Perls, very surprised.

d ... However, when he examined them more carefully, he became worried. Finally, he returned all the pictures and shouted, ‘Get out or I will call the police!’

e ... He continued to sell his imitations for the next twenty-fi ve years. However, his agent stole most of his money and he died a poor man. After his death, people began to appreciate his work, and his paintings have been exhibited in many museums. Even so, most very rich people would rather pay millions for an original than thousands for a good imitation.

oil portrait watercolours frame canvas landscape still life

art gallery exhibition

3 A picture of fruit or food is a(n) ... .4 At school, young children usually paint ... .5 A picture of mountains is a(n) ... .6 ... paintings are done on a(n) ... .7 The outside of a painting is called the ... .8 A fantastic … of the major works of

Impressionism is opening next week.

1 good at a a lot of money2 work as b carefully3 make c drawing landscapes4 a painting d by van Gogh5 examine something e a sculptor

1 The Mona Lisa is a(n) ... .2 A(n) … is a building where works of visual art

are displayed.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

a frame b canvas c oil paints d brush e watercolours

85THAT’S ENGLISH!

We use rising intonation ( ›) to show surprise or interest and falling intonation (› ) to show no interest. Listen and repeat.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 8

Match the sentences (1-5) to the echo questions (a-e).

Answer with the correct echo question.

Practise saying the echo questions as indicated.

1

2

5

1 I’ve been here before. a Hasn’t she?2 We want to be artists. b Are you?3 I’m tired. c Have you?4 She hasn’t got any money. d Will you?5 I’ll tell him tomorrow. e Do you?

1 I don’t like him. 2 They replied yesterday.3 I’ve told you this before.4 She’s going to buy your painting.5 Jack used to draw very well. 6 Jan won’t answer my emails.

1 ‘You’re a very good painter!’ ‘Am I?’ ›2 ‘He isn’t speaking to me.’ ‘Isn’t he?’ ›3 ‘Pete’s gone to bed’ ‘Has he?’

›

4 ‘I’m a very underrated artist.’ ‘Are you?’ ›

5 ‘He fi nished the painting yesterday’ ‘Did he?’ ›6 ‘Dave works at the museum.’ ‘Does he?’

›

1 ‘You’re a very good painter!’ ‘Am I?’ ›2 ‘He isn’t speaking to me.’ ‘Isn’t he?’ ›3 ‘Pete’s gone to bed’ ‘Has he?’

›

4 ‘I’m a very underrated artist.’ ‘Are you?’ ›

5 ‘He fi nished the painting yesterday’ ‘Did he?’ ›6 ‘Dave works at the museum.’ ‘Does he?’

›

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

3

87

Choose the correct option.

Complete the text with the words in the box.

Look at the works of art in the unit and express your reaction. Use the adjectives in the box.

6

7

8

Expressing interest: echo questions- Estas preguntas cortas se usan para mostrar interés,

desinterés o sorpresa al interlocutor.‘When my dad died, I inherited his paintings.’ ‘Did you?’

- Se forman con el auxiliar de la oración anterior y el pronombre correspondiente.

‘Your work is excellent.’ ‘Is it?’‘I have inherited these portraits.’ ‘Have you?’‘I don’t really like her installation.’ ‘Don’t you?’

see page 127

Now listen and check.87How lovely! What a strange work of art!

Listen to the dialogues. Decide if the person answering is (a) interested / surprised or (b) sceptical / uninterested.

4

88

Expressing preferencesExpressing preferences: prefer, would prefer, would rather

prefer + to + verb / + verb-ingI prefer to go / going to exhibitions.

would prefer / ’d prefer + to + verbI would prefer to go if you don’t mind.I’d prefer not to give my opinion.We would prefer not to go out.

would rather / ’d rather + verb He would rather work as a forger.I’d rather not study art at Cambridge.

see page 128

1 I’d rather go / to go to the museum.2 He’d prefer speak / to speak to you later.3 Would / Did you rather have tea or coffee?4 I prefer get / getting up late on Sundays.5 I’d rather not / don’t answer that question.6 Wouldn’t / Didn’t you prefer be / to be an artist?

I love art! My favourite paintings are a (1) ... by Vermeer called Girl with a Pearl Earring and a (2) ... painting of Toledo (3) ... El Greco. When I was younger, I wanted to work (4) ... an artist. I’m (5) ... drawing, and I even had a couple of (6) ... at a local (7) ... . However, they weren’t very successful and I didn’t (8) ... much money.

make by landscape art gallery as exhibitions portrait good at

lovely stunning disgusting striking ugly strange expressive complex

confusing simplistic colourful

Expressing reactions: admiration and disgust

How + adjective!

How disgusting!How delightful!How interesting!

What a /an + adjective + noun (sing.)!adjective + noun (plural)!

What a stunning picture!What striking portraits!What great painters!

see page 126

86

The art world

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONRead the opinions. Decide if you agree or disagree.1

Read the article quickly. Match the headings (1-5) to each paragraph (a-e).2

3

4

5

Choose the correct option.

What three practical ideas does the writer give in the article? Which do you think is the most interesting and why?

Where could you fi nd this text?

1 Everyone ... . a is more creative than they think b can be creative c should be more creative

2 If you want to be creative ... . a you need to have the right habits b you mustn’t be obsessed with habits c your habits aren’t important

3 Television ... . a can give us a lot of inspiration b helps us feel more alive c limits our creative potential

4 When you go for a walk, ... . a you need to walk quickly b it’s important to walk for 20 minutes c you should fully live the experience

1 I would like to be more creative.2 Women are more creative than men.3 We are all more creative when we are children.4 Schools should teach pupils to be more creative.

1 Explore the world! 4 You’ve got nothing to lose!2 Think about your life! 5 Habits are important!3 Creativity is a natural ability.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

How to be more creative

a ... All of us have the potential to be creative — it’s part of who we are. The problem is that many people often don’t realise this. They tell themselves, ‘I’m not a creative person’. These people would rather have a false image of themselves than get in touch with their true potential.

b ... If you want to be more creative, there are no quick magical formulas. Nevertheless, you can do certain things that will help you. Creativity is stimulated by some habits and blocked by others. You need to identify these habits, and to cultivate them. Here are some of the most important ones...

c ... First of all, you must stop watching television. Even better, sell your TV! Watching TV makes us passive and stops us thinking. Once you say goodbye to your TV, you’ll fi nd that you are much more alive and awake. You will also have much more free time to do new things. For example, why not start taking a 20 minute walk every day? I’m sure you’d rather do that than watch TV, wouldn’t you? As you walk, take your time and be curious about the world around you. Use all of your senses: look around you, listen to the sounds, feel the texture of objects and plants, and notice different smells.

d ... Another very good habit is to write a personal diary — and when I say write, I mean write. Use a pen — don’t just type on your computer. You will fi nd that you are much more refl ective and perceptive when you write in the traditional way. As you write your diary, you will gradually understand yourself and other people better; and this will make you more sensitive and creative.

e ... Of course, I can’t guarantee that you will become the next Leonardo da Vinci if you start doing these things! But you will certainly be more open to the creativity in you, and you will enjoy life more, too. And that must be good, mustn’t it?

1 in a textbook about psychology2 in a review of a book3 in a psychology magazine

5 Writing a personal diary helps to ... . a stimulate creativity b write better c consider problems more clearly

87THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 8

8

89

9

89

Listen to an interview with an artist. Which picture best refl ects her work?

Listen again. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones.

Work in pairs.

Identify which paragraphs contain facts and which contain opinions.

Match the highlighted words and phrases from activity 10 to the function they express.

Write a description of this picture. Use the same paragraph structure in activity 10 as a model and some of the highlighted expressions.

7

12

13

1 Judy has been a photographer for fourteen years.

2 She has always done portraits.3 Taking a good photo isn’t easy.4 Painting communicates emotions much better

than photos.5 She has to concentrate a lot when she takes

photos.6 Her job hasn’t changed her as a person.

Student A: Make some surprising statements about your habits based on the ten points.

Student B: Respond and show your surprise.

1 contrast2 preference3 describing contents4 opinion5 conclusion

Paul Gauguin – Happiness (1892)

L.S. Lowry – Industrial scene (1965)

This painting by Gauguin shows…

Do you?I often dance around the house at three o’clock in the morning.

Read the description of the painting and answer the questions.

a This painting by Lowry shows the urban landscape of an industrial town in the north of England in the 1930s.

b In the foreground we can see lots of people. In the background, there are many factory chimneys. The focal point is a large factory with a big tower and smoke coming out of the chimney.

c The painting has a simplistic style. However, I would say that the scene has been painted by Lowry with great skill.

d To sum up, this painting certainly doesn’t leave me cold. However, I’d rather not have it in my living room. It’s too pessimistic for me!

Which paragraph (a-d)…1 gives details of the picture?2 gives a conclusion?3 introduces the subjects?4 gives the author’s opinion?

1 3

2 4

Read the magazine article about 10 ways to be more creative. Classify each one as very good, OK, or not very interesting.

10 secrets for greater creativity 1 Go and see something live: a play, a concert, etc.

2 Walk in the rain.

3 Talk to your plants.

4 Get up early and watch the sun rise.

5 Listen to music that you’ve never listened to before.

6 Eat with your hands.

7 Take photos with a non-digital camera.

8 Read poetry aloud.

9 Dance around the house.

10 Write a letter to a friend.

6

11

10

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

88

Choose the correct option.1

UNIT 8

Complete with the words in the box.2

Choose the correct option.

Put the words in the correct order.

Complete the dialogue with echo questions.

Choose the correct option.

Imagine you are the girl in the conversation. Write a short email to your friend in the art gallery recommending the boy’s work.6

7

8

9

12

1 This painting is really stunning / simplistic. It’s absolutely beautiful.

2 I don’t take / get this sculpture. It’s very confused / confusing.

3 I think Rothko’s paintings are boring. They make / leave me cold.

4 What a horrible picture! It’s turn off / disgusting!5 I’m not sure if I like this, but it’s very striking /

boring.

1 I fi nd this sculpture really … .2 We can see some birds in the sky at the ... of

the picture.3 There’s a train in the ... .4 He’s drawn her face with great ... .5 The focal ... of this picture is the man’s hand.6 There’s a cat sleeping at the ... on the ... .

1 I / at / six o’clock / get up / every day / usually2 I / in the garden / last year / a lot / painted3 he / up / the stairs / very quickly / goes / never4 often / in the evening / Jane / to work / goes5 along the road / they / last night / slowly / were

walking

Andy: I’m tired of this exhibition.Isabel: (1) ... ? Why?Andy: Well, we’ve been here for three hours!Isabel: (2) ... ? I’m really enjoying it.Andy: (3) ... ? Well, I didn’t think that we would

be here for so long.Isabel: (4) ... ?Andy: No! And to be honest, I can’t stand

modern art.Isabel: (5) ... ?

1 I’d rather go / to go to the gallery tomorrow.2 We‘d prefer / prefer eating outside.3 Would / Do you rather eat meat or fi sh?4 I’d rather / prefer not to go to an exhibition of

abstract art.5 I’d rather be / being an artist that / than a

photographer.6 Had / Would you prefer have / to have dinner

at my place that / or yours?

1 He’s painting a landscape.2 His family doesn’t think he’s a very good artist.3 He hasn’t sold any paintings.4 He prefers painting portraits.5 The girl has connections in the art world.

1 The boy likes to make sculptures / paint.2 His friend is / isn’t interested in his work.

point foreground bottom left skill stunning top

Last year I (1) ... (take) by some friends to the British Museum. I really (2) ... (not enjoy) it! We (3) ... (try) to see everything and by the end of the day I (4) ... (completely confuse). I (5) ... (not remember) anything! So, the next time you (6) ... (ask) by someone to go to a museum, (7) ... (learn) from my mistakes!

Match the words (1-6) to the descriptions (a-e).

Put the verbs in brackets in the active or passive as appropriate.

Complete the exclamations with How, What or What a(n).

3

4

5

1 brush a a picture of the country2 still life b you do oil paintings on this

material3 canvas c a picture of a person4 landscape d the exterior part of a picture5 frame e you use this to paint6 portrait f a painting of objects

1 ... interesting! 5 ... ugly picture!2 ... incredible story! 6 ... disgusting!3 ... strange photos! 7 ... striking portraits!4 ... surprise! 8 … funny!

1 He works like / as a teacher.2 I’m not good in / at art.3 My uncle has done / made a lot of money.

4 The Scream is a famous painting from / by Edvard Munch.

5 We need to examine this carefully / probably.

10

90

11

90

Listen to the dialogue. Choose the correct option.

Listen again. Say if the sentences are true (3) or false (7) and correct the false ones.

Dear Meg,Last evening I went to…

THAT’S ENGLISH!

9UNIT The world is a stage

89

· To talk about theatre and plays· To understand a critic’s review· To express different emotions in relation to playsO

BJE

CTI

VES

What a great performance!A

Match the images (1-2) to the descriptions (a-b).

Which would you prefer to watch?

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Put the events in the order they happen.

Choose the correct option.

Match the ideas to the speakers.

AFTER YOU WATCH

3

4

5

6

1

2

BEFORE YOU WATCH

a Theo invites Natasha to audition for his play.b Gina introduces Natasha to a playwright.c Gina invites Natasha and Christian to watch

her perform.d Natasha and Christian watch Gina in a street

performance.e Natasha and Christian book tickets to the

theatre.f Natasha and Christian watch Gina perform on

stage.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ...

2 What do the positive reviews say about the stage show?

a The play is full of humour. b The stage set is convincing. c The direction is brilliant.

3 What do the negative reviews say about the stage show?

a The acting is over the top. b The play is boring. c Gina is unconvincing.

4 How does Natasha know the lines of a Shakespeare play?

a She was in a play. b She performed them at a drama school

audition. c She learned them at school.

5 What doesn’t Gina like about the play? a the production and the director b the set design c the director

a stage performance b street performance

1 2

1 When are Natasha and Christian going to the theatre?

2 Why does Gina introduce Natasha to Theo?

1 Why does Gina perform on the street? a to earn some extra money b to raise money for charity c to entertain children

1 32 4 5

a We go to the cinema rather than the theatre.b Cinemas are more accessible than theatre.c We like the theatre.d The theatre is more special. I don’t go that

often.e Both mediums have different ways of

expressing human thought.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ...

NOW YOU!Do you prefer going to the theatre or the cinema? Explain your answer.

7

I prefer going to the cinema because it is cheaper and more convenient. But I like the theatre because the stories are more thought-provoking.

90

The world is a stage

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Answer the questions.

READING1

2

91

3

1 What did Rodgers and Hammerstein write?2 How is the new version different from Rodgers’s and Hammerstein’s?3 What is the general opinion of the play?

Read the fi rst paragraph from the text and answer the questions.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

5 Complete the text with the highlighted words or expressions from the text.

1 CW was very sad at the beginning of the show.2 CW’s opinion isn’t 100% positive.3 Jake didn’t like Laura Osnes, but he liked the

music.4 Jake thought that the people at the theatre

enjoyed the musical.5 Emily thinks that it’s a very good musical for

children, but it’s boring for adults.

1 Have you ever been to the theatre to see a musical? Which one?

2 Can you think of any famous musicals?

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

Last night I went to a (1) ... of Jobbers, the new comedy at the Hayward Theatre. Henry Shaw and Olivia Partridge (2) ... as Sam and Sally, the (3) ... in the play. They are fantastic, and the rest of the (4) ... is very good too. The (5) ... , which showed a typical British living room in the fi fties, was very realistic. At the end of the play, there was a (6) ... and the (7) ... shouted, ‘Bravo!’. The play has got (8) ... , and I’m not surprised. Normally, I prefer a (9) … drama that makes me cry, but I recommend this show. My congratulations to everyone that was (10) ... last night!

4 Match the verbs (1-7) to the nouns (a-g).

1 star a brilliantly / very well / badly2 play b a musical / a play3 get / receive c in the main role / as a character4 write d a part / the main part

The return of a classic

Who doesn’t know the story of Cinderella – the poor girl with the ugly stepsisters who in the end marries a handsome prince? One of the most famous versions of this story is a musical written by Rodgers and Hammerstein over 50 years ago. Last week was the fi rst performance in New York of a new adaptation of the Rodgers and Hammerstein classic. This new version contains some changes to the traditional story: it includes references to current events of today, and has a greater comic element. However, all the essential aspects of the original story are the same. The young actress Laura Osnes, stars in the main role. Theatre critics say that the production is excellent, and it has received rave reviews. What about you? Have you seen this production of Cinderella? What did you think?

From the moment we took our seats, we were captivated by the beautiful set. When the orchestra started to play, I almost began to cry because it was so moving. I loved the singing of the main characters, and the performance of the

rest of the cast was fantastic, too. My only question is, why change the original story? Even so, it was an amazing show and I hope to see it again soon! CW, New York

Boring is how I would describe the show. I usually love Ms Osnes, but she is just a pretty face with a pretty voice here. The music wasn’t great, and the silly jokes ruined a wonderful story. The audience didn’t help either. The mothers near me were explaining the story to their children while the actors were singing on stage! Hopefully, one day people will learn to be quiet in a theatre! Jake, New York

I’ve just got back from the theatre with my husband and young daughter. We all had a great time, and I’m sure that kids of all ages will really enjoy this show. I hope that you go and see it with your children. They will be very happy, and you will enjoy it too. At the end of the play, there was a standing ovation. What more can I say? Emily, Brooklyn

5 take e rave reviews6 sing / perform f a / your seat7 act g on stage

91

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 9

Notice how the following words are stressed. Suffi xes and prefi xes are not usually stressed, and most unstressed syllables have the sound /!/. Listen and repeat.

Underline the stressed syllable and practise saying the words.

1

92

4

93

2

Ask and answer with a partner. Use an expression with hope in your answer.

Complete the sentences with the correct prefi x.5

Complete the sentences with the correct word.3

famous* musical* orchestra actor* characters performance* audience quiet theatre

*It is often helpful to remember how the base word is pronounced: fame, music, act, perform.

1 The chicken was ... cooked. It was still pink inside.

2 Donald wore a suit and tie to the cinema. I think he was … dressed.

3 Few people appreciate the director’s work, but I think she did a great job. Her work is… valued.

4 I think this fi lm is ... rated. It’s got rave reviews, but it really isn’t very good.

5 I’ve changed this image on my computer. Your face is now ... imposed on the lion’s!

6 Do you think that some people have ... natural abilities?

1 advertisement 6 manipulative2 aggressive 7 organised3 graduate 8 private4 imaginative 9 references5 independent 10 return

Now listen and repeat.

Expressing hope

Hope se usa para expresar deseos.I hope to see it again! (= Hopefully, I’ll see it again.)I hope (that) you go and see it with your children.I hope (that) she will win / wins the Oscar.‘Are you going to become an actor?’ ‘I hope so.’‘Are the tickets for the play expensive?’ ‘I hope not.’

1 I hope ... see that fi lm next week.2 ‘Has your father bought us good tickets?’

‘I hope ... .’3 We hope ... you can come tomorrow.4 ... , there won’t be too many people at the

cinema.5 ‘Have you lost your money?’ ‘I hope ... .’

1 Where do you hope to go next summer?2 Hopefully, what presents will you get for your

next birthday?3 Do you think you’ll win the lottery one day?4 Do you think you’ll sleep badly tonight?5 What will the economic situation in Spain be

like next year?

Complete the dialogue with words from the box.

6

hopefully to not so that

Where do you hope to go next summer?

I hope to go to Ireland.

Adjective prefi xes: under, over, super

Some actors are underpaid. They get a very low salary.Sorry, I’m a bit overemotional tonight. Anything you say will make me cry.We made a superhuman e! ort.

Sue: Hi, Mary! How are things?Mary: Really good! I’ve just won a national

music competition!Sue: How (1) ... ! I’m so (2) ... for you!Mary: Thanks! And how are things with you?Sue: Well, I’ve got some good news, too. I’ve

got a place at drama school.Mary: Wow! That’s a fantastic (3) ... ! Well (4) ... !Sue: And I’m also getting married!Mary: Really? (5) ... a surprise! (6) ... ! Who’s the

lucky man?

see page 128

Congratulating and praising

- Para felicitar a alguien se puede usar: Congratulations!, That’s fantastic!, Great!, How wonderful!, I’m so happy for you!...

‘My wife has just had a baby.’ ‘Congratulations!’- Para elogiar a alguien se usan expresiones como:

Well done!, Good job!, Good for you!, That’s a fantastic achievement!...

‘They’ve given me the main role in the play’.‘Good for you!’ / Well done!

see page 129

see page 128

happy done congratulations wonderful achievement what

92

The world is a stage

THAT’S ENGLISH!

I’m happy with my English, but I think I have to continue studying.

What do you think of your English?

I’m pleased with my progress.

Choose the correct option.7

Expressing satisfaction and criticising

- Para expresar satisfacción usamos:It’s / That was brilliant / great / terrifi c / outstanding!I’m happy / pleased / satisfi ed with his performance.What (a / an) great / fantastic / amazing show!

- Para expresar críticas se usan:It’s / That was terrible / awful / dreadful / rubbish!I’m disappointed / not happy with her acting.The performance was very disappointing.What a horrible / poor performance!

a the audience’s opinionb the director’s opinionc the actor’s opinion

1 … 2 … 3 …

Listen to an interview with an actor and a director talking about a play. Put the options in the order you hear them.

Listen again and decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

9

94

10

94

Answer the questions expressing satisfaction or criticism.

11

Ask your partner similar questions.12

Replace the highlighted words in the dialogue with the words in the box.

8

1 What a load of rubbish / dreadful! I’m never going to the theatre again!

2 What a / What bad fi lm! The acting was terrible!3 That was really awful / fantastic, wasn’t it?

What a / How dreadful concert!4 What a terrible actors / performance!5 That was disappointing / terrifi c! I hated every

minute!

1 The actor was disappointed with his performance.

2 The audience thought that the actor was outstanding.

3 The director wasn’t pleased with the actor.4 The director wasn’t happy with the rest of the

cast.5 The director thought that the set was rubbish.

disappointed amazing rubbish outstanding brilliant

Sally: How did the school play go?Max: Well, in general the performances were

dreadful. They did a good job.Sally: Oh good! Tell me more!Max: Well, Gemma and Bob were awful as the

two main characters. The audience loved them! But I was a little pleased with the rest of the cast because they weren’t very good.

Sally: Really? Why?Max: Their acting was terrifi c. I don’t think

anybody in the audience liked them.Sally: Would you recommend going to see the

play?Max: Yes, I think you should see it. It’s terrible!

see page 129

What do you think of ...?

your English your physical condition your job your diet

UNIT 9

THAT’S ENGLISH! 93

It’s a full houseB

What do you know about William Shakespeare? Try to answer the following questions.

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Documentary

Watch the programme and answer the questions from activity 1.

Choose the correct option.

Listen to the speakers’ opinions about how popular going to the theatre is these days. Match each speaker (1-6) to the sentences (a-f).

3

4

5

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Answer the questions about Chichester with either yes (Y), no (N) or doesn’t say (DS).

6

That’s Britain!Name three famous theatre festivals in your country. Have you ever been to any of them?

2

That’s Britain!

Think about a fi lm or theatre festival. Talk about when and where it takes place, and describe what you can see or do there.

7

1 Which Shakespeare plays can you name?2 Where was Shakespeare born?3 What is the name of the theatre that he built

in London?

1 Does Chichester have a cathedral?2 Do famous people perform at the Chichester

Festival Theatre?3 Does Chichester hold a theatre festival in

winter?4 Is it free to attend the theatre festival?5 Do people only perform new plays at the

Chichester theatre festival?6 Was the harbour built in the 1800s?7 Can you sail to France from Chichester?

a Theatres regularly have full houses.b People are watching more and more fi lm.c Theatre is more popular in the capital.d It is becoming more popular with younger

generations.e Theatre isn’t as popular as it used to be.f Local theatres are important.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

The International Theatre Festival takes place every year in August in Girona. You can see the best theatre shows from all over the world.

1 The Globe Theatre is in London’s theatre district / across the River Thames.

2 The Globe Theatre was built / burned down in 1613.

3 The theatre was used by Shakespeare and other writers / exclusively by Shakespeare.

4 James Garnon has performed in / has seen eleven plays at the Globe Theatre.

5 Stratford-upon-Avon is famous for its theatre district / its connection to Shakespeare.

6 Shakespeare had a big impact on the English language / people’s attitude towards theatre.

1 5

2 4

3

6

94

The world is a stage

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGMatch the places (1-5) to the festivals (a-e).

Choose the correct option.

1 Almagro a fi lm festival2 Salzburg b jazz festival3 Cannes c classical music festival4 Glastonbury d theatre festival5 New Orleans e pop festival

1 The secret of the festival’s success 4 A special event for children2 A good idea for the summer 5 The origins of the festival3 Basic information about the festival

1 The Edinburgh Festival Fringe ... . a lasts a month b takes place in the summer c is principally a theatre festival

2 The Festival Fringe ... . a was created to celebrate European cultural

life b was organised for the fi rst time in 1947 c became offi cial in 1958

3 If you want to participate in the Festival Fringe ... .

a there are very few obstacles b you need to be famous c you must be accepted by the offi cial

committee

4 The Festival Fringe is ... . a traditional

b always changing c a world centre of innovation

5 Marc Robb ... . a was the star of the 2012 Festival Fringe b is good at drawing c won a lot of money

1 This is the principal concept of the festival.2 They participated in the event.3 Some artists come to gain experience /

become well known.4 The event happens in Scotland.5 There are shows for all types of people.6 More and more performers did the same thing.

1

3

Read the text. Match the topics (1-5) to the paragraphs (a-e).2

95

Rewrite the words in bold with expressions highlighted in the text.

4

A festival of creativity

a ... The Edinburgh Festival Fringe is the largest arts festival in the world. It takes place in Scotland’s capital city for three weeks in August. Every year, thousands of performers come to the city to present shows for all tastes: theatre, comedy, dance, musicals, operas, art exhibitions... The festival is unique because it includes both very big names from the world of show business and completely unknown artists trying to build their careers.

b ... The festival began unoffi cially in 1947 when eight theatre groups without an invitation came to perform at the Edinburgh International Festival, an initiative created to celebrate and enrich European cultural life after the Second World War. As the years passed, more and more performers followed their example, and in response the Festival Fringe Society was created in 1958. Its constitution, written in the spirit of its origins, says that the Society will not control the festival’s programme or decide who can appear. Today, this is still the main idea behind the event: anyone can take part if they can fi nd somewhere to perform.

c ... The Edinburgh Festival Fringe has become so popular because it reinvents itself every year. It is always fresh and offers a platform for new ideas expressed in exciting new ways. In 2011, for example, there was an event called the Dance Marathon. This was a four hour contest in which the audience didn’t just dance. They also had to take part in a race while in the tango position and also answer a series of questions on surreal subjects.

d ... Every year the festival also organises a competition in schools around Scotland to design the poster for the event. In 2012, almost 3,000 pupils took part and the winner was Marc Robb, an eight-year-old boy.

e ... If you haven’t got any plans for the summer holidays this year, then why not come to the festival? It will be a fantastic experience that you will never forget.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

95THAT’S ENGLISH!

We show contrast by stressing the information we want to emphasise. Listen to the dialogue.

Underline the words that are stressed.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 9

2

1 A: Are you going with Mary? B: No, not with Mary, I’m going with John.2 A: Is Charles a good actor? B: No, he’s a terrible actor, but he’s a fantastic singer.3 A: Do you want to go to the cinema? B: No, not to the cinema, I’d love to go to the theatre.

Dan: Is the play tonight?Rosie: No, it’s not tonight, it’s tomorrow!Dan: And is it at six o’clock?Rosie: No, it’s not at six o’clock, it’s at seven.Dan: And are you going to buy the tickets?Rosie: No, I’m not going to buy the tickets. You’re going to get them!

Now listen again and repeat.

1 Her singing is totally / extremely poor.2 You were a little / completely brilliant!3 That was a really / rather great performance.4 That is absolutely / very impossible.5 I’m so / a bit pleased with my results.6 Megan was absolutely / very freezing.7 The comedy was a bit / completely hilarious.8 The actors were extremely / totally tired.

1 Details of the performance.2 Why you recommend it.3 Basic facts: name, author, director, actors,

setting.

Choose the correct option.3

1

96

96

Listen and practise the dialogues.97

Read the review. Match the ideas (1-3) to the paragraphs (a-c).

Read the review again and complete the table with the highlighted words.

Complete the text with words from activity 4.

4

5

6

WRITING SECTION

a ... The musical Once is based on a book by Enda Walsh. It’s directed by John Tiffany, and it’s set in present day Dublin. It’s a simple story about a boy who loses a girl and then meets another one. Declan Bennett and Zrinka Cvite!ic star as the main characters.

b ... In Once, all the actors also perform as singers and musicians. The cast is extremely capable in all three roles. The singing is powerful and evocative, and at the end of the show there was a standing ovation.

c ... To sum up, I would say that it’s really worth seeing this musical for the quality of the singing. Almost from the fi rst note, the music is extraordinarily moving. In a word... it’s an outstanding show.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 Basic Information It’s based on… by… . It’s directed by…

2 Adjectives ...

3 Opinions orrecommendation

...

4 Conclusions ...

Gradable and non-gradable adjectives

- Se usan adverbios como extremely, very, quite, rather, a little… para modifi car el grado de intensidad de un adjetivo (gradable adjectives).

The actress is very / really / quite popular.Their performance was rather poor.She is a bit / a little overrated as an actress.

- Para modifi car adjetivos que expresan una cualidad en su máximo grado (non-gradable) se usan otros adverbios.

The play was absolutely fantastic.We were completely / totally exhausted.

see page 130

Write a review of a play, book or fi lm you like.7 Include basic information, adjectives, your opinion, recommendation and a conclusion. Use the model in activity 4 to help you.

The play... is based on...

The Godfather is one of the greatest fi lms ever. It is (1) ... on the novel (2) ... Mario Puzo and is (3) ... by Coppola. It is (4) ... in the U.S. after the Second World War, and it tells the (5) ... of Michael Corleone, who becomes the Mafi a boss. The entire (6) … gives (7) … performances. Although the main characters are criminals, when they die, it’s quite moving. If you haven’t seen the fi lm, it’s really (8) ... .

96

The world is a stage

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONAnswer the questions.1

Read the fi rst paragraph of the text. Choose the best title for it.2

3 Read the rest of the text and decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

1 Method acting concentrates on voice and gesture.2 Daniel Day-Lewis suffered mental problems because he thought that he was Lincoln.3 In the fi lm Daniel Day-Lewis gives a very realistic performance.4 Daniel Day-Lewis wasn’t very sociable while he was making the fi lm.5 Acting is easy for Daniel Day-Lewis.6 Daniel Day-Lewis likes working with his hands.

1 Have you seen either of the fi lms in the posters below? 2 What do you think of them?

1 What is method acting?2 The advantages of method acting compared to traditional acting3 A completely new way of acting

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

Extreme acting, extreme quality

‘Method acting’ is a set of techniques that helps actors to internalise the thoughts and feelings of their characters. In essence, method actors use their own emotions and past experiences to improve their performance. They sometimes ‘become’ their character for the duration of a project, even when they are not acting. As a technique, method acting is very different from classical acting, which concentrates on purely external qualities, such as voice and gesture.

Of the many method actors in the world today, Daniel Day-Lewis is probably the best known. He is the only actor in history who has won the Oscar for Best Actor three times, most recently for the fi lm Lincoln, in 2013. Day-Lewis was so obsessed with maintaining the persona of Abraham Lincoln that he stayed ‘in character’ even when he wasn’t acting and was back in his hotel. He continued to speak in Lincoln’s American accent, although Day-Lewis was born in London. He even sent text messages using the name of the ex-U.S. president!

This type of behaviour may seem over the top, but it has produced fantastic results: his performance is outstanding. As you watch the fi lm, you completely forget that you are watching an actor. You are convinced that you are seeing and hearing Lincoln himself! Day-Lewis even appears to be two feet taller and much lighter than he is in reality.

In a rare interview, the actor said that Steven Spielberg, the fi lm’s legendary director, allowed him to prepare for the role in his own way. So, when he wasn’t acting, he had very little contact with the rest of the cast. The reason? Lincoln was alone when he was president, and Day-Lewis wanted to live the same experience.

Acting is a very intense experience for Daniel Day-Lewis. Perhaps for this reason, he doesn’t accept many roles. In his free time, he loves making shoes and doing carpentry. For him, this is a lot less stressful than acting!

97THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 9

Put the qualities of a good actor in order of importance for you. Then compare your answers with a partner.1 hard work and dedication2 a good voice3 a good memory for words4 the ability to improvise5 the ability to work with other people6 an expressive face7 a good body

5

98

6

98

Listen to the interview with a famous producer who has just won an Oscar. Put the topics in the order the speakers talk about them.

Listen again. Choose the correct option.

Match the beginning (1-5) to an end (a-e) of fi ve short dialogues.

a the cinema todayb the Oscar for best fi lmc her new fi lmd the Oscar for best actor / actress

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

1 Ruth feels ... . a disappointed b delighted c underrated

2 The cast probably feel ... . a unhappy b fantastic c optimistic

3 They didn’t win because ... . a they didn’t act very well b there were a lot of other good actors c the judges made a bad decision

4 The new fi lm is set in the ... . a past b present c future

5 Ruth thinks that the story ... . a is good b could be better c is fantastic

6 Ruth considers that young people ... . a are more interested in video games b think that the cinema is too expensive c will still go to the cinema in the future

I think an expressive face is the most important quality of a good actor. What do you think?

In my opinion...

Prepare six questions to ask a partner about a fi lm he or she has seen recently. Ask about: the title, plot, cast, the director, the main characters, the setting and your opinions.

Now interview your partner and compare fi lms.

Read and complete the review.

Write a review of a fi lm or a play you have seen recently.

8

9

10

11

4

7

99

99 Listen and check.

a Do you think so? I thought it was great.b No, it isn’t good enough.c Congratulations! That’s a fantastic achievement!d Yes. It’s set in Spain in the 1950s.e I’m very disappointed.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

Can you tell me about a fi lm you’ve seen recently?

Can you tell me about a fi lm you’ve seen recently?

What’s the story about?

It’s about a man who…

I saw the new Quentin Tarantino fi lm last week.

1 I’ve won the Oscar for best director.2 They didn’t give you the Oscar? How do you

feel?3 What a load of rubbish. That fi lm was terrible!4 Can you tell us about your new fi lm?5 Are you happy with the story?

based directed outstanding recommend set superb tells worth

Steven Spielberg’s Lincoln: A review

The fi lm Lincoln is (1) ... on the extraordinary life of Abraham Lincoln, the 16th President of the United States. It is (2) ... by Steven Spielberg and is (3) ... in the fi nal years of the American Civil War. The fi lm (4) ... the story of Lincoln’s determination to abolish slavery.

Daniel Day-Lewis gives an (5) ... performance as Abraham Lincoln. In addition, the rest of the cast are (6) ... in their roles. Even so, the fi lm lasts two and a half hours and can sometimes be a bit slow.

It’s (7) ... seeing this fi lm if you are interested in history and the fi gure of Lincoln. However, if you like movies with lots of action, I wouldn’t (8) ... it.

Last week, I went to the cinema to watch…

Paragraph 1: the plotParagraph 2: the performancesParagraph 3: your recommendation

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

98

Complete the text with the words in the box.1

UNIT 9

Complete the sentences with hopefully or an expression with hope.

2

Match the sentences 1-5 to a-e.

Say if the combinations are correct or incorrect. Replace the wrong ones with a correct adverb.

Choose the correct defi nition.

5

6

7

1 I ... see you at the play.2 ... , the play will be good.3 ‘Are the tickets very expensive?’ ‘I ... .’4 I ... we won’t be late.5 ‘Is Daniel Day-Lewis going to come to our

school?’ ‘I ... . He’s fantastic!’

3 The cast was brilliant.4 I’m very pleased with your progress.5 I’m not happy with you.

a You’re much better now.b Your mother is also very disappointed with you.c We weren’t happy with it either.d I really need to improve.e I’m delighted with them.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

1 gripping: boring / extremely interesting2 outstanding: fantastic / very strange3 moving: moves fast / full of emotion4 powerful: makes a big impression / comical5 awful: very bad / very good

1 really moving 4 a little amazing2 very impossible 5 extremely hot3 rather diffi cult 6 a little exhausted

the story the photography the actorsthe message the music the director

cast performance reviews star characters ovation audience set

overemotional overrated superhuman superimposed undercooked

I have just been to see a (1) ... of the new musical Two Boys. John Upton and Colin Bell (2) ... as the two main (3) ... , Carl and Jeremy. They’re fantastic. The very realistic (4) ... also helps to create a powerful impression. At the end of the musical, everyone in the (5) ... stood up and gave all the (6) ... a standing (7) ... . I’m sure that the musical will get rave (8) ... tomorrow.

a I thought that the story was a bit boring.b It tells the story of a boy whose best friend is

a bird.c In conclusion, I really wouldn’t recommend

this play.d The play Budgie is based on a book by Brian

Faith.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 …

Put the sentences in the correct order.8

Complete the sentences with the adjectives from the box.

Choose the correct option.

3

4

1 Diane Felton is a very ... actress. She really isn’t very good.

2 I’ll never be a good actor, even if I make a ... effort.

3 This pasta is ... . It’s still very hard!4 Daniel Day-Lewis’ face is ... on the poster.5 I think he is ... in his performances. He’s always

laughing or crying too loud.

1 I’ve just seen Daniel Day-Lewis in Lincoln. What / How a great performance!

2 That was a dreadful / wonderful fi lm. It’s the worst fi lm that I’ve seen this year.

3 You were fantastic! Well done! / Well job!4 Don’t see that play! What a much / load of

rubbish!5 You’re getting married’ I’m so happy with / for

you!6 You’re going to the Edinburgh festival? How /

What wonderful!

Listen to two people talking about a fi lm. Tick (3) the topics that they talk about.

Listen again and complete the table.

9

100

10

100 man’sopinion

woman’s opinion

the fi lm in general

the story

the actors

the music

the main actress1 I sang very badly in the musical.2 He was very disappointed with our

performance.

THAT’S ENGLISH!

10UNIT Stories and legends

99

· To tell traditional and present-daystories

· To talk about childhood memories and habitsO

BJE

CTI

VES

It’s an urban myth, BillA

Read the dictionary defi nition of legend. Then read the quotation. What do you think the quotation means? Do you agree or disagree with it?

Answer the questions.

WHILE YOU WATCH

Read the sentences about Guy. Decide which are true (T) and which are rumours (R).

Choose the correct option.

Listen to the speakers and match them to their favourite stories or authors. There are two speakers who do not name stories or authors.

AFTER YOU WATCH

2

3

4

5

1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

1 Guy had a successful music record.2 He had a nervous breakdown.3 Guy once lived in New Mexico.4 Guy spent his younger years in the cafe.5 His father had a mental illness.6 Guy is currently working as an artist.7 Guy was married several times.8 Guy got married thirty years ago.

1 What are the fi rst two urban myths about the rock star?

2 Why does Guy still do concerts?

a Judy Bloom d Paddington Bearb Red Riding Hood e Roald Dahlc Of Mice and Men f Peter Pan

NOW YOU!What stories have you heard about famous people? Retell that story and say why you think it is true, or not.

6

I heard that Michael Jackson used to sleep in an air tank. I think it could be true, because he was an unusual person.

legend (n) Stories that people tell about a famous event or person that are not always true.

“Legends die hard. They survive as truth rarely does.” Helen Hayes.

1 There used to be an old … at the end of the street from the cafe.

a library b hospital c graveyard2 An elderly couple found some … in their

garden. a jewellery b skeletons c archaeologists3 Guy is playing a concert in the … . a cafe b Town Hall c Nevada desert4 Laura and … buy tickets to see Guy. a Zack b Chris c Bill5 Guy dressed up as a … at his concert. a zombie b pirate c druid6 Guy doesn’t want … to know where he is. a the police b the newspapers c his fans7 Most of the rumours about his life are created

by … . a the press b the public c Guy himself

1

2

5

6

3

4

7

8

100

Stories and legends

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Look at the pictures of a legend. What do you think is the correct order to tell the story?

READING1

2

101

3

Read the text and check the order of the pictures in activity 1.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

1 Llywelyn the Great died about a hundred years ago.

2 Gelert always accompanied the prince when he went hunting.

3 The prince had a pleasant surprise when he returned from the hunt.

4 The prince found his son immediately.5 The prince killed Gelert after he had found his

son.6 Thanks to Gelert, the prince’s son didn’t die.

4 Complete the sentences with the highlighted adverbs in the text.

1 I was walking along the street when I ... heard an explosion.

2 Claire has a new boyfriend. ... , he’s very good-looking.

3 The protesters were ... shouting at the politicians.

4 You must answer the phone ... when it rings.5 I ... need to pass this exam. It’s really important.6 It was raining … all night long.7 It was a terrible plane crash. … , all the

passengers were killed.8 They tried to save the injured dog but, … , he

died. The children were very upset.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

101

A tragic mistakeEvery country has its own traditional stories. One of the best known folk tales in Wales is a story about a brave and loyal dog.

A very long time ago, there was a prince called Llywelyn the Great. The prince loved to go hunting, and over the years he had killed all kinds of animals. When he went hunting, his dogs always went with him. He had dozens of them, but there was only one that he really loved, Gelert.

One day, as he was getting ready to go hunting, the prince called his dogs. Strangely, Gelert didn’t appear. After he had returned from the hunt, the prince immediately saw Gelert. It was a terrible sight. The dog had blood on his mouth, and he was breathing heavily. The prince was horrifi ed and thought, ‘Where is my young son?’

He ran quickly into his son’s bedroom. He desperately looked for the child, but there was no sign of him. Llywelyn imagined the worst. Apparently, his favourite dog had murdered his son. So the prince angrily took his sword and killed Gelert. However, as he was looking at the dead dog, he suddenly heard a baby crying. The sound was coming from under the bed. He looked and saw that his son was alive and well! And next to the child was a dead wolf, which Gelert had killed in order to protect him.

Llywelyn then realised that he had made a tragic mistake. He sadly carried the body of his faithful dog outside the walls of the castle and buried him. He put a stone there to mark the place so no one would forget Gelert.

Today, there is a village in Wales called Beddgelert, which means ‘the tomb of Gelert’ in Welsh. Every year, thousands of tourists go there to remember the brave dog that died tragically saving the prince’s son.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

a cb d eWhere is Gelert?

101

LANGUAGE STUDY

THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 10

Vowels are sometimes not pronounced when they are unstressed. Listen and repeat.

Underline the silent vowels in the words and practise saying them.

1

102

Now listen and repeat.103

4

2

Choose the correct option.

Complete the texts with the adverbs in the box.5

Put the verbs in the correct tense.3

1 loved 4 killed 7 desperately2 every 5 favourite 8 murdered3 liked 6 everyone 9 build

1 Sue (1) ... wanted to get the job, but when the day of the interview (2) ... came, she wasn’t nervous and answered all the questions very (3) ... .

2 The dog was breathing very (4) ... because it was running (5) ... . However, it (6) ... stopped when it saw the cat.

1 vegetable 4 comfortable 7 aspirin2 secretary 5 medicine 8 biscuit3 chocolate 6 secondary 9 library

1 Sam said that he would be at home. Surprisingly / Luckily, when I tried to phone him, he didn’t answer. It’s a mystery.

2 He fell 30 metres, but immediately / amazingly, he wasn’t hurt! It’s incredible!

Look at these expressions. Decide if you fi nd them at the beginning (B) or end (E) of a fairy tale.

6

1 Once upon a time2 And they all lived happily ever after.3 And that, my friends, brings our story to a

close.4 A long time ago5 There was once6 And that’s the moral of the story.

a dragon d a princess g a boat b a prince e a frog h a pea c a witch f a king i a queen

Past simple vs past continuous

Past simple indica una acción acabada y past continuous una acción en proceso en el pasado.

As he was getting ready to go hunting, the prince called his dogs.As he was looking at the dead dog, he suddenly heard a baby crying.

see page 130

quickly heavily desperately calmly suddenly fi nally

Yesterday, as I (1) ... (walk) along the road, I (2) ... (see) a woman who (3) ... (cry). ‘What’s wrong?’ I (4) ... (ask) her. At fi rst she (5) ... (not answer). Then she (6) … (point) to a dog which (7) … (lie) dead in the middle of the road. I then (8) ... (understand) why she (9) ... (cannot) stop crying.

Adverbs in narratives

Cuando narramos una historia usamos adverbios para indicar:- la manera en que alguien hizo algo.

He desperately looked for the child.- cuando ocurrió algo.

The prince immediately saw Gelert.- la actitud u opinión del narrador.

The prince called his dogs but, strangely, Gelert didn’t appear.

see page 131

3 He’s angry with me, so oddly / naturally, he doesn’t want to speak.

4 I didn’t prepare for the interview. Obviously / Fortunately, I didn’t get the job.

5 He’s neither rich nor good-looking. However, logically / apparently, he’s very attractive to women.

Listen to the story. Tick (3) the elements you hear.

Listen again. Put the pictures in order.

7

104

8

104

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 …

a b c

d e

102

Stories and legends

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Match each sentence (1-3) with its correct meaning (a-c).

Now answer the questions about the sentences (1-3) from activity 10 and identify the tenses.

Complete the sentences using the simple past or past perfect.

Read the text and choose the correct option.

10

11

12

13

Now write about a legend you know using the model in activity 13.

14

1 When the prince arrived, the servants were preparing a great banquet.

2 When the prince arrived, the servants prepared a great banquet.

3 When the prince arrived, the servants had prepared a great banquet.

a The banquet was completely prepared when the prince arrived.

b The servants started preparing the banquet when the prince arrived.

c The banquet was half-prepared when the prince arrived.

Which one describes an action…a fi nished in the past? Tense…b in progress at a time in the past? Tense…c that happened before another action in the

past? Tense…

1 When I ... (arrive), the wedding ... (already / start).

2 Sheila ... (not be) at university long when she ... (meet) her future husband.

3 By the time I ... (fi nish) the book, I ... (fall) in love with the heroine.

4 Derek ... (not see) the fi lm before, and he ... (love) it.

Past perfect

Se usa past perfect para referirnos a una acción que ocurrió antes que otra en el pasado.

The prince loved to go hunting, and over the years he had killed all kinds of animals.After he had returned from the hunt, the prince immediately saw Gelert.

Past perfect suele usarse con los conectores after, before y when.

see page 130

For centuries, Great Britain has had many legends about ancient monsters. Scotland has the Loch Ness Monster, and England has Black Shuck, the ghost dog. I (1) remember / know on my fi rst trip to Ireland, I met a man in a pub who told me about the legend of the Banshee. (2) ‘I suppose / learn you know what a banshee is. If not, buy me a beer and I will tell you the story’, he said. ‘A banshee is a fairy who begins to scream when someone is about to die. They can appear in many forms. They may be an ugly witch, a beautiful woman, or even an animal.’ As he was telling me the story, I (3) realised / noticed a woman sitting at the other end of the bar. She was looking at us very intently, and I (4) sensed / heard something bad was going to happen. Suddenly, I (5) heard / noticed a scream. It was the woman! I was so scared that I (6) learned / imagined that I might die. So, I paid for the beers and quickly went back to my hotel. The next day, I (7) remembered / found out that the old man had been killed in a car accident when he left the bar. It was at that moment when I (8) realised / remembered that the legend might be true.

9 Now tell the story to your partner. Use expressions from activity 6.

Once upon a time, there was a prince who wanted to get married. He travelled everywhere looking for a princess.

1 … 2 … 3 …

5 I ... (already / leave) when you ... (fi nally / come).

6 The princess ... (just / wake up) when she ... (see) the pea.

In my city, there is a famous legend about a ghost in the cathedral…

UNIT 10

THAT’S ENGLISH! 103

Do you believe in ghosts?B

Choose the correct option.1

BEFORE YOU WATCH

Documentary

Look at the reasons why Jack the Ripper was never caught. Which of them are mentioned in the programme?

Listen to the speakers and match the heroes or legends to what they are famous for.

3

5

NOW YOU!

AFTER YOU WATCH

Documentary

Same language, different lives

Watch the video about Canterbury and answer the questions.

4

That’s Britain! What ghost stories do you know? Retell a ghost story or describe something strange that has happened to you that is hard to believe.

6

1 What was Jack the Ripper famous for? a He was the queen´s son. b He was a serial killer. c He had a special gift with animals.2 Jack the Ripper lived in … . a London b Dublin c Glasgow

2 Whose ghost is at the cathedral? a the Archbishop b John Hippsley c Sir Thomas Becket3 Who lived at the 900-year-old cottage? a old priests b Geoffrey Chaucer c no one4 Where can you see a ghost at the cottage? a in the cellar b at the window c in the garden5 Why did the man come to Kent? a to learn about ghosts b to visit the cathedral c both a & b6 What test did people / the priests do to see if a

woman was a witch ? a They threw water on her. b They tortured her. c They drowned her.

1 Jack Frost 4 Ghandi2 Cannibal general 5 Nelson Mandela3 Martin Luther King 6 William Wallace

a He fought for freedom and independence.b He introduced non-violence to the world.c He changed the country for the better.d He eats naughty children.e He covers the grass and trees in white on cold

days.f He led the Civil Rights Movement.

I used to live in a house that was haunted. I was always hearing scratching noises in the attic.

a The police didn’t try hard to find him because the victims were working class women.

b Forensic science was too basic.c It was easy to get lost in the many streets and

alleys.d The Ripper could easily disappear because the

streets were dark.e He was a member of the Royal Family.f The dark streets were frightening for women.g The police refused to use fingerprinting

technology.h The police didn’t question enough people.

What legends or heroes do you know about from your country? And from other countries? Say who they are and what they are famous for.

2

Same language, different lives

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

1 What is Canterbury famous for? a its cathedral b It is the setting of stories by Chaucer. c both a & b

104

Stories and legends

THAT’S ENGLISH!

READINGLook at these headlines. Tick (3) the one you identify as an urban legend.

Read the text and choose the correct option.

1 Tourists see ghost of murdered girl while visiting palace. 3 Fast-food restaurant serves fried rats.2 Family of alligators live in a river near Madrid.

1 It explains what an urban legend is. 3 It gives an account of people’s interest in mystery tales.2 It explains an incident with the police.

1 Before TV was invented parents would tell their children stories that ... .

a they invented b they had heard when they were young c they had read d were in a family album

2 Urban legends ... . a are about cities b are often true c have become popular in the twenty-fi rst

century d can be quite dark

3 When people tell an urban legend, they usually say it happened to ... .

a a family member b themselves c a friend of a friend d a complete stranger

a talk about urban legends and then tell one.b tell two urban legends.c tell one long story

a He has to stop his car.b He arrives homec A man at a party drinks too much.d He has a big surprisee The policeman has to leave.f A policeman calls at his houseg The man leaves the party, but he is very

drunk.

1

3

Read the text and tick (3) what it is about.2

105

The text is divided in two parts in order to...

Read the last two paragraphs again and put the events about the drunk man in the correct order.

4

5

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 7 …

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

Urban legendsPeople have always loved telling stories. In the past, before television, on cold, dark winter nights parents would tell their children stories that they had learned from their parents. In fact, storytelling used to be a central part of everyday life. Every evening, families would sit together around the fi re and would tell wonderful tales of magic, mystery and terror.

Today, it’s still true that everyone loves a good story, but the type of story we enjoy is constantly changing. For example, the last 30 or 40 years have seen the emergence of a phenomenon called urban legends. These are funny, strange, or even frightening stories which often contain a warning for the listener: children who died because they ate poisoned Halloween sweets, or drivers who were murdered because a serial killer hid in their car when they stopped to buy petrol. Usually these urban legends are false, but many people who hear them at fi rst actually believe them. People who tell these stories often claim that they happened to a friend of a friend. Here is an example of one. Do you think it’s true?

A guy at work told me this story, which supposedly happened to a friend of his. Anyway, this friend is at a party and he’s drunk too much. When the party comes to an end, everyone tells him that he’s in no condition to drive, but he insists on taking his car. Well, he’s driving along the road – badly – when suddenly he’s stopped

by the police. The offi cer tells him to get out of the car, but then the offi cer receives an urgent radio message: someone is robbing a bank in the next street. ‘Don’t go away. I’ll be back’, says the offi cer before he runs quickly to the scene of the crime.

The drunk man can’t believe his luck, so he gets in the car and drives away. When he gets home he parks the car in his garage and immediately goes to bed. It’s been a long day, and he’s very tired and very drunk. Then, a few hours later, someone starts knocking loudly at his front door. So the man goes downstairs, opens the door and sees the police there! ‘Where’s your car?’ they say. He tells them indignantly that it’s in his garage but when he opens the door, he can’t believe his eyes: there is a car there, but it’s not his. It’s a police car and the lights are still fl ashing!

105THAT’S ENGLISH!

When we tell a story, we put extra stress on the important words. Listen and repeat.

Listen to three people talking about their summer holidays when they were children. Put the places in the correct order.

Listen again. Choose the correct option.

Underline the key words in each sentence. Then practice saying the sentences.

LANGUAGE STUDY

UNIT 10

2

1 Once upon a time, there was a cat and a dog.2 A man walked into a bar with a lion.3 A long time ago in a galaxy far, far away...4 It was love at fi rst sight.5 It was the best of times, it was the worst of

times.

1 Sean ... . a would work on the farm b used to hate the summer holidays c didn’t use to have much time to play2 Margaret ... . a would visit different places in Britain b used to spend a lot of time on the beach c would sometimes visit castles and museums

1 He’s in no condition to drive.2 He’s stopped by the police.3 Someone is robbing a bank in the next street.4 The man can’t believe his luck.5 He goes downstairs and sees the police there!

a at home b on the farm c on the beach

1 … 2 … 3 …

1

106

3

108

4

108

Now listen and repeat.107

Choose the correct form of the verbs using past tenses: past simple, past continuous, past perfect, used to, and would.

5

Would and used to- Se usa would + verb para hablar acciones que se

repetían en el pasado.Parents would tell their children stories that they had learned from their parents. When I was young, our family wouldn’t eat meat on Fridays.Would you often go to the theatre when you lived in London?

- Se usa used to + verb para hablar de hábitos pasados.Storytelling used to be a central part of everyday life.I didn’t use to like pears, but now I love them.Did your father use to work at this school?

see page 131

3 Dan ... . a would often work at home b would play sport c would go to the sea with his father

Rewrite the extract about the life of Mahatma Gandhi using the narrative present to make it more immediate.

6

Narrative presentSe usa present simple como presente histórico para dar más realismo a una narración o hacerla más cercana.

This friend is at a party and he’s drunk too much.He insists on taking his car.

see page 131

Write a short story for a contest organised by a local radio. Use the text on page 104 as a model. Write it in the narrative present.

7

In 1888, Gandhi travelled to London to study law. Gandhi never ate meat or drank alcohol because of his religion. However, he did not like the vegetarian food that was offered by his English landlady. He was frequently hungry until he found a vegetarian restaurant. While he lived in London, he tried to adopt customs that he considered to be typically English, and he even took dancing lessons.

A friend of mine just told me this story which supposedly happened to him. Well,…

When I was a child, my grandmother (1) … (love)

telling me stories. She (2) … (always / imitate) the

characters, which was so funny. One day, while

she (3) … (cook) in the kitchen, she (4) … (tell)

me a love story I (5) … (never hear) before. It was

about how she (6) … (meet) my grandfather.

106

Stories and legends

THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATIONIn your opinion, which of the following points are important for telling a story well?

Read the fi rst paragraph of the article. What is its purpose?

Read the rest of the article. Which of the ideas in activity 1 are mentioned?

1 Always stand up. You will make more impact.2 Make sure that your story is appropriate for

the audience.3 Practise telling the story in front of a mirror.4 Use body language to reinforce the meaning.5 Ask the audience to close their eyes so they

can visualise the story better.6 Give detailed descriptions to help the audience

imagine the scene better.

1 to tell us about the author’s grandfather2 to introduce the topic of storytelling3 to talk about the author’s childhood

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

How to tell a story

My grandfather used to be a great storyteller. We would all sit around the fi replace, and he would tell us stories about his childhood. When he had fi nished one story, we would always insist on hearing another one. He was a natural storyteller. He didn’t have to learn how to do it. However, if you’re not so lucky, you can still become a good storyteller if you follow some simple steps.

First of all, you need to get a story that is right for your audience. For example, a fairy tale may be a great story for young kids, but it might not work so well with adults. Ghost stories are ideal for people who are not very nervous, but others could get really frightened and not be able to sleep afterwards.

It’s very important to memorise the basic story. If your audience has the impression that you’re not confi dent with your material, they will turn off immediately. You also need to use gestures to get your audience interested. For example, if you say, ‘He caught a huge fi sh,’ show how big it was with your hands. Using a variety of facial expressions is also essential, especially when you want to show how the different characters are feeling.

Be sure to use your voice to make your story more memorable. For example, in the story of Goldilocks and the Three Bears, each of the characters should speak with clearly identifi able voices. You can also communicate the mood of the story with your voice. For instance, if you’re telling a horror story, low tones are perfect when you are describing the scene.

Finally, include lots of details to help your audience see the story. For example, don’t just say ‘a girl’. It‘s much better to say ‘a shy girl with brilliant blue eyes and short blond hair, wearing a long green dress’.

If you follow these steps, you will certainly become a better storyteller. So why not give it a try?

Write the advice about good and bad storytellers in the correct columns.

1 avoid adjectives 32 memorise the story3 know their audience4 use body language5 always use the same tone of voice

Good storytellers Bad storytellers

avoid adjectives

1

2

3

4

107THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 10

The interview is mainly about … .1 lying2 holidays 3 telling stories4 how we describe our experiences

1 Professor Lomax has just made a fi lm.2 People don’t like talking about their

experiences.3 We prefer to describe our holidays in a positive

way.4 We like it when others listen to us.5 People lie a lot.6 Professor Lomax is very interested in cooking.

6

109

Listen again. Decide if the sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Rewrite the description of the holiday. Use the words in the box to replace the underlined words.

Listen to the interview with Professor Lomax. Choose the correct option.

Choose one of the sentences above that you agree with and explain your choice. Then listen to your partner’s choice.

‘True love stories never have endings.’ I agree with this because true love is eternal…

I like what Proust said because I used to love reading stories when I was a child.

Look at the sentences about stories. Explain what each one means and say which sentences you agree with.

5

109

beautiful Cancun delicious good Mexico patient for everything fi ve-star hotel great he huge

swam perfect (is) very rich really like

My holiday (1) wasn’t very good. I went to (2) Clacton on the east coast of England with my boyfriend, Jeff. He (4) hasn’t got much money, so (5) I paid (6) most of the time. We stayed in a (7) cheap bed and breakfast. The food was (8 ) mediocre, and our room was (9) rather small. We (10) didn’t swim in the sea because the water was (11) quite cold. The weather (12) wasn’t very warm either. During the holiday, I saw some aspects of Jeff’s character that I (13) didn’t like very much: he’s (14) impatient and is a (15) bad listener.

7

8

9

1 ‘True love stories never have endings.’

Richard Bach, author

2 ‘Facebook is really about communicating and telling stories.’

Mark Zuckerberg, founder of Facebook

4 ‘There are perhaps no days of our childhood we lived so fully as those we spent with a favourite book.’

Marcel Proust, author

3 ‘Stories have always been the things that entertain me and make me feel happy ... It’s the best thing about being alive.’

Charlie Sheen, actor

THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST

108

Complete the sentences with the past perfect or past simple of the verbs in brackets.

1

UNIT 10

Complete with the words and phrases in the box. There are 2 words you don’t need.

2

Rewrite the text in the narrative present.

Choose the correct option.

4

5

1 I ... (not talk) to Jenny for a long time, so I ... (decide) to phone her.

2 Elaine only ... (understand) the book after she ... (read) it three times.

3 By the time that we ... (get) to the cinema, the fi lm ... (already / begin).

4 I ... (just / close) the door when I ... (realise) that I ... (leave) the keys in my bedroom.

5 We ... (not / speak) before but I ... (already / know) that I ... (like) her.

I was in the school library when this man came in. He seemed nervous and was looking around him. Suddenly he fell to the ground. Then I saw that he was bleeding, and he had a lot of 500 euro notes in his pockets. That was when I remembered that the police were looking for a bank robber.

1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

a time desperately ever after fi nally moral obviously one day suddenly

there was time ago

Once upon (1) … , a frog lived by a lake. He was a very unhappy frog because he used to be a handsome prince. Several years before, a witch had changed him into a frog. The poor frog (2) … needed to fi nd a girl to kiss him because this was the only way to become human again. (3) … , when a young girl was walking near the lake, the frog realised he had (4) … found the right person. ‘Kiss me, and you will be my princess.’ (5) … , frogs cannot talk, so the girl closed her eyes and kissed it. (6) … , a beautiful prince appeared. They returned to the prince’s castle and lived happily (7) … . The (8) … of this story is: ‘There is something beautiful inside everyone.’

Listen to the story. Put the pictures in the correct order.

Listen again. Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

6

110

7

110

Put the verbs in brackets in the past simple, past continuous or past perfect, would and used to.

3

After Marla (1) ... (fi nish) breakfast, she (2) ... (look) out of the window. The sun (3) ... (not shine) but at least it (4) ... (not rain). She (5) ... (want) to wear her red dress, but she (6) ... (forget) to wash it the day before. She (7) ... (already / start) to feel angry with herself when her brother (8) ... (come) in and (9) ... (say) good morning.

He asked his sister, ‘Is that the same dress you (10) … (wear) when we were children?’

She said, ‘Yes it is. Do you remember how we (11) … (go) to the park on Sundays and people (12) … (tell) me how pretty I was?’

a ec

b fd

1 The Happy Prince invites the bird to stop.2 It is raining.3 The Happy Prince is sad.4 The Happy Prince used to live in a castle.5 The Happy Prince has a different opinion of the

world now.6 The bird starts to cry.

When I entered the room, I (1) sensed / remembered that there was tension in the air. Everyone was looking at each other nervously. Who had killed Lord Scranton? I (2) knew / found out that everyone in the room had a motive because they had all hated him. I suddenly (3) noticed / heard that the window was open. Had the killer escaped through there? I (4) learned / realised that this was going to be a very diffi cult case. I began to speak to the group, ‘I (5) suppose / fi nd out that you all know why I’m here...’

THAT’S ENGLISH! 109

Choose the correct options.

Complete the conversation.

1 This cake is homemade. I made it … . a myself b me c mine 2 The neighbours helped … dig the well. a their b they c each other 3 … Sandra … Carl wants to live in the city

because it’s too expensive. a Neither … nor b Either … or c Both … and 4 … has become a major problem in China. a A pollution b Pollution c The pollution 5 This is the author … book became a best-

seller. a whom b who c whose 6 … is the theatre from here? More than a

kilometre? a How far b How long c How often 7 She didn’t redecorate her house again, … ? a does she b didn’t she c did she 8 She is a friend of … . a Nancy b Nancys c Nancy’s 9 … amazing show! We loved it. a How b What an c What10 We’re going to Scotland for our holiday. … , it

won’t rain too much while we’re there. a Desperately b Hopefully c Suddenly

Complete with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

Rewrite the sentences using the words in brackets.

2

3

4

1

B: (12) How long / How far is it from the city?A: It’s about 70 kilometres away.B: That’s quite far! I thought you preferred (13)

living / live in the city.A: I used (14) to like / liking city life. But since

Oscar and I want to start a family, we’d rather (15) buy / to buy something in the country.

B: Have you already moved?A: Not yet. We hope (16) to move / move next

month.

1 My brother practises reiki. My sister practises reiki. (both … and)

2 Jerry doesn’t speak Japanese. Karen doesn’t speak Japanese. (neither … nor)

3 You can have pasta. You can also have pizza. (either …or)

4 Yesterday I met a girl. She lives in China. (who)

5 A well is a hole in the ground. It is used to get water. (which)

6 This is the author. His book won the Booker Prize last year. (whose)

7 Prague is the city. I used to live there. (where)8 Take an aspirin for your cough. (should)9 Read this book. (If I were you)

10 I’d like to see the new Tarantino fi lm. (how about)

11 You need to make an appointment to see a physiotherapist. (had better)

GRAMMAR

Revision

OB

JEC

TIVE

S

THAT’S ENGLISH!THAT’S ENGLISH!

THAT’S ENGLISH!THAT’S ENGLISH!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

THAT’S ENGLISH!THAT’S ENGLISH!

THAT’S ENGLISH!THAT’S ENGLISH!

THAT’S ENGLISH!

11THAT’S ENGLISH!UNIT Revision

OB

JEC

TIVE

S

· To review the contents of module 6· To prepare for the end of module test

I (1) … (live) in the country since 2010, but before that, I (2) … (live) in London. I (3) … (always / go) to clubs, museums and the theatre. Six months ago, my wife and I (4) … (decide) to move out to the country and live off-the-grid. Now, our lives (5) … (be) much less stressful. Now, I (6) … (wake up) every morning and go running for an hour. Since I (7) … (start) doing more exercise, I (8) … (lose) 10 kilos. Yesterday morning, I (9) … (run), when suddenly I (10) … (see) a dog that looked very disorientated. I was sure someone (11) … (abandon) him. So, I (12) ... (take) him home with me and (13) … (give) him some food and water. He (14) … (feel) better immediately. He’s such a nice dog! I think I (15) … (keep) him.

A: How about (1) join / joining me for lunch today?

B: I’m afraid I can’t. I (2) have / had an appointment with the hairdresser at 1:30.

A: Oh, come on, I have some (3) interested / interesting news to tell you.

B: All right then. (4) I cancel / I’ll cancel my appointment. So, what’s the news?

A: Oscar and I (5) have just bought / have been buying a new house.

B: (6) How / What wonderful! I’m so happy for you. (7) How long / How much time have you and Oscar been looking for a house?

A: Just over a year now. We’ve seen (8) dozens / dozens of houses, but last month we (9) saw / have seen a beautiful house in the country and fell in love with it.

B: Is it a new house?A: No, it (10) was built / built in the fi fties. But

(11) it’s been / has completely modernised.

110

Revision

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Complete the text with the words in the box. 1

The Godfather is (1) … considered one of the greatest fi lms ever made. It is truly an (2) … fi lm, especially if you like the gangster (3) …. It was directed by Francis Ford Coppola in 1972 and won the Oscar for Best Picture. The (4) … is New York City in the 1940s and 1950s, and the (5) … tells the story of the Cortleones, a family who control the Italian mafi a. The (6) … is excellent. In fact, Marlon Brando, who played the main (7) … , won the Oscar for Best Actor. The fi lm was a big hit and earned (8) … 250 million dollars. A sequel was made in 1974, and also received rave (9) … . Unfortunately, the third part of the saga, made in 1990, was very (10) … , and not many people went to see it.

amazing cast character disappointing genre plot reviews

roughly actually setting

Match the beginning (1-6) to the ends of the sentences (a-f).

Choose the correct option.

2

3

Complete the texts with the words in the box. 4VOCABULARY

1 cat, pat, have, ate 2 their, there, though, they’re3 incredible, vegetable, everyone, comfortable4 hate, us, here, cute

a different vowel soundb a different number of syllablesc no silent e at the endd not a homophone

Choose the word that is different. Listen and check.

PRONUNCIATION1

111

Match the reasons why the words are different (a-d) to the groups of words (1-4) from activity 1.

2

1 We arrived in… 4 He got into…2 We arrived at… 5 We got off…3 They got on… 6 We got out…

a the train and walked the rest of the way.b the bus and took their seats.c the taxi.d London.e the theatre.f of the car.

1 Our team won the football match three nought / nil.

2 Terry saves her money. She’s always been sensible / sensitive.

3 Louise is a moody / outgoing person. You never know if she’s going to be happy or angry with you.

4 My wife and I didn’t enjoy the exhibition. We thought it was terrifi c / dreadful.

5 I don’t understand these instructions. They are so confusing / confused.

6 Jazz music became popular in the twenty years / the twenties.

7 In order to tell a good story, speak heavily / slowly.

8 The plot / setting is about a man who escapes from prison.

9 There are 25 sets / rows of seats in this theatre.10 ‘I’ve been feeling depressed lately.’ ‘Oh, dear’ /

‘That’s great’.

balanced bored easy-going exciting farming grow lost off-grid overweight prevent remarkable tolerant touch

Listen and repeat the sentences. Mark the stressed word in the answers.

3

1121 Who rides their bike to work? I ride my bike to work. 2 Where do you ride your bike to? I ride my bike to work.3 Whose bike do you ride to work? I ride my bike to work.

1 A: Is that a dog crossing the street? B: Watch out!2 A: See that girl over there? That’s Debbie. B: That’s not Debbie, is it?3 A: Hello. My name is Pedro. B: You’re not English, are you?

Listen and repeat the sentences. Indicate if the intonation rises (R) or falls (F).

4

113

My aunt Eleanor is the person I admire most. As a child, she was (1) … and had many health problems. After she graduated from university, she left the big city and decided to live (2) … . Once she started (3) … the land to (4) … her own fruit and vegetables, she (5) … a lot of weight. She’s always telling us about the importance of a (6) … diet and getting in (7) … with nature. She believes that natural food is the best way to (8) … illnesses.

Everyone says aunt Eleanor is extraordinary, and it’s true – she’s quite a (9) … person. She’s (10) … and never gets angry. She’s warm and loves being around people. I don’t think her lifestyle is very (11) … , but aunt Eleanor says she’s never (12) … . She’s always helping the community and visiting her friends. She’s not a religious person – but she accepts other people’s beliefs. She’s a very (13) … person.

111THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 11

Read the text about good manners and match the paragraphs (1-4) to the pictures (a-d).

1

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7). Correct the false ones.

Answer the questions.

Complete the article with the sentences (a-d).

4

2

3

a Studies have shown that diet and exercise really can prevent or at least delay the start of many diseases.

b So what’s their secret?c There weren’t any computers or TVs either

and so children did more physical exercise.d In fact, one of the women interviewed was 107

and had smoked regularly for over 90 years.

1 Everyone who lives to be over 95 has good healthcare habits.

2 Your genes and luck may infl uence how long you live.

3 People who have a healthy lifestyle often live 10 years longer than people with unhealthy lifestyles.

4 People used to walk more than they do now.5 It’s not a good idea to start exercising when

you are older.

4 After an introduction, who is responsible for carrying on the conversation?

5 What three things should you do when introduced to another person?

a

b

c

d

READING COMPREHENSION I

READING COMPREHENSION II1 Good manners means knowing how to act in ways that are socially acceptable and respectable. For example, we show basic courtesy when we say ‘please’ or ‘thank you’ when asking for something, or when we offer our seat to an elderly person on public transport. When in doubt, always remember the golden rule: treat others the same way you’d like to be treated.However, sometimes when we have to introduce someone we feel uncomfortable or embarrassed, if you are one of these people then read the tips below:2 Firstly, the person of lower rank should always be introduced to the person of higher rank. For example, a student is introduced to a professor. ‘Professor Smith, I’d like to introduce my sister, Erica.’ If rank is not always clear, remember that a young person is presented to an older person and men should be presented to women fi rst.3 After you have introduced people to each other, you can’t just walk away and leave them alone because you are now responsible for helping the conversation along. At this point, you should say something nice about each person. ‘Erica is my best friend’ or ‘Mr. Smith has been my piano teacher for 10 years.’ Just make sure whatever you say is true, and don’t forget to compliment both people.4 If you are the person being introduced, always look the other person in the eye. Eye contact is particularly important and shows that you are interested in meeting the other person. Then, offer a formal greeting. The two most common expressions are ‘How do you do?’ and ‘It’s a pleasure to meet you.’ Finally, shake hands.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

Nice to meet you.

John is an excellent football player.

Would you like to live to be a hundred years old? Research has shown that many elderly over 95 have terrible healthcare habits: they smoke, drink alcohol, have poor diets, are overweight and don’t get enough exercise.

(1) … . Actually, living for a long time is pure chance. According to one study, around one in 4,400 Americans lives to be a 100 and very few of them have ever paid much attention to their doctor’s advice. (2) … . Many doctors believe that longevity is simply due to genetics.

However, doctors warn that these kinds of results don’t mean that you should ignore healthcare advice completely. (3) … . People who consume less alcohol, tobacco and meat, generally, live 10 years longer as a result of their healthy lifestyles.

Doctors also stress that people who have lived to be over 100 grew up in a society when obesity was less common. There weren’t as many cars and so people walked more. (4) … . However, doctors say that everyone can benefi t from exercise no matter how old they are, so stop making excuses and remember it’s never too late to start.

Only one thing is certain: everybody gets older. What really matters is to live the kind of life you really want to. Enjoy it to the full and make the most of it.

(onl

ine

sour

ce)

1 How do we show basic courtesy?2 How should we treat people?3 When rank is clear, who should be introduced fi rst?

Tim, this is Bob.

Spain has hundreds of great museums, and tourists come from all over the world to visit them every year. But should public museums be free for everyone? On the one hand, museums are a part of our national history and heritage. So, like education, they should be accessible to everyone. Besides, the government should spend less money on the military and invest more in the arts. On the other hand, nothing is really ‘free.’ Museums cost taxpayers millions of euros every year. Perhaps this money would be better spent on schools. What’s more, people have to pay when they go to a ‘public’ swimming pool or when they use public transport so why shouldn’t they pay a small entrance price for public museums? To sum up, I feel the government should support our public museums, although it’s also a good idea for people to pay a small entrance fee. In the end, we need to make sure all of our great museums remain open for future generations.

112

Revision

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Listen to Jeremy talking to his friend about his holidays in Chicago. Tick yes (Y), no (N) or not mentioned (NM).

Listen again and answer the questions.

Listen to Jeremy and his friend discuss their cultural excursions in Chicago and answer the questions.

Decide if the following sentences are true (3) or false (7 ). Correct the false ones.

Read the ‘for’ and ‘against’ composition and separate it into four paragraphs: introduction, arguments for, arguments against, and conclusion.

Now write a for and against composition on one of the following topics.

1

2

Y N NM

1 He enjoyed it.

2 Chicago is his favourite city.

3 People from Chicago and New York are similar in character.

4 The food was awful.

5 Chicago is on the ocean.

6 He saw his fi rst live baseball game.

7 He and his wife used public transport.

1 The man didn’t know about the painting by George Seurat before his trip to Chicago.

2 The woman speaker has a degree in Art.

3 Jeremy went to the museum twice.

4 Seurat’s painting is not very big.

5 Jeremy and his wife didn’t enjoy the show they saw at the theatre.

LISTENING COMPREHENSION I

LISTENING COMPREHENSION II

WRITING I

1

114

2

114

3

115

4

1 How long did the fl ight from Chicago to London take?

a 4 hours b 6 hours c 8 hours2 How long did the man stay in Chicago? a two weeks b one month c eight days3 How far is Chicago from London? a under 6,000 kilometres b over 6,000 kilometres c exactly 6,000 kilometres4 How many pictures did he take? a dozens b hundreds c thousands5 Why hasn’t the woman ever gone to Chicago? a It’s too expensive. b She thinks the fl ight is too long. c She’s not interested.6 What is the man’s opinion of the food in

Chicago? a There is too much foreign food. b His favourite was pizza. c He liked everything except the pizza.

1 Why did the man want to go to Chicago?2 How long did Seurat take to create his painting

“A Sunday Afternoon on the Island of the Grande Jatte”?

3 In what century was the painting made?4 What kind of show did the man see at the

theatre?

Cities need to create more bicycle lanes.Alternative healthcare should be made free for everyone.Schools should make all textbooks available to students on e-reading devices.

In my opinion, Gladiator is one of the best fi lms ever made. It was directed by Ridley Scott in 2000. It is set in Ancient Rome and tells the story of…

Write about one of your favourite books, plays or fi lms (100-150 words). Include the following information.

3

WRITING II

the plot the characters the actors and director when it was made adjectives to describe it

the performances the kind of reviews it received what makes it a great film

UNIT 11

THAT’S ENGLISH! 113

Speak for 90 seconds about your lifestyle. Use the following questions to guide you.1

Select A or B and carry out the role-play with a partner.

Describe a typical day in your life. What do you enjoy doing on weekends? Is your lifestyle conventional or unconventional? Why? Is your lifestyle healthy or unhealthy? Explain why. What five other adjectives describe you? Name one thing you would like to change about your lifestyle.

2

ORAL EXPRESSION: MONOLOGUE

ORAL EXPRESSION: INTERACTION

A: You want to sell the house you are currently living in. Prepare to discuss the following details.

the type of house

the type of windows, kitchens, etc.

the price

a description of the neighbourhood

the type of public transport nearby

the distance to the city centre

the condition of the house

what kind of person or family it would be perfect for

advantages and disadvantages of the house

B: You are interested in buying a house. Your partner has a house for sale. Prepare questions to ask about the following details.

the type of house

the type of windows, kitchens, etc.

a description of the neighbourhood

the type of public transport nearby

the distance to the city centre

the condition of the house

what kind of person or family it would be perfect for

advantages and disadvantages of the house

What kind of house is it?

How much does it cost?

What’s the neighbourhood like?

It’s a three-bed-room apartment.

We are asking for… euros.

Reference SectionGRAMMAR REFERENCE

Unit 1

1 PRONOMBRES REFLEXIVOS

1 Forma

Personal Pronouns

Object Pronouns

Reflexive Pronouns

Singular

Iyouhesheit

meyouhimherit

myselfyourselfhimselfherselfitself

Pluralweyouthey

usyouthem

ourselvesyourselvesthemselves

2 Uso Los pronombres refl exivos se utilizan para describir acciones en las que el sujeto y el complemento son la misma persona o cosa.

Yesterday I saw a woman talking to herself.My son did it himself.

En muchas ocasiones tienen valor enfático.‘Who helped you?’ ‘Nobody, I did it myself’.She insists on talking to the teacher herself.

Pueden acompañar a la mayoría de verbos transitivos: blame, cut, hurt, enjoy, prepare, teach…

We enjoyed ourselves a lot.They prepared themselves for the test.

A veces se usan detrás de una preposición.Take care of yourself.My sister bought an ice cream for herself.

FíjateEn inglés se utilizan más los pronombres refl exivos que en español.

The boy hurt himself. (El niño se hizo daño.)They enjoyed themselves a lot. (Se divirtieron mucho.)

Hay que distinguirlos de los pronombres objeto. Ambos funcionan como complemento del verbo pero en el caso de los refl exivos el sujeto y el complemento son la misma persona.

He bought me some fl owers. (Me compró fl ores.)I bought myself a watch. (Me compré un reloj.)

2 PRONOMBRES RECÍPROCOS

1 Forma

dos personas each other

más de dos personas one another

2 Uso Los pronombres recíprocos se utilizan para describir acciones en las que el sujeto y el complemento son la misma persona o cosa.

Jane and Susan are not talking to each other.The cars hit each other in the accident.The students helped each other to do the exercise.My friends looked after each other’s children.

Aunque each other se emplea para referirse a dos personas o cosas y one another a más de dos, muchas veces se emplean indistintamente en inglés hablado.

They love each other.They love one another.

FíjateLos pronombres recíprocos pueden traducirse como ‘se’, ‘el uno al otro’, ‘entre ellos’, etc.

The two award winners congratulated each other.(Los dos ganadores se dieron la enhorabuena.)

The children don't really get on well with one another.(Los niños no se llevan muy bien entre ellos.)

3 PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE

1 Forma

Afi rmativa I/You/We/They have seenHe/She/It has seen

Negativa I/You/We/They haven’t seenHe/She/It hasn’t seen

Interrogativa Have I/you/we/they seen?Has he/she/it seen?

2 Uso Este tiempo se emplea para describir una situación que comenzó en el pasado y sigue vigente en el presente.

I have lived in Brighton all my life.

Puede referirse a un momento pasado ya terminado pero sin mencionar el momento en el que ha ocurrido.

My parents have lived in Germany.

En algunas ocasiones describe acciones ocurridas en el pasado que afectan directamente al presente.

My brother has hurt his hand, so he can’t write.He has lost his job. He’s looking for work.

El present perfect puede indicar que la acción comenzó en el pasado y continúa en el momento presente.

She has studied a lot for the past two weeks.

Se puede utilizar para referirse a acciones repetidas.She has come several times this week, but you were never here.We have been to Rome lots of times.

114 THAT’S ENGLISH!

FíjateTanto have / has been como have / has gone se usan como present perfect de go pero tienen diferente significado.

She’s been at the doctor’s. (Ha ido al médico y ha vuelto.)

He’s gone to the dentist. (Ha ido al dentista y sigue allí.)

3 Expresiones de tiempo frecuentes con present perfect

Recently, lately, in the last years, several times, lots of times, all my life, etc.

We have worked very hard lately.Prices have gone up in recent years.I have tried to contact you several times this morning.My daughter has loved horses all her life.

FíjateNo puede utilizarse present perfect con ago, hay que usar past simple.

We have gone to Barcelona a year ago.We went to Barcelona a year ago.

Ever y never

! En oraciones interrogativas, ever se utiliza con present perfect para preguntar sobre experiencias vitales pasadas.Have you ever been to Paris?

! En oraciones negativas, podemos añadir énfasis a la negación sustituyendo la partícula not por never.I have never been there.

How long?, for y since

! How long se usa para preguntar por la duración de una acción o situación.How long has he lived in this country?

! For y since sirven para delimitar el tiempo de una acción o situación.

for(durante / desde hace)

Indica la duración de la acción y se utiliza con periodos de tiempo.

My friends have had this problem for several weeks.I’ve had this car for eight years.

since(desde)

Señala el comienzo de una acción o un estado.

Many people have moved in since 2011.I have lived in London since 2012.

4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

1 Forma

Afirmativa I/You/We/They have been eatingHe/She/It has been eating

Negativa I/You/We/They haven’t been eatingHe/She/It hasn’t been eating

Interrogativa Have I/you/we/they been eating?Has he/she/it been eating?

2 UsoEsta forma verbal tiene distintos usos, aunque siempre destaca que la acción es continuada. Expresa hábitos o acciones desarrolladas a lo largo del tiempo.

He’s been seeing her a lot lately.My father has been smoking too much for many years.My friends have been calling me a lot lately.

Se utiliza para describir acciones o actividades recientes de las que podemos ver el resultado.

My hair is wet because I have been swimming.Sorry I’m late. I’ve been working all morning.

Describe una acción continua o repetida que se lleva a cabo durante un periodo de tiempo.

I’ve been seeing the dentist for the last three months.My friends have been uploading pictures on their web page since their last trip.

5 CONTRASTE DE PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE Y PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

Estas dos formas verbales se utilizan para referirse a acciones pasadas que afectan al momento presente.La diferencia de uso entre ambas suele estar en el énfasis sobre la duración de una acción o en si ha terminado o no. Se utiliza present perfect para describir una acción que comenzó en el pasado y que ha finalizado o acaba de finalizar.

I have done my homework.(Indica que lo he terminado.)

Pero si se usa el verbo en present perfect continuous se expresa un resultado o consecuencia en el presente.

I have been doing my homework. I didn’t have time to set the table.

Se utiliza present perfect para indicar que se ha hecho algo recientemente.

We have worked together to finish this.

Pero se puede utilizar present perfect continuous para enfatizar la duración de lo que se ha hecho.

We have been working all this time.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 115

Reference Section

6 MOSTRAR INTERÉS Y SOLIDARIDAD

Para expresar interés se pueden utilizar expresiones como:

Really?How interesting!

Para mostrar solidaridad y expresar condolencias se puede utilizar:

I'm sorry.I’m very sorry. / I’m so sorry.I’m sorry for your loss. (Pésame.)

What a shame! / What a pity!How horrible! / How awful!It’s a pity.It’s a great pity that...

Oh, dear.Too bad.

7 DAR CONSEJO

Para dar consejo se pueden utilizar:! Los verbos modales should, ought to, had better y

could.

! El imperativo.

! Otras expresiones como How about…, If I were you…

Para suavizar el consejo se pueden anteponer expresiones como: maybe, I think.

Maybe you shouldn’t work so much.I think he had better get to school earlier.

SHOULD / SHOULDN’T

El verbo should (forma negativa shouldn’t) es muy frecuente para dar consejos y expresar sugerencias.

You should see a doctor.Your brother shouldn’t get up so late.

OUGHT TO

También se puede utilizar ought to para expresar consejo y sugerencia pero no se suele utilizar en las formas negativa e interrogativa.

You ought to see a doctor.

HAD BETTER

Para consejos más fuertes se puede utilizar la expresión had better. Puede contraerse y utilizarse como ‘d better. La forma negativa es had better not o ‘d better not.

We had better leave early.You‘d better not forget to pay.

COULD

Could se utiliza con frecuencia para dar consejos y expresar sugerencias.

You could start with homeopathy.The physiotherapist said you could try this exercise.

IMPERATIVO

Para dar consejos, podemos utilizar también el imperativo.

Try to do more exercise.Don’t start too soon.Stop drinking so much coke.Use the bike to go to work.

HOW ABOUT / IF I WERE YOU /IN YOUR POSITION / WHY DON’T YOU

Las siguientes construcciones gramaticales también sirven para dar consejo.

How about + verb -ing How about saving some money?

If I were you I would… If I were you, I would sign up for an English course.

In your position, I would… In your position, I would apply for that job.

Why don’t you…? Why don’t you buy this car instead?

Unit 2

1 PRONOMBRES INDEFINIDOS

1 Forma

Para hablar de personas-body / -one

Para hablar de cosas-thing

Para hablar de lugares-where

Oracionesafi rmativas

somebodysomeone(alguien)

something(algo)

somewhere(en alguna parte)

everybodyeveryone(todos)

everything(todo)

everywhere(en todas partes)

nobodyno one(nadie)

nothing(nada)

nowhere(en ninguna parte)

Oracionesinterrogativas y negativas

anybodyanyone(alguien, cualquiera)

anything(algo, cualquier cosa)

anywhere(en cualquier parte)

2 Uso Los pronombres indefi nidos se usan cuando no se especifi ca de qué cosas, personas o lugares estamos hablando.

I waited there for a while until someone came.My sister bought me something nice for my birthday.I couldn’t fi nd him anywhere.Is there anybody home?

Any tiene otro signifi cado (cualquier). En este caso, se puede utilizar también en oraciones afi rmativas y con sustantivos en singular o plural.

Any problem you have, please ask.Would you like to read any of these books?

116 THAT’S ENGLISH!

There wasn’t anything new in the report.They couldn’t find him anywhere.

No se utiliza en frases con el verbo en forma afirmativa pero indicando negación.

No one was in the party when I arrived.There’s nothing wrong with the dog.

FíjateLos pronombres indefinidos se utilizan siempre con el verbo en singular.

Everyone was ready for the party.Somebody is knocking at the door.

Pueden ir antepuestos a un adjetivo.

They need to live somewhere cheap.They couldn’t find anything better.

Se usan con else cuando queremos referirnos a otra persona o cosa distinta.

Someone else can pay the bill. (otra persona)I have nothing else to say. (ninguna otra cosa)Would you like anything else? (algo más)

2 USO Y OMISIÓN DEL ARTÍCULO THE

1 Uso del artículo theEl artículo determinado the se utiliza para hablar de algo anteriormente mencionado o que se conoce por el contexto.

I have three students from Germany and five from Denmark in my class. The German students are really nice.We went to the cinema last night, but the film was a bit boring.

2 Omisión de the El artículo determinado no se utiliza con sustantivos en plural o incontables cuando hacemos generalizaciones.

People are not very friendly here.I love romantic movies.

Compara:! People are not very friendly here. (personas en general)

The people in my English class are really friendly. (Las personas de esta clase)

! I love romantic movies. (películas románticas en general)

I love the romantic movies by Ang Lee. (Las de este director en concreto)

! Brown sugar is healthier than white sugar.Could you pass me the sugar, please?

! Music is a very special means of expression.I turned off the music when Sam came into the room.

Con cantidades y porcentajes.Fifty per cent of students passed the exam.Most teenagers think this is boring.

3 BOTH … AND / NEITHER … NOR EITHER … OR

Para referirse a personas o cosas relacionadas entre sí se pueden utilizar estos conectores: both … and, neither … nor, either … or … .

Normalmente se utilizan en el lenguaje escrito para evitar repeticiones.

I liked both the film and the book. (I liked the film and I liked the book, too.)

Neither Janet nor Valerie attended the meeting. (Janet didn’t attend the meeting and Valerie didn’t attend it, either.)

Either Anna or Jim will attend the course (Anna will attend the course or Jim will attend the course.)

BOTH … AND

Añaden información sobre dos personas o cosas.He’s both kind and clever.She can both sing and play the guitar.

Cuando both … and se refieren al sujeto, el verbo va siempre en plural.

Both Mary and Sally are working at the moment.

NEITHER… NOR

Tienen un sentido negativo y excluyen a dos personas o cosas.

Cuando neither … nor se refieren al sujeto, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento.

Neither my brother nor his wife likes chocolate.Neither him nor his friends are coming to the party.Neither the boy nor the girl was happy with the result.

EITHER … OR

Se usa para expresar una alternativa.You can buy these trousers in either blue or green.I don’t speak either French or German. (I don’t speak French and I don’t speak German.)

Cuando either … or se refieren al sujeto, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento.

Either my brother or my sister visits / visit me once a week.Either John or Peter is / are good for the job.

FíjateCon los conectores neither ... nor, either ... or, el verbo suele ir en plural en el lenguaje hablado.

Neither your friends nor John knows / know the answer.Neither you nor your friends know much about it.

4 USO DEL PLURAL

1 Familias Se usa the + plural para referirse a familias: the Smiths.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 117

Reference SectionThe Browns are from Brighton.I’m a good friend of the Joneses.

2 Fechas y épocas Para hablar de décadas se utiliza la forma plural.

I was born in the ’60s (the sixties).This is great music from the ’90s (the nineties).

3 Nombres colectivosCon algunos nombres que se refi eren a un grupo de personas, podemos utilizar el verbo en singular o plural.

My family has / have always lived here.The team is / are losing.

Unit 3

1 NÚMEROS CARDINALES Y ORDINALES1 Forma

cardinal numbers ordinal numbers

123456789

10111213141516171819202130324043505460708090

100250

1,00010,000

100,000

1,000,000

onetwothreefourfivesixseveneightnineteneleventwelvethirteenfourteenfifteensixteenseventeeneighteennineteentwentytwenty-onethirtythirty-twofortyforty-threefiftyfifty-foursixtyseventyeightyninetyone hundredtwo hundredand fiftyone thousandten thousandone hundredthousandone million

1st2nd3rd4th5th6th7th8th9th10th11th12th13th14th15th16th17th18th19th20th21st30th32nd40th43rd50th54th60th70th80th90th100th250th

1,000th10,000th100,000th

1,000,000th

firstsecondthirdfourthfifth*sixthseventh eighthninthtenth eleventh twelfththirteenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twentieth twenty-firstthirtieththirty-secondfortiethforty-thirdfiftiethfifty-fourthsixtiethseventietheightiethninetiethone hundredthtwo hundred and fiftiethone thousandthten thousandthone hundred thousandthone millionth

* -th = /!/

2 Números cardinales

Se añade un guion entre la decena y la unidad a partir de 21.

Just twenty-fi ve students passed the exam.Ninety-eight people applied for the job.

Con números grandes, se utiliza and entre hundred / thousand / million y la decena o unidad.

Two hundred and fi fty (250) people were invited to the party.We bought a ticket for one hundred and fi ve (105) dollars.There were two thousand and eighty-one (2081) species to classify.

Al escribir la cifra, los millares llevan una coma como separador (no un punto como en español).

I sold my car for 10,200 euros.This king lived 2,200 years ago.

FíjateEn inglés la palabra billion signifi ca mil millones, mientras que en español (y en la mayoría de países de habla no inglesa) un billón es un millón de millones.

The state has invested a billion dollars in this project. (mil millones)

Hundred, thousand o million no tienen forma plural.She has two hundred dollars. (No se puede decir: She has two hundreds dollars.)

3 Números ordinalesLos números ordinales se usan para indicar el orden de las cosas.

I told my story for the second time.She received a video camera for her sixteenth birthday.

FíjateLa forma escrita de los números ordinales suele abreviarse con las dos últimas letras del número, por ejemplo, en fechas, direcciones o capítulos de libros.

1st Chapter: The OriginsMy daughters were born on September 28th.We live on 14th Clive Road.

4 Formas de decir 0El número cero se dice de diferentes formas dependiendo del contexto en el que se utiliza.

zero temperatura 0º C (zero degrees)

oh/"#/

trasseparador decimal

direcciones

númerosde teléfono

horarios

años

Interest rates increased one point, oh, nine, per cent last year. (1.09%)

We live on two, oh, three Paradise Street. (203, Paradise St.)

My number is two, three, oh, one six, seven, eight.

The train leaves at thirteen oh fi ve. (13:05)

Nineteen oh fi ve (1905)

nil resultados deportivos

Manchester City won two nil.

118 THAT’S ENGLISH!

nought/n!:t/

medidas

anteseparador decimal

0.452 l. - nought point four five two litres

It would be good to donate nought point oh seven per cent to the charities. (0.07%)

2 EXPRESAR CANTIDAD

1 A couple of, (a) dozen(s), hundred(s), thousand(s)

A COUPLE OF / A PAIR OF

Se utiliza para referirse a dos cosas en concreto o unas pocas cosas de forma indeterminada.I want to buy a couple of books.He told him he had a couple of questions.

Para hablar de dos cosas que van juntas o son iguales se utiliza a pair of.

I bought a new pair of shoes.I need a new pair of jeans.

A DOZEN / A THOUSAND / A HUNDRED

A dozen se usa para hablar de un grupo de doce personas o cosas.

We bought a dozen glasses for the party.I need a dozen eggs for the recipe.There were a dozen doughnuts on the tray and now there are only two left.

FíjateA hundred y one hundred no significa exactamente lo mismo. A hundred se refiere un número indeterminado y one hundred a un número exacto.

He’s got more than a hundred CDs.We sold our old car for one thousand euros.

DOZENS / HUNDREDS / THOUSANDS … OF

Dozens, hundreds, thousands, millions, … + of se usan en plural para hablar de cantidades grandes aproximadas.

We saw hundreds of birds in the sky.There were dozens of students walking down the street.

2 Expresiones con nombres colectivos La mayoría de expresiones que se usan con nombres colectivos (partitivos) sirven para hacer referencia a una cantidad limitada de algo. Suelen acompañar a nombres incontables.

They wanted a piece of ice-cream. (un trozo)I saw a bit of their performance. (un poco)I bought an article of clothing. (una pieza)

Algunas de estas expresiones están directamente relacionadas con el nombre que cuantifican.

I saw a drop of blood in my finger.He bought a bar of chocolate.

(A) BUNCH OF(flowers)

He bought her a bunch of roses for herbirthday.

(A) BLOCK OF They’re building a new block of flats down the road.

(A) PACK OF(cards)

Here’s a complete pack of cards if you want to play.

(A) PACKET OF(cigarettes, crisps)

He went out to buy a packet of cigarettes and never came back.

(A) PAIR OF(shoes, trousers) Do you like this pair of trousers?

(A) PILE OF(books, money) Her boyfriend has got a pile of money.

(A) ROW OF(houses, chairs)

We saw a row of new houses in the distance.

(A) SET OF(tools, chairs)

My cousin lent me this set of new tools.

3 Expresar cantidades aproximadas Approximately, around, about y roughly se utilizan indistintamente para hablar de cantidades aproximadas.

My new salary is roughly !2,000 a month.He’s buying around two packets of cigarettes a day.The car was approximately the same size as mine.

Approximately se utiliza normalmente en contextos profesionales o más formales.

The profits were approximately half of last year’s.

4 Fracciones Al hablar de medidas se pueden utilizar fracciones.

The bottle was about two-quarters empty.Just a third of the class passed.

Para leer fracciones numéricas, primero se lee el numerador (número cardinal) y después el denominador (número ordinal).

One third (1/3) of students passed the exam.

Si el primer número es mayor de 1, el ordinal se lee en plural.

Two thirds (2/3) failed.

Cuando el denominador es 2, se lee como half o halves y cuando es 4, se lee como quarter.

One half (1/2) of the doctors were on strike.The result of the Maths problem was five halves (5/2).Three quarters (3/4) agreed with us.

Si la fracción es muy elevada se utiliza over.Four over eleven (4/11).

5 Decimales Para expresar decimales, las cifras se separan con un punto y no con una coma, como en español.

The sales increased in two point three per cent (2.3%).The company won thirty-one point six million pounds (£31.6) last year.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 119

Reference Section

3 CONCORDANCIA SUJETO VERBO Cuando dos sujetos van unidos por la conjunción and llevan el verbo en plural.

Susan and Mary come home frequently.My cats and your dog get on very well. The boys and girls in the camp were all great friends.

Cuando dos sujetos van unidos por or, either … or, neither … nor, el verbo va en singular o plural dependiendo del último elemento.

- Si el último sujeto es singular, el verbo va en singular, aunque también es común el plural en contextos menos formales.Either my brother or my sister visits / visit me once a week.Neither your friends nor John knows / know the answer.

- Si el último sujeto es plural, el verbo va en plural.Neither you nor them know much about this.

- Con neither of y none of el verbo también puede ir en singular o, menos formal, en pluralNone of my friends / None of them come / comes to class every day.Neither of them fi nd / fi nds the fi lm interesting.

Unit 4 1 ORACIONES DE RELATIVO

Las oraciones de relativo (defi ning relative clauses) se usan para identifi car a la persona, lugar o cosa de la que estamos hablando.

Van inmediatamente después del nombre al que se refi eren y están introducidas por un pronombre de relativo.

The woman who / that answered the phone was nice.Where is the book which / that was on the table?This is the boy whose mother works with me.The boy whose mother phoned is waiting outside.

La información que aportan es esencial para poder identifi car a la persona o cosa y no se puede omitir.

The man who / that I’m going to marry has been my friend for thirty years.The project which / that we started together is a great success.

Fíjate‘The man has been my friend for thirty years’ no da sufi ciente información; el oyente tendría que preguntar:

‘What man are you talking about?’‘The man I’m going to marry’.

2 PRONOMBRES DE RELATIVO: USO Y OMISIÓN

WHO / THAT / WHICH

Who y that se usan para identificar personas.Peter is the man who / that wrote the book.Anna and Michael are the people who / that got married last year.

Which y that se usan para identificar animales o cosas.That is the lion which / that attacked its keeper.This is the book which / that won the Booker Prize this year.

En registro informal, los pronombres de relativo who, which, that, se pueden omitir (ø) cuando funcionan como objeto de la oración de relativo. Nunca se omiten si funcionan como sujeto de dicha oración.

- Como sujeto:That’s the boy who / that lives with her.She’s not the student who / that failed the exam.These are the things which / that worry me a lot.I really like the car which / that has a red roof.

- Como objeto:She’s the person who / that / ø I met in the library.She is not the girl who / that / ø I’m looking for.I like the book which / that / ø you bought for me.Here are the cats which / that / ø I told you about.

Si el verbo lleva preposición, esta siempre va al final de la oración de relativo.

This is the same place which / that / ø we went to last year.Here’s the girl who / that / ø I told you about.The friend who / that / ø I went to the party with is coming tonight.

En registro formal, la preposición puede ir delante del pronombre relativo. Entonces se usa which y whom, nunca that.

The people with whom he works are all actors.The people (that) he works with are all actors.This is the book about which I told you.This is the book (that) I told you about.

WHOSE

Se usa para expresar posesión.No se puede omitir ni sustituir por that.

I’ve got a friend, and his mother is a well-known artist. (I’ve got a friend whose mother is a well-known artist.)My parents know a man with a very talented son. (My parents know a man whose son is very talented.)

3 ADVERBIOS DE RELATIVO Los adverbios de relativo son complementos circunstanciales del verbo.

Se suelen utilizar en sustitución de los pronombres relativos con preposición, que es una estructura más formal.

That’s the day when (on which) we fi rst saw him.This is the place where (in which) I studied law.

120 THAT’S ENGLISH!

WHERE

Para referirnos a lugares se usa where.

No se puede omitir.This is the hotel where we spent our last holidays.The university where I work is very old.

WHEN

Para referirse a tiempo se usa when.

Se puede omitir y sustituir por that cuando no sea sujeto de la oración de relativo.

I still remember the day when / that / ø I first met him.The year when / that / ø you were born was very special.

4 EXPRESAR EMOCIONES Y OPINIONES: ADJETIVOS TERMINADOS EN -ING Y -ED

Algunos adjetivos se forman añadiendo los sufijos -ing o -ed a verbos.

to alarm fi alarming / alarmedto shock fi shocking / shockedto entertain fi entertaining / entertainedto interest fi interesting / interested

Los adjetivos que terminan en -ing describen nuestra opinión sobre cosas o personas. En español el adjetivo se suele usar con el verbo ‘ser’.

Your brother is really amusing. (He makes me feel amused.)My English class was very boring. (It made me feel bored.)

Cuando terminan en -ed describen cómo nos hacen sentir las personas o las cosas. En español el adjetivo se suele usar con el verbo ‘estar’.

My little brother was (felt) amused.I was (felt) really bored in the meeting.

Otros adjetivos para expresar opinion son: keen (interested), brilliant, fabulous, sad, superb...

She is really keen on Henning Mankell novels.He’s a brilliant writer.

Unit 5

1 DECISIONES ESPONTÁNEAS CON WILL

1 Forma

Afirmativa I will / ‘ll + verb

Negativa I will not / won’t + verb

Interrogativa (Wh-) + will + subject + verb

‘I have to go to the doctor.’ ‘I’ll go with you.’Sorry, but I won’t do that.When will you come to see us?

2 Uso

Will / ‘ll se utiliza para expresar ofrecimientos y promesas.

I’ll get you something to eat.OK, don’t worry. I‘ll pick you up from work.We’ll be there for you.

Se usa también para expresar decisiones espontáneas o reacciones inmediatas ante una situación.

I’ll have a coke, please.Don’t worry, I’ll be there in a minute.How will you pay for this?

FíjateEn español, las decisiones espontáneas no suelen expresarse con futuro sino con presente simple. Compara:

‘Don’t worry, I’ll pay the bill. (No te preocupes, yo pago la cuenta.)

2 PEDIR Y DAR INFORMACIÓN

1 Pronombres interrogativos

Los pronombres interrogativos se utilizan al comienzo de una pregunta para pedir información específica sobre algo.

Personas Who?Whose?

Who is that girl?Whose car is this?

Cosas What?Which?

What’s your name?Which umbrella is yours?

Razón Why? Why are you sad?

Tiempo When? When is your birthday?

Lugar Where? Where’s the toilet, please?

Modo How? How are you?

Cantidad How many?How much?

How many brothers and sisters have you got?How much is it?

Cuando el pronombre interrogativo va con una preposición, esta se coloca al final.

What are you waiting for?What are you talking about?Who is Chris talking to?Who are you going to the cinema with?

La estructura how + adjective / adverb es muy frecuente en inglés para hacer preguntas sobre la cualidad a la que se refiere el adjetivo/adverbio:

Duración How long? How long does it take you to get to work?

Frecuencia How often? How often do you go to the gym?

Distancia How far? How far is it?

Edad How old? How old is your daughter?

Tamaño How big? ‘It’s a big dog’‘Exactly, how big is it?’

Profundidad How deep? How deep is this swimming pool?

Dificultad How difficult?

‘How difficult was the exam?’ ‘Really difficult.’

THAT’S ENGLISH! 121

Reference Section2 Present simple: horariosSe usa present simple para hablar de actividades programadas como horarios de transportes, cines, etc.

‘When does your bus arrive?’ ‘My bus arrives at 10 a.m.’‘What time does his train leave?’ ‘His train leaves in half an hour.’‘When does the fi lm start?’ ‘It starts at nine thirty.’‘How long does it take to get to London?’ ‘It takes about thirty minutes.’

3 Preposiciones con medios de transporte Delante de los medios de transporte usamos la preposición by.

Delante de foot, usamos on.We went on foot, but Sheila wanted to go by train.I love travelling by plane, but my husband prefers travelling by car.

4 Medios de transporte: verbos + preposición

get on/off the bus, train, plane, boat

Finally we got on the plane just in time.Sorry, but you have to get off the bus now. It’s the end of the line.

get into/out of the car, taxi, van, lorry

I saw a famous celebrity getting out of a taxi.We all got into the car and drove to the airport.

travel by train, car, bus, airplane…

I wanted to go to Barcelonaby bus, but my mum wanted to go by train.

5 Otras expresiones Arrive in (delante de ciudades y países)

We arrived in Dublin before midnight.

Arrive at (delante de lugares pequeños)

They arrived at Barajas airport on time.

Get to (arrive)

If you want to get to the museum, you have to take the underground here.

Para decir que se recoge a alguien se puede usar pick up.The tour bus will pick you up from the hotel at 9.

6 Adverbios: away, down, by, up… Adverbios como away, down, by, up… pueden usarse para modifi car verbos u otros adverbios. Añaden un matiz de movimiento o posición al verbo o adverbio al que acompañan.

Barcelona is 620 km away.Is there a bank close by?They went to live very far away.From Manchester, we’ll take the train up to Sheffi eld.I’m thinking of driving down to London on Friday.

3 ADVERTENCIAS Y RECOMENDACIONES

Para hacer recomendaciones y expresar advertencias podemos utilizar las siguientes estructuras:

1 Imperativo Se usa el imperativo en instrucciones y advertencias.

Pay attention!Don’t come late next time.Don’t try to teach him.

También se usa para dar consejos y hacer recomendaciones.

Don’t eat too much before doing exercise.Try to save some money just in case.

2 Oraciones condicionales Para dar consejos y hacer recomendaciones.

If I had that problem, I would tell her directly.If I had a dog, I wouldn’t walk it unleashed.

3 Should y shouldn’t Para hacer recomendaciones o advertencias suaves.

You should take more exercise.The government should do more to improve the economy.You shouldn’t smoke so much.

4 Must, mustn’t, have to y can’t Para recomendaciones y advertencias más fi rmes, se usa must, mustn’t, have to y can’t.

You must work harder.You have to leave your car outside.You mustn’t smoke here.You can’t use your bike in the park.

Unit 61 COMPROBAR INFORMACIÓN: QUESTION

TAGS1 Forma

Son preguntas breves que se forman con un auxiliar o verbo modal seguido del pronombre correspondiente al sujeto. Van tras una coma al fi nal de la oración.

Learning English with this teacher is fun, isn’t it?Peter wasn’t her boyfriend, was he?

Si la oración es afi rmativa, la question tag es negativa.You know Marta, don´t you?You’re happy with the result, aren’t you?Sheila will come, won’t she?

Si la oración es negativa, la question tag es afi rmativa.She’s not your girlfriend, is she?We don’t need an umbrella, do we?You haven’t fi nished, have you?

Si el verbo de la oración lleva un auxiliar, se repite ese auxiliar; si no lo tiene, se utiliza el auxiliar do en el tiempo correspondiente.

122 THAT’S ENGLISH!

We don’t need an umbrella, do we?His wife plays the piano, doesn’t she?They went to Paris last year, didn’t they?You like swimming, don’t you?

Las oraciones con nothing, nobody, no one, never… siempre llevan el verbo y el auxiliar afirmativo, tanto en la oración como en la question tag.

Nothing is perfect, is it?You never say what you’re thinking, do you?

Con somebody, anybody, nobody, someone, anyone, everybody, everyone, utilizamos el verbo singular en la oración pero el auxiliar de la question tag va en plural con el pronombre they.

Everyone called when I was out, didn’t they?Nobody knows it, do they?

Con everything, anything, nothing, something utilizamos it en la question tag.

Nothing can happen, can it?Everything is all right, isn’t it?

En oraciones afirmativas, la primera persona del singular del verbo to be utiliza la forma aren’t.

I am late, aren't I?I’m your friend, aren’t I?

FíjateEn lenguaje informal, es frecuente omitir el sujeto y el verbo principal de la oración e incluirlos solo en la question tag.

Nice weather, isn’t it?Interesting stories, aren’t they?Good film, wasn’t it?

2 Question tags con verbos modales Las question tags pueden utilizarse con modales igual que con otros verbos.

She can't speak English, can she?They shouldn’t do that, should they?

Las question tags con verbos modales se utilizan con frecuencia para:

- Ofrecimientos de cortesía:I couldn’t get you a cup of tea, could I?

- Solicitar algo formalmente:It wouldn’t be too much trouble for you, would it?

Con imperativo en la oración principal, se utilizan modales en la question tag.

Watch the baby, will you? / can you?Lend me your keys, can you? / could you?

Esto se debe a que el imperativo a menudo es equivalente a una pregunta con modal:

Watch the baby = Will / Can you watch the baby?Lend me your keys = Can / Could you lend me your keys?

3 Uso

Las question tags se usan para confirmar o constatar algo.

He’s cute, isn’t he?

The babies are really beautiful, aren’t they?You’re not tired, are you?His wife doesn’t work, does she?

También se pueden usar para:- Pedir opinión o información.

It’s getting late, isn’t it?You don’t want to go out, do you?

- Mostrar sorpresa.You didn’t really say that, did you?He’s not the same Mike I know, is he?

4 Frase afirmativa + question tag afirmativa

En ocasiones se puede combinar una frase afirmativa con una question tag también afirmativa. Para mostrar una gran sorpresa.

You’ve been to London, have you?You’ re getting married, are you? Congratulations!

Para hacer un reproche o mostrar una fuerte disconformidad.

You borrowed my mobile phone, did you?You’ve copied in the exam, have you?

2 EXPRESAR POSESIÓN

1 Pronombres posesivos

Personal Pronouns

Possessive determiners/adjectives

Possessive pronouns

Iyouhesheit

myyourhisherits

mineyourshishersits

weyouthey

ouryourtheir

oursyourstheirs

Los pronombres posesivos sustituyen a un determinante posesivo más un nombre y se utilizan para no repetir información.

Give me your phone number and I’ll give you mine. (= my phone number).

También indican a quién pertenece algo.‘Can you lend me a pen, please?’ ‘I forgot mine.’That is her problem, not yours.‘Are these your keys?’ ‘No, they’re hers.’

Fíjate Nunca se usa un artículo delante de un pronombre posesivo.

Mine is bigger than yours. (El mío es más grande que el tuyo.)

El pronombre posesivo no varía en función de si lo poseído es singular o plural.

That dog in the park is ours.Those dogs in the park are ours.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 123

Reference Section

124 THAT’S ENGLISH!

2 Doble posesivo

Los pronombres posesivos pueden combinarse con la preposición of y son equivalentes al adjetivo posesivo más el nombre.

A friend of hers. (= one of her friends)A student of mine. (= one of my students)

El genitivo sajón puede combinarse con la preposición of formando un doble posesivo cuando nos referimos a personas. Con frecuencia se utiliza para:- Hablar de familia y amistades.

He’s a friend of my sister’s.That young man is a cousin of Susan’s.

- Referirse a autores y artistas.This is a portrait of Rembrandt’s.This is a picture of Picasso’s.

3 EXPRESAR APROBACIÓN O DISCONFORMIDAD

1 Aprobación Para expresar aprobación y conformidad se suelen usar expresiones exclamativas.

Excellent!Splendid!That’s great!How wonderful!

‘I have decided to go to the university.’‘That’s great.’‘We’re getting married.’ ‘How wonderful!’

También se pueden usar adjetivos descriptivos.

That’s a good ideaThat’s great!That’s lovely!

‘He’s buying a new car.’ ‘That’s a good idea.’

Para felicitar a alguien podemos usar:

Good for you!Well done!Congratulations!

‘I’ve passed the exam.’ ‘Well done!’

2 Disconformidad Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo o no aprobamos algo de forma directa se usan las siguientes expresiones:

That isn’t a good idea.That’s a bad idea.You shouldn’t do that.

‘She’s moving in with him.’ ‘Now, that’s a bad idea.’

Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo o no aprobamos algo de forma más delicada o cortés utilizamos expresiones como:

I wouldn’t do that. That’s not a good idea.

‘I want to sell my house.’‘I wouldn’t do that.’

Para indicar que no estamos de acuerdo de forma informal y enfática podemos decir:

That’s silly.That’s a stupid thing to do.What a horrible idea.

‘I want to quit the course.’ ‘What a stupid idea.’

4 PEDIR Y DAR OPINIÓN

1 Pedir opinión Para pedir una opinión a alguien se pueden hacer preguntas como: What do you think about…?, What’s your opinion of / about…?

What do you think about my new laptop?What’s your opinion about the new law?

En un contexto más profesional o formal también se puede utilizar: What’s your position on…?, What are your feelings about…?, What are your views on…?

What’s your position on the new outsourcing plans?What are your feelings about selling the house?What are your views on registering the new label?

2 Dar una opinión Para dar una opinión sobre algo se pueden usar los siguientes verbos:

THINK / BELIEVE

Se usan para decir lo que se piensa. Believe es más formal e implica una opinión más categórica.

I think he’s an honest guy.They think the teacher is a bit hard.She believes that he’s saying the truth.We don’t believe there’s an easy solution for this.

SUPPOSE / RECKON / GUESS

Suppose se usa para referirse a algo que se cree que es cierto pero no se está muy seguro.

I suppose it’s not a good moment to buy a house.I suppose that’s true.

Guess también expresa una opinión sin mucho convencimiento.

I guess we can stay a little bit longer.That’s the only solution we have, I guess.

Reckon introduce algo que se piensa espontáneamente.

I reckon that’s a good idea.I reckon it’s our best buy so far.

Reckon y guess se utilizan en registros más informales.

FíjateEn respuestas cortas, estas son las estructuras más comunes:

‘Are you coming to the party tomorrow?’‘I think so.’ / ‘I believe so.’(formal) / ‘I suppose so.’ / ‘I guess so.’‘I don’t think so.’ / ‘I don’t believe so.’ (formal) / / I suppose not.’ o ‘I don’t suppose so.’ / ‘I guess not.’

+

-

Unit 7

1 PEDIR INSTRUCCIONES

Para pedir instrucciones se pueden usar preguntas como:

How can I…? How can I get to Canal Street from here, please?

How should I…? I need to write a letter of complaint. How should I write it?

How would you…? How would you resolve this problem?

What is the best way to…? What is the best way to remove these stains from clothes?

What is the first step to…? What is the first step to open a bank account?

2 DAR ÓRDENES E INSTRUCCIONES1 El imperativo

El imperativo es la forma más directa de dar órdenes e instrucciones. Se forma con la base del verbo sin to y sin sujeto.

Se refiere siempre a la segunda persona del singular o del plural.

Speak up!Lock the door.Be quiet, please.

Para saber a quién va dirigida la orden, necesitamos recurrir al contexto o a alguna referencia explícita en la frase.

Jenny, help me sort out this problem.Robert, come to the board, please.Do it yourself.

También se puede usar el pronombre personal you o el pronombre indefinido someone.

You be good, ok?Someone open the window, please.

En oraciones negativas se usa don’t, do not o never delante del verbo.

Don’t move.Never touch a dog that you don’t know.Do not turn the page yet.

Con el verbo to be el imperativo es be / don’t beBe quiet, please.Be nice to the teacher.Don’t be late next time.Don’t be silly.

Para expresar una orden de un modo más formal o educado se puede usar:

Do Do come in.

Please Please, don’t speak.

Will + pronombre Close the door, will you?Explain the situation, will you?

FíjateLas instrucciones escritas suelen omitir los artículos y otras palabras.

Press button twice.Turn off switch.

2 Let’s… / Let us… Let’s + verb se usa para hacer una sugerencia o dar una orden en la cual se incluye el hablante.

Let’s go for a walk.Let’s try this option.

La forma negativa es let’s not + verb.Let’s not talk about that.Let’s not make that mistake again.

En un contexto formal o escrito se puede usar let us.Let us consider this option first.Let us look at this other example.Let us not do that again.

3 VERBOS PARA DAR INSTRUCCIONES

Los siguientes verbos se usan para dar instrucciones y van siempre seguidos de -ing:

START / STOP

Start moving forward, please.Stop scratching your leg.Don’t start arguing.

CONTINUE / GO ON / CARRY ON / KEEP ON

Continue stirring the soup, please.Go on explaining the problem.Carry on walking for a little while until you see a telephone box.Keep on working like this. Well done!

4 DESCRIBIR HÁBITOS QUE NO NOS GUSTAN

Para decir que algo o alguien no nos gusta o nos molesta con una acción recurrente podemos usar: always + present continuous.

She’s always criticising me.Why are you always complaining about money?My mother is always saying what I have to do.

Si nos referimos al pasado podemos utilizar always + past continuous.

The problem in that house was that the phone was always ringing.We were not happy. They were always arriving late.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 125

Reference Section

5 ACEPTAR Y RECHAZAR INSTRUCCIONES Y ÓRDENES

1 WillSe usa will + verb para aceptar hacer algo que se nos pide.

‘I need you to fi nish this task.’ ‘OK. We´ll do it right now.‘Please, don´t be late.’ ‘l’ll be there on time, don’t worry.’

2 Will not, won’t, will neverSe usa will not, won’t o will never + verb para rechazar o negarse a hacer algo con fi rmeza.

We have a problem. He said he will not sign the contract.My students copied in the exam. I won’t let this happen again.It’s not the fi rst time he says: ‘I will never do that.’

Unit 8

1 VOZ PASIVA

1 Forma

Sujeto + be + participio pasado

Present simple

Sujeto + am / is / are + participioEnglish is taught in this course.How is leather produced?

Present continuous

Sujeto + am / is / are + being + participioThe hotel room is being cleaned.My questions aren’t being answered.

Pastsimple

Sujeto + was / were + participioHe was invited to the party.The walls weren’t painted properly.

Present perfect

Sujeto + have / has been + participioThey have been told to wait.She hasn’t been called yet.

2 Uso Al usar la voz pasiva damos mayor énfasis a un elemento de la oración, colocándolo en primer lugar, como sujeto. Usamos la voz pasiva para:

! Mencionar quien recibe una acción más que quien la realiza, bien porque no es relevante, es obvio o lo desconocemos.

No one was injured. He was told not to come back. What has been done so far? She has been offered a job. The room is being cleaned.

! Poner el tema del que se habla en su posición natural, la de sujeto; el complemento de un verbo activo se convierte en el sujeto de un verbo pasivo.

Spain produces a lot of olive oil.

A lot of olive oil is produced in Spain.

Si se quiere indicar quien realiza la acción, se añade al fi nal de la frase el complemento agente introducido por la preposición by.

This house was bought by my father.The Pyramids were built by the Egyptians.

No podemos usar la voz pasiva con verbos intransitivos como: die, arrive, go…

FíjateLa voz pasiva en inglés es más frecuente que en español, que utiliza más la construcción impersonal con ‘se’.

German is spoken here. (Se habla alemán.)We weren’t invited to the wedding. (No se nos invitó a la boda.)

Se utiliza la pasiva habitualmente para:

! Describir procesos y consecuencias. Oranges are picked in wintertime. He’s been sacked.

! Referirse a algo de manera impersonal en contextos formales.

The conference was badly organised. A few people were interviewed this morning.

! Describir algo en contextos científi cos o académicos. It is argued that communication is global. An observation was introduced here.

FíjateEn inglés, un verbo con dos complementos puede tener dos estructuras en pasiva.

Flowers were sent to my mum by my sisters.My mum was sent flowers by my sisters.*(*Esta estructura no es posible en español)

2 EXPRESAR ADMIRACIÓN Y RECHAZOPara reaccionar positiva o negativamente ante algo se pueden usar exclamaciones con how y what.

How + adjetivo

How wonderful!How marvellous!How interesting!How amazing!

‘He’s written a book.’‘How interesting!’‘I passed the exam.’‘How wonderful!’‘We are getting married.’‘How marvellous!’‘They met over the internet.How amazing!’

How horrible!How awful!How disgusting!How unfortunate!How scary!

‘My son has broken his arm.’‘How horrible!’‘We are not going to get paid this month.’‘How awful!’‘He vomited in the car.’‘How disgusting!’‘She got lost in the forest.’‘How unfortunate!’‘There was an enormous spider in the shower.’‘How scary!’

126 THAT’S ENGLISH!

What a/an (+ adjetivo) + nombre singular

What a wonderful day!What a beautiful girl!What an incredible woman!What an elegant dress!

What a horrible story!What a terrible idea!What an enormous disaster!What an idiot!

What (+ adjetivo) + nombre plural / incontable

What big boys!What beautiful glasses!What delicious bread!

What horrendous colours!What terrible students!What horrible news!

3 POSICIÓN DE ADVERBIOS Y FRASES ADVERBIALES

La posición de los adverbios y frases adverbiales varía dependiendo del tipo de adverbio o expresión adverbial y su función en la oración.- Posición inicial: delante del sujeto.- Posición intermedia: delante del verbo principal.- Posición final: al final de la oración.

1 De tiempo y lugar Los adverbios y frases adverbiales de tiempo y lugar suelen ir en posición final.

There is no class today.Do you work here?We went to the zoo last Sunday.Birds normally fly to the south in the winter.You will find a newspaper agent across the street.The bathroom is at the end of the corridor.

A veces van en posición inicial:- Especialmente en el caso de adverbios y frases adverbiales de tiempo.Yesterday, I met a lovely girl.In the morning, we have breakfast and leave early.

- Otros se colocan en esta posición para dar énfasis.Suddenly, the train stopped.Here is the place where I work.

2 De frecuencia Los adverbios de frecuencia always, often, usually, sometimes, never… suelen ir en posición intermedia, delante del verbo principal, pero detrás si el verbo es to be.

She never smiles.He doesn’t usually call first.He has often said he likes her.Do you usually go swimming on Sundays?He’s never late.They were always laughing at him.

Las frases adverbiales suelen ir en posición final.We normally get together at least once a week.Our family cooks a special dinner twice a month.

Algunos adverbios de frecuencia (sobre todo usually, often, sometimes, occasionally) pueden ir en posición inicial o final para dar énfasis.

Sometimes we go dancing.I try to do sport often.I like to practice yoga daily.

3 De modo Suelen ir en posición final.

She spoke to me angrily.They changed the subject quickly.She presented the report the way I like it.

En ocasiones pueden ir en posición intermedia.We silently left the room.I’ll probably see you tomorrow.

4 De certeza y de gradoVan en posición intermedia, excepto maybe y perhaps, que suelen ir en posición inicial.

We’ll probably see you tomorrow.I’ll definitely call him for the job.I almost fell asleep.Perhaps, they’re late because they’ve missed the bus.Maybe, he needs a bit more time.

5 Con adjetivos, participios o adverbios El adverbio se coloca delante del adjetivo, participio, adverbio o frase adverbial a la que modifica.

We heard some really interesting news.I’m absolutely delighted.The dress was incredibly expensive.He sang awfully loudly.They call me almost every day.

Enough es una excepción: va después del adjetivo o adverbio al que modifica.

I got up really early, but not early enough to arrive to the meeting on time.

4 EXPRESAR INTERÉS O DESINTERÉS: PREGUNTAS CORTAS

Las preguntas cortas, compuestas por un auxiliar y un pronombre, se utilizan para reaccionar ante algo que hemos escuchado. El auxiliar de la frase principal se repite en la pregunta en la misma forma (afirmativa o negativa).

‘It was a terrible restaurant.’ ‘Was it?’‘My son is coming to the party tonight.’ ‘Is he?’‘It wasn’t a very good film.’ ‘Wasn’t it?’‘I’m not ready for this.’ ‘Aren’t you?’

Si la frase no tiene auxiliar, se usa do / did.‘He goes to the gym every day.’ ‘Does he? What does he do?

Pueden usarse para mostrar interés, sorpresa, preocupación, etc., aunque su uso más común es para mostrar que estamos escuchando.

‘We had a great dinner.’ ‘Did you?’- Una entonación ascendente indica sorpresa o interés.

‘They are coming tonight.’ ‘Are they? ( ›) That’s great.’

- Una entonación descendente indica falta de interés

THAT’S ENGLISH! 127

Reference Sectiono escepticismo.

‘We’re late.’ ‘Are we? ’ (› )

5 EXPRESAR PREFERENCIAS: PREFER, WOULD PREFER, WOULD RATHER

Utilizamos prefer para hablar de cosas que nos gustan en general.

They prefer living in the city.He prefers reading on an e-book.I prefer going for a walk to going to the gym.

Would prefer to, (‘d prefer to), y would rather (‘d rather) se utilizan en situaciones más concretas. Would rather es muy común en inglés oral y no se utiliza con sustantivos.

I would prefer to be alone now.We’d prefer to leave now if you don’t mind.Would you rather stay at the hotel?I’d rather live in the country.

PREF

EREN

CIA

S G

ENER

ALE

S

mencionar una actividad:- prefer + nombre- prefer + -ing / to-infi nitive

I prefer classical music.We prefer living / to live in the country.

comparar dos actividades:- prefer + nombre + to + nombre- prefer + -ing + to + -ing

Do you really prefer beer to wine?She prefers dancing to swimming.I prefer running in the park to jogging on a road.

SIT

UA

CIO

NES

CO

NC

RET

AS

mencionar una posibilidad concreta:- would prefer (= ‘d prefer) + to-infi nitive- would rather (=’d rather) + infi nitive without to

I would prefer not to see him in person.I’d rather have a glass of wine, please.I’d rather not go for a walk this afternoon.

comparar dos posibilidades concretas:- would prefer (=‘d prefer) + to-infi nitive RATHER THAN + -ing / infi nitive without to

- would rather (=d rather) + infi nitive without to THAN infi nitive without to

I’d prefer to watch football rather than go / going out tonight.

preguntas:- would you prefer + to-infi nitive OR infi nitive without to?

- would you rather + infi nitive without to OR infi nitive without to?

Would you prefer to eat in OR go out?Would you rather leave now OR stay a little longer?

FíjateFíjate en los conectores que se utilizan con las diferentes estructuras para unir las dos actividades sobre las que se expresa la preferencia: to, rather than y than.

Unit 9

1 EXPRESAR DESEOS Y ESPERANZAS

HOPE

Para expresar un deseo posible y real se usa: Hope + infi nitivo con to, cuando el sujeto de las dos acciones es el mismo.

I hope to see you again soon.

Sujeto + hope + (that) + sujeto + present simple, cuando se trata de dos sujetos diferentes.

I hope (that) you have a happy birthday.I hope (that) they can come on Sunday.

Sujeto + hope + (that) + sujeto + will / won’t + infi nitivo sin to

I hope (that) I will see him again.We hope (that) you’ll enjoy your visit.I hope (that) they won’t make too much noise.

Sujeto + hope + (that) + sujeto + past simple / present perfect (para referirse al pasado)

I hope (that) you had a nice Christmas.I hope (that) you have enjoyed your stay in our hotel.

HOPEFULLY

Expresa deseos y equivale a I hope that. Puede ir seguido de presente con valor de futuro o de will + infi nitivo sin to.

Hopefully, she will win the Oscar this year.(= I hope that she will win the Oscar.)Hopefully, one day we will leave recession behind. (= I hope that one day we will leave the recession behind.)

HOPE SO / HOPE NOT

Se utiliza al responder una pregunta. ‘Are you going to become an actor?’‘I hope so.’ (I hope I become an actor.)‘Are the tickets for the play expensive?’‘I hope not.’ ( I hope the tickets are not expensive.)

FíjateNo confundas hope (deseos) con expect (expectativas) o wait (espera).‘It’s very cold: They expect it will snow tonight.’‘I hope it won’t. I don’t like snow, especially if I’m waiting for the bus.’

2 FORMACIÓN DE PALABRAS: PREFIJOS

Los prefi jos se añaden al principio de una palabra y modifi can o intensifi can su signifi cado.

128 THAT’S ENGLISH!

RE-(again, repeated)

reorganiserenewedrevisited

We had to completely reorganise the schedule.(organise again)

OVER-(too much)

overloadedoveractiveoveremotional

I’m completely overloaded with work. (too loaded)

UNDER-(insufficiently)

underpaidundersoldundercookunderrated

They always undercook meat. (not cook enough)

SUPER-(more than the norm)

superimposedsuperhuman

He made a superhuman effort to win the race.(more than human)

ULTRA-(extremely)

ultramodernultraintelligent

She has an ultramodern kitchen. (extremely modern)

3 FELICITAR Y ELOGIAR A ALGUIENPara felicitar a alguien por algo se pueden utilizar las siguientes expresiones.

FELICITACIONES

Congratulations!

‘We’re getting married next summer.’‘Congratulations!’

ALEGRARSE POR ALGO

That’s fantastic!That’s great!Good for you!How wonderful!

‘I have just bought a new car.’‘Good for you!’‘We’re going to have a baby.’‘How wonderful!’

ELOGIAR A ALGUIEN POR ALGO QUE HA CONSEGUIDO

Well done!Good job! (AmE)That’s a fantastic achievement!

‘I’ve passed the exam.’‘Well done!’‘We’ve won the first prize.’‘Good job!’

4 EXPRESAR SATISFACCIÓN Y CRÍTICA1 Expresar satisfacción

Para decir que nos gusta algo o se está satisfecho con algo se suele usar:

be + happy / satisfied / pleased / glad /delighted… + with

‘Do you like your new oven?’‘I’m delighted with it.’‘Did she enjoy the course?’‘She was very happy with it.’

be + adjetivo positivo (+ nombre)

‘Did you like my new friend?’‘Yes, I think he is a really nice man and a terrific singer.’

What (a) + adjetivo positivo + nombre

‘What an interesting story!’‘Yes, indeed, and have you seen the film? It’s amazing!’‘What outstanding actors! I found their performances really impressive.

2 Expresar crítica Para expresar críticas o reacciones negativas se pueden usar expresiones como:

(That is / was) + adjetivo negativo + (nombre)

‘That’s a terrible book!’‘Have you read it?’‘That was horrible!’‘You didn’t like the film?’‘I think the book was very disappointing.’‘Me too.’

What (a) + adjetivo negativo + nombre

‘I didn’t enjoy the ride. What a nasty experience. I don’t like rollercoasters.’‘What terrible news!’‘I know, it is very sad.’

How + adjetivo negativo

‘I haven’t passed the exam.’‘How awful!’

Be + not + happy / satisfied with

’I haven’t done my homework.’‘I’m not happy with that.’‘Are you happy with this?’‘No, I’m not satisfied with the result.’

Be + not + good enough

I want to say I’m sorry.’‘That’s not good enough.’

Para suavizar la crítica se pueden usar frases complementarias como don’t get me wrong, don’t take this wrong y don’t take this the wrong way.

‘I’m buying that dress.’‘Don’t get me wrong, but I think it’s not your size.’‘I’m calling Jane.’‘Don’t take this the wrong way, but I think she doesn’t want to see you.’‘Don’t take this wrong, but I’d prefer not to take part in your next project.’

THAT’S ENGLISH! 129

Reference Section

130 THAT’S ENGLISH!

5 MODIFICACIÓN DE ADJETIVOS: GRADABLE & NON-GRADABLE ADJECTIVES

Pueden utilizarse adverbios para modifi car el grado de intensidad de un adjetivo.

extremely I’m extremely happy with the result.

very We’re very interested in your new catalogue.

rather The restaurant was rather empty.

quite My students are quite good actually.

slightly This picture is slightly different from this one.

a bita little

We think the play was a bit disappointing.The pie was a little undercooked.

Cuando un adjetivo ya expresa una cualidad en su máximo grado, se utilizan adverbios como simply, absolutely, totally, completely, utterly… para modifi carlo.

The party was simply amazing.I think that excuse was completely false.She told me a totally fascinating story.Thank you for an absolutely wonderful experience.The reaction was utterly over the top.

FíjateAl igual que en español, en inglés no se puede utilizar un adverbio como very con los adjetivos de grado máximo como superb, impossible, gorgeous…

No se puede decir: It was very impossible.

Unit 10

1 PAST SIMPLE

1 Forma

Afi rmativa I/You/He/She/It We/They worked / went

Negativa I/You/He/She/It We/They didn’t work / didn’t go

Interrogativa Did I/you/ he/she/it/we/they work / go?

2 Uso Para hablar de acciones ya fi nalizadas en el pasado. We used expensive materials to renovate the house. I think she played the piano really well.

Para describir acciones que ocurrieron en un momento determinado del pasado. We bought a car last month. I saw her in the party last night. I completed a Masters Degree at the University of

Manchester.

2 PAST CONTINUOUS

1 Forma

Afi rmativa I/He/She/It was playingYou/We/They were playing

Negativa I/He/She/It wasn’t playingYou/We/They weren’t playing

Interrogativa Was I/he/she/it playing?Were you/we/they playing?

2 Uso Para describir acciones en proceso en un momento determinado del pasado. She was studying a minute ago. I was playing tennis yesterday at 10:00.

Se usa while y when para indicar que dos acciones ocurrían simultáneamente o para indicar que una acción del pasado se vio interrumpida por otra. My father was cooking while my mother was reading

a book. (at the same time) I was working in the project when the telephone rang.

(The telephone interrupted me.)

3 PAST PERFECT1 Forma

Se forma con el pasado del verbo have (had) más el participio del verbo principal.

Afirmativa I/You/He/She/It/We/They had arrived /spoken

Negativa I/You/He/She/It/We/They hadn’t arrived /spoken

Interrogativa Had I/you/he/she/it/we/they arrived /spoken?

2 Uso Para referirnos a una acción que había ocurrido antes que otra acción en el pasado.

The fi lm had started when she arrived at the cinema. I had lived in London for one year when I decided to

move to Brighton. When we got to our friends’ house, they had already

made dinner.

Con frecuencia, la acción expresada en past perfect actúa como una causa anterior que da lugar a la acción principal, en past simple.

She left her job because she had received a better offer.

FíjateCompara:

They left when the film finished. (= They left after the film finished.)

They had left when the film finished. (= They had left before the film finished.)

El pasado perfecto puede ir acompañado de las siguientes expresiones de tiempo: after, as soon as, before, by the time (that), when.

-

+

after(después)

We were really worried after she had told us the news.

as soon as(tan pronto como)

As soon as we had entered the room, we started to feel the excitement.

before(antes)

Before I answered the phone, the caller had already hung up.

by the time(en el momento en que)

He had already started to work as a translator by the time he graduated.

when(cuando)

When he called me, I had already made a decision.

4 EXPRESIONES DE TIEMPO Y ADVERBIOS EN NARRACIONES

1 Expresiones de tiempo

Se usan expresiones de tiempo para indicar o acentuar cuándo ocurrieron los acontecimientos de una historia.

afterafterwardsthen

We finished after midnight.I arrived at the airport, then I realised I had forgotten my wallet at home.My friends bought me a present and afterwards came to my house to organise the party.

as soon as As soon as they heard he was coming, they wanted to go too.

at first At first, she didn’t recognise him.

before My mobile phone stopped ringing before I could reach it.

by the time By the time he got there it was really late.

finally They finally reached the same conclusion.

immediately They immediately realised they were in serious trouble.

in the end In the end, they were all happy to go on holiday together.

until Everything was very confusing until the teacher explained the grammar rules.

when The baby was sleeping peacefully when the telephone rang.

while I was cooking while my sister was preparing the dessert.

2 Adverbios de modo

Los adverbios de modo sirven para indicar la manera en que se realizó una acción.

angrily She angrily denied she was worried about him.

happily The children started to sing a song happily.

quickly My dad quickly changed the subject.

suddenly Suddenly, I realised we were not alone.

desperately They desperately tried to say something to cheer him up.

3 Adverbios que expresan actitud

En una narración podemos usar adverbios que expresan la actitud del hablante para indicar cómo ocurrió algo.

amazingly It was an amazingly talented family except for the father.

fortunately Fortunately, we had time to call the police before the intruders broke into the house.

luckily She luckily changed their mind about quitting her job.

strangely They strangely called to cancel the interview before it was even organised.

5 HABLAR DE HÁBITOS PASADOS: WOULD, USED TO

WOULD

I/You/He/She/It/We/They would play

I/You/He/She/It/We/They wouldn’t play

Would I/you/he/she/it/we/they play?

Se usa would + verb para acciones que se repetían en el pasado (no se utiliza con estados). Tiene una connotación nostálgica.

When I was young, my friends and I would go to the cinema every Saturday.

USED TO

I/You/He/She/It/We/They used to go

I/You/He/She/It/We/They didn’t use to go

Did I/you/he/she/it/we/they use to go?

Se usa used to + verb para hablar de estados o rutinas del pasado que ya no se tienen en el presente. A diferencia de would, used to si puede utilizarse con estados.

I used to be very good at painting portraits, but I don’t have time for hobbies anymore.Did you use to smoke when you were younger?I didn’t use to play sports as a child.They didn’t use to be so arrogant.

6 PRESENTE HISTÓRICO Para narrar acontecimientos pasados de forma más realista y cercana se usa present simple. The man arrives in the bar and orders a coffee. He then pays and leaves in a hurry without drinking

the coffee.

También se usa para dar mayor interés y acercar al lector al relato en la narración de hechos históricos. In 1492 Columbus travels to the American Continent

for the first time. Henry VIII marries Anne Boleyn after divorcing from

Catherine of Aragon.

Se usa en periodismo para dar mayor impacto a una noticia. Mother of two finds two thousand pounds in bag and

returns money to the police.

THAT’S ENGLISH! 131

132

Reference Section

THAT'S ENGLISH!

WRITING REFERENCE

ANTES DE EMPEZAR A ESCRIBIR

Recuerda que tienes que fi jarte bien en:

tipo de texto que tienes que escribir:

contexto

propósito

A quién va dirigido

CARTAS FORMALES

Para escribir una carta formal

elementos de una carta

Destinatario:

Propósito: Resultado: Acciones concretas que se esperan

Organizar las ideas

introducción, cuerpo despedida:

Dear Mr Michaels,

I am writing in connection with a problem with the fl at which I am renting from you.

Firstly, the kitchen has no running water since Friday last week due to a problem with the water tap. I called your offi ce to report the problem, but nobody could really give me a solution. Secondly, and what worries me most, is that you promised to contact me shortly but I have not received any call or visit to solve the problem so far. Could you please arrange for a plumber to visit my fl at as soon as possible?

I look forward to hearing from you.Yours sincerely,Marla Knightley

1 Introducción

Saludo

Dear Ms / Miss / Mrs JonesDear Mr WilliamsDear Sir / Madam

Propósito de la carta

I am writing because…The reason I am writing is because / that…I wanted to…I would like to…I wish to

2 Cuerpo

Intenta ordenar tus ideas

más de una idea puedes

First / Firstly, I wanted to let you know that…I would also like to thank you for…On the one hand, I would like to express…On the other hand, I must admit that…

solicitar algo

Could you please… ?I would like you to…Would you mind… ?I was wondering if you could…

3 Conclusión

comentario cortés:

I take this opportunity to…

respuesta

I look forward to hearing from you (esta es la frase más habitual)We trust we shall hear from you in the near futureWe hope to hear from you shortly

- si se conoceDear Mr /

Mrs / Miss / Ms + apellido, se usa:

Yours sincerely,Despedida

Introducción Cuerpo

133THAT'S ENGLISH!

- si no se conoceDear Sir / Madam,

Yours faithfully,

Dear…

CARTAS INFORMALES

Una carta informal o semiformal

Hi Katie,How are you? I hope you are all fi ne and that you are enjoying your summer holidays. I am writing from Málaga. The weather is great and we’re having a fantastic time. The children are really happy here because they have made lots of friends.It would be great if you could come with us next year.Lots of love,Maria

1 Introducción

Dear…, / Hi…,Dear Hannah,Hi David,

Thanks for your letterSorry for not writing earlier

2 Cuerpo

It was great to hear from you and your familyIt was so nice to hear you’ve got a new puppy

3 Conclusión

It would be great to see you soonI really look forward to hearing from you

4 Despedida

Love, / Lots of love, / Best wishes,Take care / Cheers

QUEJAS Y RECLAMACIONES

I am writing… (en present continuous, no en presente de indicativo como en español)…to complain about……to express my concern about the fact that…My reason for writing is…

…to express my dissatisfaction about / annoyance at…

that I am extremely disappointed at... / dissatisfi ed about

I am writing in connection with…

In reply to your letter of 12th September…Following our telephone conversation…I would like to respond to your letter…

segundo párrafo y siguientes

The problem is that…What worries me mainly is that…I’m concerned about…It seems clear to me that…This is unacceptable

último párrafo

I must insist that you…I must urge you to…I would suggest that…In my opinion you should…I expect you to…I would be grateful if (you could)…Please don’t hesitate to call me / write to me

I look forward to hearing from youYours faithfully, / Yours sincerely,

OPINIONES A FAVOR Y EN CONTRA

Saludo

Despedida

Cuerpo

Conclusión

134

Reference Section

THAT'S ENGLISH!

More and more people claim their right to breathe clean air. I am convinced that banning smoking from public spaces is good.

First of all, smoking is a very dirty habit. Smokers fi ll the air with smoke and some careless smokers leave cigarette butts and ashes everywhere.Secondly, we all know that smoking is bad for health, including that of people who inhale second-hand smoke. Nicotine and tar are the direct cause of many illnesses, and lung and throat cancer are just a small example. Also, cigarettes can cause fi res, especially in the summer.I entirely agree with the fact that legislation is needed to protect non smokers from indoor air pollution. On the other hand, not smoking in public places can be very hard for some people, especially in clubs, bars and restaurants, which are typical places for relaxing and socialising. However, not smoking in public is increasingly becoming quite acceptable for most of the population. New legislation in Spain recently extended non-smoking policies to all public places and people are getting used to it.

In conclusion, I believe that the ban on smoking is necessary to protect people. Legislation is essential to reach a world free of smoke. In addition, it is also an educational issue because by encouraging people to respect others, we can set good examples for our children.

Opinión:

Smoking should be banned from public places

Argumentos a favor:

Smoking is dirtySmoking is bad for healthSmoking is dangerousSmoking is a bad infl uence

Argumentos en contra:

Hard for smokers (but they are getting used to it)

Conclusión:

The ban on smoking is necessary:- Protection from air pollution- Educational issue

OPINIONES A FAVOR

I (entirely / totally / completely) agree with…I think that is completely trueI am convinced that…I think there is some truth in that…

EN CONTRA

I do not agree with…I totally disagree with…I do not agree at all with…The problem is that…

NO SE ESTÁ SEGURO

It depends on…

CONCLUSIÓN

In conclusion,…To sum up,…In short,…On balance,…

CONECTORES: CONTRASTE

First of all,To begin with,To start with,In order to decide whether...or not…,To outline the main points,

distintos puntos Firstly,First of all,Secondly,Thirdly,Finally,Eventually,

Conectar Additionally,Also,Furthermore,What’s more,

However,In contrast,Nevertheless,In contrast to / with,On the contrary,

Sopesar On the one hand,On the other hand,To consider the advantages and disadvantages,To discuss the pros and cons,

On the whole,In general,In many aspects,To a large extent,

Indicar puntos More importantly,What is worse,What is more,

Con

clus

ión

Arg

umen

tos

Intr

oduc

ción

135THAT’S ENGLISH!

Introducir For example,For instance,To illustrate this point,

Above all else,Above all,Most of all,

Finally,Therefore,

In conclusion,To sum up,

ESCRIBIR UNA CRÍTICA

lenguaje semiformal

It's a very interesting filmDon't waste your time reading this bookThe art gallery wasn't very busy.

COMENTAR LIBROS, PELÍCULAS, ETC.

obra de arte,…

1 Título

- Puede coincidir con el título

The never ending story

- Puede ser diferente

The never ending what?

2 Datos

contexto e información

Libros:

Películas:

Obra de arte:

3 Cabecera

captar la atención del lector

This work of art is captivating right from the moment you look at it.

4 Cuerpo

- Argumento:

This book is about…The plot of this film is about …The film tells the story of…This film is about a man who goes on holiday with his friends to Las Vegas and…

5 Evaluación final

I personally think that...In my opinion,…From my point of view...I strongly / highly recommend this film...I’d / I wouldn’t recommend it because...It is / isn’t worth seeing / reading because…

I liked the book because the story was very exciting and interesting.I didn’t quite like the film because it was too long.

136

Reference Section

THAT’S ENGLISH!

The book layout and pictures give it a vitality and brilliance diffi cult to forget.

Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix

J. K. Rowling (2003) Bloomsbury, UK

I just read Order of the Phoenix, the last Harry Potter book and I absolutely loved it. I couldn't put it down.

I felt the same way about the other books of the Harry Potter series when I read them. but I have to say that, of all the books in the series, Order of the Phoenix is my favourite. All the stories are bright, fast-paced, intriguing, and ultimately satisfying, but in my opinion, Order of the Phoenix is a different kind of book. In some instances, it makes you feel a whole new level of intensity and excitement. For this reason, I was truly moved by the time I reached the last page.The story begins one afternoon, when terrifying dark spectres with the power to suck all the happiness from your soul attack Harry and his cousin. Harry uses his magic to get away from the creatures; however, after casting the spell, he receives a letter declaring that he has been expelled from Hogwarts and that he will face a trial for using magic whilst he is still legally underage.

Regarding the place of this book within the series, Harry Potter goes from being a warm-hearted boy to a troubled teenager and that is very interesting. The real story seems to happen in the second half of the book, andI found it was really engaging. In fact, when you close the Order of the Phoenix, you will simply fi nd yourself even more excited and intrigued than you were when you fi rst opened it.I really loved the ending and yes, I cried!

ESCRIBIR SOBRE HECHOS Y OPINIONES

opiniones se pueden usar

As far as I’m concerned,...I’m (not) convinced that…In my opinion / view,…My opinion is that…I fi rmly believe that…I feel that…I’m inclined to believe that…

I was truly moved.I found it…I really / absolutely loved…I hated…I really didn’t like…

hechos o planteamientos objetivos se puede usar:

- Lo que dicen otras personas:

Experts claim that…Scientists argue that…Many people are in favour / against…

- Generalizaciones:

It can be said / claimed that… (formal)It seems / appears that…It would seem that…It is likely / unlikely / possible that…It is clear / obvious that…There is no / little doubt that…

CONECTORES : COHESIÓN

RegardingConcerning

Contrastar ideas ...but...However,...while......whereas...

In addition,Furthermore,Nevertheless,

Therefore,As a result,Consequently,For this reason,

Eval

uaci

ón fi

nal

Cue

rpo

Títu

loD

atos

Cab

ecer

a

137THAT’S ENGLISH!

WORDLIST

UNIT 1

Adjectives /!"l#$(r d%&k/

/'$l"t#$(r n!t&v/ /"'$f(! l/

/"b(l!nst/ /k!n"te&d%!s/

depressed /d&"prest/ /"da&!t(! ri/

/"d&zi/ /"h)$(r mf(! l/

/"h#$(r b(! l/ /*h!+mi!"p(,&k/

pain-free /pe&nfri$/ /"f&z&k(! l/

/*sa&k!"l-d%&k(! l/scientific /*sa&!n"t&f&k/

/tr!"d&.(! n!l/upset //p"set/

Nounsacupuncture /"(kj+*p/0kt.!(r /acupuncturist /"(kj+p/0kt.!r&st/

/!d"va&s/ /'$l"t#$(r n!t&v

",er!pi/ /(0"za&!ti/

/!*r!+m!",er!pi/ /)$(r ",ra&t&s/

/"b(ke&k/ /"b(nd&d%/

bruise /bru$z/ /b/1/

/"k(m!ma&l/ /t.est/

/*ka&r!+"pr(kt&k/condition /k!n"d&.(! n/ depression /d&"pre.(! n/

/"eks&m!/ /"fi$v!(r /

/flu$/GP /*d%i$ "pi$/

/"hede&k/ /"hel,*ke!(r /

/*h!+m&"-p!,&/

injection /&n"d%ek.(! n/ /"&nd%!ri/

/"m(s)$%/ /*med&"te&.(! n/

/"mi$1rein/nausea /"n'$zi!/

/"ni$d(! l/ /*-sti"-p!,i/

pain /pe&n/ /"pe&n*k&l!(r /

/*f&zi!+",er!p&st/ /pl!"si$b!+/

practitioner /pr(k"t&.(! n!(r / /r(./

/*ri$flek"s-l!d%i/reiki /"re&ki/

/"rem!di/ /r&"s#$(r t./

disorder /sli$p d&s"'$(r d!(r / /"s/pl&ment/

/"s#$(r d%!ri/ /"s#$(r ve&/

/"tempr&t.!(r / /,r!+t/

/"tri$tm!nt/ /"v&t!m&n/

wrist /r&st/

Verbs /fi$l/ better /1et "bet!(r /

/hi$l/ /h#$(r t/

/pr&"vent/reduce /r&"dju$s/

/r&"li$v/ /"s/f!(r /

treat /tri$t/

UNIT 2

Adjectives /!"me&z&0/

/"(0k.!s/ /blend&d/

/b!+"hi$mi!n/ /k!m"p(.(! n!t/

/k!n"s#$(r v!t&v/ /*k-zm!"p-l&t(! n/

/"de&nd%!r!s/dependent /d&"pend!nt/

/&"lektr&k/ /"h!+m"gr!+n/

independent /*&nd&"pend!nt/ /"l&b(! r!l/

/"la&vli/ /m!*t&!ri!"l&st&k/"m/lti*e,n&k/

/"pi$sf(! l/ /pli$zd/

/pr!"v&n.(! l/quiet /"kwa&!t/

/ri$"f#$(r b&.d/ /r!"l&d%!s/

rude /ru$d/ /se&f/

satisfied /"s(t&sfa&d/ /selfs!"f&.(! nt/

/"sp&r&t.u!l/ /"stresf(! l/

/s!k"sesf(! l/ /"t-l!r!nt/

/*/nk!n"ven.(! nal/ /"va&br!nt/

Nouns /k!"mju$n!ti/

/k!n"fe.(! n/ /"kr&t&*s&z(! m/

/"k/lt.!(r / /"en!(r d%i/

/&n"va&r!nm!nt/ /&k"stend&d

"f(m(! li/ /"f(.(! n/

/1r&d/ /"la&f"st(nd!(r d/

/"la&f*sta&l/nature /"ne&t.!(r /power /"pa+!(r /resource /r&"z'$(r s/

/sk&l/ /"s!+l!(r "p(n(! l/

138

Reference Section

THAT’S ENGLISH!

source /s!"(r s/ /wel/

wind power /#w$nd #pa%&(r /

Verbs /#k'lt$ve$t/

disconnect /(d$sk&#nekt/ /f)"(r m/

/f$ks/ out /*&%#a%t/

/*r&%/ /p&#lu"t/

produce /pr&#dju"s/raise /re$z/succeed /s&k#si"d/

Idiomatic expressions /k+st&v #l$v$,/

/#+f-&(*r$d/ /te$k

&d#v)"nt$d. &v/

UNIT 3

Adjectives /bl&%n/

/#d'b(& l(*le$zd // /$#lektr$k(& l/

en suite /+n#swi"t/fi tted /#f$t$d/

/#f0"(r n$1t/ /#m$s$,/

/#m+d&(r na$zd/occupied /#+kj%pa$d/

/(&%p&n#pl2n/ /(semid$#t2t1t/

terraced /#ter&st/ /32t1t/

Nouns /&#p)"(r tm&nt/

cot /#be$bik+t/back /#b2k(*)"(r d(& n/

/bl+k/ /#b!$l&(r / /b'nt1/

/#b',*&(l&%/carpet /#k)"(r p$t/

/#si"l$,/ /sel/

/#sentr&l #hi"t$,/ /#k+t$d./

/#d'b(& l#*le$z$,/drain /dre$n/

/#fi"t1&(r / /#fa$&(r (ple$s/

/#f$t$,/ /#fr'nt(*)"(r d(& n/

/fju"z/ /#ha%s(b&%t/

/#ha%z$, #b'b(& l//#ha%z$, #kr21/

/#ha%z$, #m)"(r k$t/ /($nsj%#le$1(& n/

/li"k/patio /#p2ti&%/pressure /#pre1&(r /

/#pr+p&(r ti//#re$lwe$ #ste$1(& n/

reception area /r$#sep1(& n #e&ri&/ /#rent(& l #m)"(r k$t/

residence /#rez$d(& ns/row /r&%/

/se$l/set /set/

/#spekj%le$t&(r /staircase /#ste&(r (ke$s/suburb /#s'b0"(r b/

/ta$l/water pipe /#w!"t&(r pa$p/

Verbs /b$ld/

/t1)"(r d./ /$n#st!"l/ /mu"v/

rent /rent/repair /r$#pe&(r /

/r$#pl)"st&(r /rewire /(ri"#wa$&(r /

/sel/

Idiomatic expressionsbe in poor condition /bi"n p!"(r k&n#d$1(& n/

/ma$ h&%m $z ma$ #k)"s(& l/

/-e&(r z n&% ple$s la$k h&%m/

UNIT 4

Adjectives 1

/(!"t&%ba$&#*r2f$k(& l/ /(best#sel$,/

/d$#la$t$d/ /$k#sa$t$d/ /#fi"me$l/

/#fra$t(& n$,/ /#$n&ve$t$v/

/$n#spa$&r$,/ /#$ntr&st$,/

/#l$t(& r&ri/ /me$l/

Nouns /&d#vent1&(r /

/#e$d.(& nsi/audience /#!"di&ns/

/#!"3&(r / /ba$#+*r&fi/

book /#b%kl'b/book /#b%k(1+p/career /k&#r$&(r /

/#k2r$kt&(r / /k&#lek1(& n/

/#k+m&di/ /kra$m/

/d$#l$v(& ri/ /d$#va$s/

/#da$&ri/ /#d$f$k(& lti/

dock /d+k/e-book /#i"b%k/e-reader /#i"ri"d&(r /

/#ese$/ /#f2nt&si/

fi ction /#f$k1(& n/ script /#f$lm(skr$pt/

/#*2d.$t/ /#.+nr&/

139THAT’S ENGLISH!

/h!"st#r!k($ l "f!k%($ n/

/h!"st#r!k($ l "n#v($ l/ /"h#r$(r /

/"lekt%$r$(r / /"la!br$ri/

/"l!tr$t%$(r / /&m'($"zi)n/

/"m'd*!k "ri$"l!z($ m/non-fiction /&n#n"f!k%($ n/

/pl#t/ /"p$+!tri/

/&p,bl!"ke!%($ n/ /"p,bl!%$(r /

/"p,bl!%!-/reader /"ri)d$(r /row /r$+/

science fiction /&sa!$ns"f!k%($ n/ /"sa!fai/

/"set!-/ /%.)(r t"st.)ri/

/"st.)r!d*/ /"st.)ri&tel$(r /

success /s$k"ses/ /"/!$t$(r /

//i)m/ /"/r!l$(r /

Verbsaward /$"w.)(r d/

/pr$"m$+t/ /r!"ple!s/ /"%.)(r t&l!st/

Adverbs /!"vent%u$li/

/"kw!kli/

UNIT 5

Adjectives /&'n$"l!t!k($ l/

/"b!zi/ /kl$+z"ba!/

/k$n"vi)ni$nt/ /&k#st!"fekt!v/

credit card /"kred!t&k0)(r d/crowded /"kra+d!d/

/f0)(r $"we!/ /m'("n!f!s($ nt/

packed /p'kt/pedestrian /p$"destri$n/picturesque /&p!kt%$"resk/

/r!"l'ks!-/ /r!"la!$b($ l/

/&ri)"ju)z$b($ l/stuck /st,k/

/"st,n!-/

Nounsbike courier /ba!k "k+ri$(r /

/"ba!kle!n/ /"bl'k'b/

/"b,sle!n/bus stop /"b,st#p/car park /"k0)(r &p0)(r k/

/k$n"d*est%($ n/departure /d!"p0)(r t%$(r /destination /&dest!"ne!%($ n/discount /"d!s&ka+nt/distance /"d!st$ns/

/&d,b($ l"dek$(r b,s/duration /dj+"re!%($ n/

/fe$(r / /"mi)nz#v

"tr'nsp.)(r t/ /mju)"n!s!p($ l ba!k/

network /"net&w1)(r k/ /"na!tb,s/

pedestrian area /p$"destri$n "e$ri$/pickpocket /"p!k&p#k!t/

transport /"p,bl!k "tr'nsp.)(r t/return ticket /r!"t1)(r n "t!k!t/ride /ra!d/

/"r,%&a+$(r / ticket /"s!-(($ l&t!k!t/

rank /"t'ksi&r'-k/ /"ta!m&te!b($ l/

tourist /"t+$r!st/ /"tr'f!k&d*'m/

train station /tre!n "ste!%($ n/transport pass /"tr'nsp.)(r t p0)s/tube station /tju)b "ste!%($ n/

/",nd$(r &(ra+nd/

Verbs /$"ra!v//$"v.!d/ /t%0)(r d*/

cost /k#st//(et$"ra+nd/

/(et$"we!//get"#f//get"#n/

/ge"ta+t$v/ to /ge"t$/

/!m"pru)v/pick up /"p!k,p/

/str$+l/ around /"tr'v($ l $"ra+nd/

Adverbs /$"we!/

/ba!/down /da+n/up /,p/

UNIT 6

Adjectives /$"(res!v/

/"k,mft$b($ l/confident /"k#nf!d($ nt/

/d!"fens!v/ /&d!s$"(ri)$b($ l/

/&i)zi"($+!-/ /fr,"stre!t!d/ /!m"pe!%($ nt/

/"mu)di/ /"n1)(r v$s/ /&a+t"($+!-/

/p$"la!t/ /r!"z1)(r vd/

/r!"sp#ns$b($ l/ /"sens$b($ l/ /"sens$t!v/

/sm0)(r t/ /stre!t/

stressed /strest/ /&,n!m"prest/

uninterested /,n"!ntr$st!d/worried /"w,rid/

140

Reference Section

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Nouns /!"k#m!$de%&(! n/

/b%$he%vj!(r / /$b#di $l'()w%d*/

/$k'r%kt!(r / /$kr%t%"s%z(! m/

/a%$k#nt'kt/

/f+,(r st %m$pre&(! n/instinct /$%nst%(kt/intuition /"%ntju$%&(! n/outfi t /$a-tf%t/posture /$p#st&!(r /

/r%$le%&(! n&%p/ /r!-l/ sense /$s%ks.sens/

/$st%mj!la%/ /$t#l!r!ns/

/v/%s/

Verbs /!$)ri,/

/!$p#l!d*a%z//k0m!$kr#s/

/k!n$ve%/cross /kr#s/

/"d%s!$)ri,/ /fi,l$da-n/

/f!-ld/ /h!-ld/

/%n$h%b%t/ /d*0d*/

/li,n$b'k/ /mi,t/

nod /n#d/ /"!-v!(r $ju,z/

pick /p%k/return /r%$t+,(r n/

/r!-l/ /&e%k/ /&r0)/

spit /sp%t/stick /st%k/

/$s0m0p/ /.r!-/

Idiomatic Expressions(look

directly at someone) /l-k$s0mw0n %n1i$a%/

(favourable impression) /$me%k"!)-d %m$pre&(! n/

(be important) /ple%!$va%t(! l"r!-l/

UNIT 7

Adjectives /!$f/,(r d!b(! l/

/$t&a%ld%&/ /k!m$pet!t%v/

/$eks!l!nt/ /$fe%v(! r!t/

/$d*a%!nt/outdoor /"a-t$d/,(r /

Nouns /$2,(r t&!ri/

/2,(r tsnkra:fts/attitude /$'t%"tju,d/

/$bla%n(d "f!-ld/ /k!$nu,%(/

/&!$r2,d/circus /$s+,(r k!s/

/$kla%m%(/ /k!m$pju,t!(r

")e%mz/cord /k/,(r d/

/f!$s%l!ti/ /$fe!(r )ra-nd/

fi bre /$fa%b!(r / /$)et!"we%/

/$h'(m!n/ /$ha%d!n si,k/

/h/,(r s$ra%d%(/ /$li,fl!t/

/$mju,z%k(! l t&e!(r z/ /p%n1!$d#(ki/

/$ple%!(r / /$p!-l!-/ ride /$p!-ni"ra%d/

puppet /$p0p%t"&!-/resort /r%$z/,(r t/

rope /r!-p/ /$sens!ri"tre%lz/

/$ske%t%(//$s#ft"b/,l/

/sw%(/ /t')/

/$ti,m"w+,(r k/ /$.i,m"p2,(r k/ /$t-!(r n!m!nt/

treasure /$tre*!(r "h0nt/ /"ve!r%$e%&(! n/

Verbs /k't&/ /t&i,t/

drop /dr#p/ /%$l%m%ne%t/

/)!-$#n/kick /k%k/

/let$)!-/ /lu,z/

pass /p2,s/ /$&0f(! l/

skip /sk%p/stand up /st'nd$0p/

/.r!-/ /t0t&/

win /w%n/

Adverbs /d%s$#n%stli/

/%m$f't%kli/ /%n".ju,zi$'st%kli/

UNIT 8

Adjectives /$kl's%k(! l/ /$k0l!(r f(! l/ /$k#mpleks/

/d%s$)0st%(/ /f0n/

/$l0vli/ /$m#d!(r n/

/"pes!$m%st%k/ /s%m$pl%st%k/

/st%l/ /$stra%k%(/

141THAT’S ENGLISH!

/!t"l#nt$d/ /!%&li/

/%n!ju'()#l/

Nouns /!*'(r k$+tekt,#(r /

art /*'(r t/artist /!*'(r t$st/artwork /!*'(r t+w-'(r k/

/!b"k+&ra)nd/ /!b.t#m/

/br%,/ /!k"nv#s/

decoration /+dek#!re$,(# n/ /+eks$!b$,(# n/ /!f#)k(# l p/$nt/ /!f/'(r +&ra)nd/

/fre$m/ /mju'!zi'#m/

/!mju'z$k/ /mju!z$,(# n/ /!/$l+pe$nts/

painter /!pe$nt#(r / /!pe$nt$0/

/f#!t.&r#f#(r / /f#!t.&r#fi/

picture /!p$kt,#(r /pop art /p.pa:t(r /poster /!p#)st#(r /

/!sk%lpt#(r / /!sk%lpt,#(r /

spectator /spek!te$t#(r / /!w/'t#(r +k%l#(r /

Verbsconsist /k#n!s$st/

/!k.nt#m+ple$t/ /p#(r !f/'(r m/

Adverbs /!ke#(r f(# li/ /!s-'(r t(# nli/ /!k%r#ntli/

/$k!stri'mli/ /!p"s$vli/

/tr#!d$,(# n#li/ /!ju'()#li/

Idiomatic Expressionsbreak down barriers (improve understanding and communication) /!bre$k+da)n !b"ri#(r z/

(be unimpressed) /li'v!s%mw%n+k#)ld/

(be impressed) /me$k#!b$& $m!pre,(# n/

(stop someone being interested) /t-'(r n !s%mw%n+.f/

UNIT 9

Adjectives /#k!ses#b(# l/

/!br$lj#nt/ /k#n!v$ns$0/

/!d$fr#nt/disappointed /+d$s#!p/$nt$d/

/+d$s#!p/$nt$0//!dr*'m#+sku'l/

/!dredf(# l/ /$!v.k#t$v/

/$!m"d($n#t$v/ /m#!n$pj)l#t$v/

/!mi'di#m/ /!mu'v$0/

/!/'(r &#na$zd/ /a)t!st"nd$0/

/+#)v#(r 1#!t.p/

/!#)v#(r $!m#),(# n#l/ /pli'zd/

/!pa)#(r f(# l/ /!pra$v#t/

/re$v/ /+r$#!l$st$k/ /!r%b$,/

/!spe,(# l/superb /s)!p-'(r b/

/+su'p#(r !hju'm#n/ /!ter#b(# l/

terrific /t#!r$f$k/ /!2/'t

pr#+v#)k$0/

/+%nk#n!v$ns$0/ /!w%nd#(r f(# l/

Nouns /#!t,i'vm#nt/

actor /!"kt#(r /actress /!"ktr#s/adaptation /+"d"p!te$,(# n/

/#d!v-'(r t$sm#nt/audition //'!d$,(# n/cast /k*'st/director /d#!rekt#(r /

/!fest$v(# l/ /!hju'm#n 2/'t/ /!hju'm#(r /

/la$n/ /me$n !k"r$kt#(r /

/!mju'z$k(# l/ /!/'(r k$str#/

/#)!ve$,(# n/ /p#(r !f/'(r m#ns/

/ple$/ /r$!vju'/

set /set/ /,#)/ /ste$d(/

/!st"nd$0 #)!ve$,(# n/star /st*'(r /

/!v-'(r ,(# n/

Verbsact /"kt/

/ple$/star /st*'(r /

Adverbs /!b"dli/

/!br$lj#ntli/ /!h#)pf(# li/

UNIT 10

Adjectives /#!la$v/ /bre$v/

drunk /dr%0k/ /!fe$2f(# l/

142

Reference Section

THAT’S ENGLISH!

/!fe"v(# r#t/ /!h$%nt"d/ /!h&r"fa"d/

/"n!kred#b(# l/ /"n!vent"d/

Nouns /!sel#(r /

/!t'a"ld(h)d/concert /!k&ns#(r t/

/!fe#rite"l//f#!rens"k(sa"#ns/

/!*#)st(st$%ri/ /!h"#r#)/

/!led+(# nd/ /la"/

/!mem(# ri/ /!m"st(# ri/

/!n,%(r v#s !bre"k(da)n/

/f#!n&m"n#n/ /!plez(# nt/

press /pres/priest /pri%st/quotation /kw#)!te"'(# n/

/!ru%m#(r / /sa"t/

/!st$%ri(tel"-/ /te"l/

upset /.p!set/ /!,%(r b#n !led+(# nd/

Verbs /!beri/

die /da"/drown /dra)n/fi nd out /fa"nda)t/injure /!"nd+#(r /

/k"l/notice /!n#)t"s/protect /pr#!tekt/

/!r"#la"z/ /(ri%!tel/ /se"v/

Adverbs /#!me"z"-li/

/!/-*rili/ /#!p/r#ntli/

/k0%mli/ /!desp(# r#t(# li/

/!fa"n(# li/ /!hev"li/

/"!mi%di#tli/ /"n!d"*n#ntli/

/!&dli/ /!s/dli/

/!stre"nd+li/ /!s.d(# nli/ /!tr/d+"kli/

Idiomatic Expressions /!k.mt# #n!end/

/b"!li%vw.nz l.k/

143THAT’S ENGLISH!

i: ! " u:eat /i:t/

it /!t/

look /l"k/

too /tu:/

e # $: %:bed /bed/

about /#'ba"t/

bird /b$:d/

door /d%:r/

& ' (: )cat

/k&t/cup /k'p/

hard /h(:d/

not /n)t/

!# e!here /h!#/

day /de!/

"# %! #"cure /kj"#/

boy /b%!/

go /g#"/

e# a! a"chair /t*e#/

my /ma!/

now /na"/

p b t d + , k gpen /pen/

big /b!g/

two /tu:/

day /de!/

choose /t*u:z/

job /d-)b/

keep /ki:p/

get /get/

f v . / s z * -fall

/f%:l/vain

/ve!n/think /.!0k/

then //en/

see /si:/

zoo /zu:/

shop /*)p/

pleasure /'ple-#/

m n 0 h l r w jmeet /mi:t/

no /n#"/

sing /s!0/

house /ha"s/

long /l)0/

right /ra!t/

will /w!l/

yes /jes/

Vowels Diphthongs

Consonants

PHONETIC SYMBOLS

144

List of Irregular Verbs

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Infi nitive Past simple Past participle

be /bi!/ was /w"z/were /w#!r/ been /bi!n/

bear /be$(r)/ bore /b%!(r)/ born / borne /b%!(r)n/beat /bi:t/ beat /bi:t/ beaten /&bi:t($)n/become /b'&k(m/ became /b'&ke'm/ become /b'&k(m/begin /b'&g'n/ began /b'&g)n/ begun /b'&g(n/bend /bend/ bent /bent/ bent /bent/bite /ba't/ bit /b't/ bitten /&b't($)n/bleed /bli!d/ bled /bled/ bled /bled/blow /bl$*/ blew /blu!/ blown /bl$*n/break /bre'k/ broke /br$*k/ broken /&br$*k$n/bring /br'+/ brought /br%!t/ brought /br%!t/build /b'ld/ built /b'lt/ built b'lt/

burn /b#!(r)n/ burnt /b#!(r)nt/burned /b#!(r)nd/

burnt /b#!(r)nt/burned /b#!(r)nd/

burst /b#!(r)st/ burst /b#!(r)st/ burst /b#!(r)st/buy /ba'/ bought /b%!t/ bought /b%!t/catch /k)t,/ caught /k%!t/ caught /k%!t/choose /t,u!z/ chose /t,$*z/ chosen /&t,$*z($)n/come /k(m/ came /ke'm/ come /k(m/cost /k"st/ cost /k"st/ cost /k"st/cut /k(t/ cut /k(t/ cut /k(t/deal /di!l/ dealt /delt/ dealt /delt/dig /d'-/ dug /d(-/ dug /d(-/

dive /da'v/ dived /da'vd/dove /d$*v/ dived /da'vd/

do /d$/ /du/ /du!/ did /d'd/ done /d(n/draw /dr%!/ drew /dru!/ drawn /dr%!n/

dream /dri!m/ dreamed /dri!md/dreamt /dremt/

dreamed /dri!md/dreamt /dremt/

drink /dr'+k/ drank /dr)+k/ drunk /dr(+k/drive /dra'v/ drove /dr$*v/ driven /&dr'v($)n/eat /i:t/ ate /e't/ /et/ eaten /&i:t(e)n/fall /f%:l/ fell /fel/ fallen /&f%:l$n/feed /fi!d/ fed /fed/ fed /fed/feel /fi:l/ felt /felt/ felt /felt/fight /fa't/ fought /f%:t/ fought /f%:t/find /fa'nd/ found /fa*nd/ found /fa*nd/fly /fla'/ flew /flu:/ flown /fl$*n/forbid /f$(r)&b'd/ forbade /f$(r)&b)d/ forbidden /f$(r)&b'd($)n/forget /f$(r)&get/ forgot /f$(r)&g"t/ forgotton /f$(r)&-"t($)n/

145THAT’S ENGLISH!

Infinitive Past simple Past participle

forgive /f!(r)"#$v/ forgave /f!(r)"#e$v/ forgiven /f!(r)"#$v(!)n/freeze /fri%z/ froze /fr!&z/ frozen /"fr!&z(!)n/get /get/ got /g't/ got /g't/give /g$v/ gave /ge$v/ given /"g$v(!)n/go /g!&/ went /went/ gone /g'n/grow /gr!&/ grew /gru%/ grown /gr!&n/hang /h()/ hung /h*)/ hung /h*)/have /h(v/ /h!v/ /!v/ had /h(d/ /h!d /!d/ had /h(d/ /h!d/ /!d/hear /h$!r/ heard /h+%(r)d/ heard /h+%(r)d/hide /ha$d/ hid /h$d/ hidden /"h$d(!)n/hit /h$t/ hit /h$t/ hit /h$t/hold /h!&ld/ held /held/ held /held/hurt /h+%(r)t/ hurt /h+%(r)t/ hurt /h+%(r)t/keep /ki%p/ kept /kept/ kept /kept/know /n!&/ knew /nju%/ known /n!&n/lay /le$/ laid /le$d/ laid /le$d/lead /li%d/ led /led/ led /led/

lean /li%n/ leaned /li%nd/ leant /lent/

leaned /li%nd/ leant /lent/

learn /l+%(r)n/ learnt /l+:(r)nt/ learned /"l+%(r)n$d/

learnt /l+:(r)nt/ learned /"l+%(r)n$d/

leave /li%v/ left /left/ left /left/lend /lend/ lent /lent/ lent /lent/let /let/ let /let/ let /let/lie /la$/ lay /le$/ lain /le$n/

light /la$t/ lit /l$t/ lighted /"la$t$d/

lit /l$t/ lighted /"la$t$d/

lose /lu%z/ lost /l'st/ lost /l'st/make /me$k/ made /me$d/ made /me$d/mean /mi%n/ meant /ment/ meant /ment/meet /mi%t/ met /met/ met /met/mistake /m$"ste$k/ mistook /m$"st&k/ mistaken /m$"ste$k!n/overcome /,!&v!(r)"k*m/ overcame /,!&v!(r)"ke$m/ overcome /,!&v!(r)"k*m/overtake /,!&v!(r)"te$k/ overtook /,!&v!(r)"t&k/ overtaken /,!&v!(r)"te$k!n/pay /pe$/ paid /pe$d/ paid /pe$d/

prove /pru%v/ proved /pru%vd/ proved /pru%vd/ proven /pru%v(!)n/

put /p&t/ put /p&t/ put /p&t/quit /kw$t/ quit /kw$t/ quit /kw$t/read /ri%d/ read /red/ read /red/

146

List of Irregular Verbs

THAT’S ENGLISH!

Infi nitive Past simple Past participle

retell /!ri"#tel/ retold /!ri"#t$%ld/ retold /!ri"#t$%ld/ride /ra&d/ rode /r$%d/ ridden /#r&d($)n/ring /r&'/ rang /r('/ rung /r)'/rise /ra&z/ rose /r$%z/ risen /#r&z($)n/run /r)n/ ran /r(n/ run /r)n/say /se&/ said /sed/ said /sed/see /si"/ saw /s*"/ seen /si"n/seek /si"k/ sought /s*"t/ sought /s*"t/sell /sel/ sold /s$%ld/ sold /s$%ld/send /send/ sent /sent/ sent /sent/set /set/ set /set/ set /set/

sew /s$%/ sewed /s$%d/ sewed /s$%d/sewn /s$%n/

shake /+e&k/ shook /+%k/ shaken /#+e&k($)n/

shine /+a&n/ shined /+a&nd/shone /+o%n/

shined /+a&nd/shone /+o%n/

shoot /+u"t/ shot /+,t/ shot /+,t/

show /+$%/ showed /+$%d/ shown /+$%n/showed /+$%d/

shut /+)t/ shut /+)t/ shut /+)t/sing /s&'/ sang /s('/ sung /s)'/sink /s&'k/ sank /s('k/ sunk /s)'k/sit /s&t/ sat /s(t/ sat /s(t/sleep /sli"p/ slept /slept/ slept /slept/

smell /smel/ smelled /smeld/smelt /smelt/

smelled /smeld/smelt /smelt/

speak /spi"k/ spoke /sp$%k/ spoken /#sp$%k($)n/spell /spel/ spelt /spelt/ spelt /spelt/spend /spend/ spent /spent/ spent /spent/

spit /sp&t/ spit /sp&t/spat /sp(t/

spit /sp&t/spat /sp(t/

split /spl&t/ split /spl&t/ split /spl&t/

spoil /sp*&l/ spoiled /sp*&ld/spoilt /sp*&lt/

spoiled /sp*&ld/spoilt /sp*&lt/

spread /spred/ spread /spred/ spread /spred/stand /st(nd/ stood /st%d/ stood /st%d/steal /sti"l/ stole /st$%l/ stolen /#st$%l$n/stick /st&k/ stuck /st)k/ stuck /st)k/

strike /stra&k/ struck /str)k/ struck /str)k/stricken /str&k($)n/

swim /sw&m/ swam /sw(m/ swum /sw)m/

147THAT’S ENGLISH!

Infinitive Past simple Past participle

swing /sw!"/ swung /sw#"/ swung /sw#"/take /te!k/ took /t$k/ taken /%te!k(&)n/teach /ti't(/ taught /t)'t/ taught /t)'t/tell /tel/ told /t&$ld/ told /t&$ld/think /*!"k/ thought /*)'t/ thought /*)'t/throw /*r&$/ threw /*ru'/ thrown /*r&$n/understand /+#nd&(r)%st,nd/ understood /#nd&(r)%st$d/ understood /#nd&(r)%st$d/wake /we!k/ woke /w&$k/ woken /%w&$k(&)n/wear /we&(r)/ wore /w)'(r)/ worn /w)'(r)n/win /w!n/ won /w#n/ won /w#n/write /ra!t/ wrote /r&$t/ written /%r!t(&)n/

148 THAT'S ENGLISH!

UNIT 1. GETTING BETTER

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 11-12)Activities 7 and 8

4Dialogue AMale: Are you OK? You look pale.Female: No, I feel dizzy, and I have an upset stomach.Male: Sit down a minute. You’re as white as a ghost!

Here, drink some water.Female: Thanks. I’m fi ne now. I was like this last time I was

pregnant. I’m a bit anaemic. My homeopath gave me a prescription for an iron supplement, so I’ll be all right.

Male: You’ve got a homeopath?Female: Yes, he’s great.

Dialogue BMale: If your ear hurts so much, you should take a

painkiller.Female: I don’t like taking pills.Male: But an earache won’t cure itself! If you’re in pain,

you should do something about it!Female: It’ll get better if I drink some herbal tea and sit

quietly.

Dialogue CFemale: What’s the matter with Mum?Male: She’s got a stomach bug.Female: Uh-oh. What are her symptoms?Male: She has nausea and a terrible headache.Female: Is she running a fever?Male: Forty degrees!Female: That sounds like a stomach bug.Male: Yes, and the doctor said it was highly contagious.

Achoo!Female: Well, take care of yourself.

Dialogue DWoman: What happened to you? Your arm is so red.Boy: I have a skin rash. An insect bit me, and I had an

allergic reaction. Oooh!Woman: Well, don’t touch it. Come here. Let me put some

aloe vera cream on it.Boy: Will it help?Woman: Of course, it will. Aloe vera is the best home remedy

for a skin rash.

Dialogue EMale: What‘s the matter with Peter? Why has he got a

bandage on his ankle?Female: He hurt himself playing football yesterday.Male: Has he been to the hospital?Female: Yes, he has. They took an X-ray in the emergency

room. It’s nothing serious, just a twisted ankle. He’s made an appointment with a physiotherapist who specialises in sports injuries.

Activities 13

51Man 1: It helps to keep my mind calm and my body

relaxed. I sit on the ground, put my hands on my knees, and close my eyes. As I breathe in and out slowly, I focus on one thing; to clear my mind.

2Woman 1: I feel exhausted and I sweat a lot, but it’s all worth

it. It helps me stay healthy and fi t. If I didn’t come

here, I wouldn’t do any exercise at all. Well, I’m going to have a shower now.

3Man 2: I’m convinced that modern western medicine

is wrong about most things, and that the old methods that have been used for centuries in the East are right about most things. The facts are right here…look.

4Woman 2: I’ve lost ten kilos since April. Can you believe it?

I’ve been sleeping better, so I have more energy. And my friends say I look great.

5Man 3: I’ve been taking chamomile to treat an upset

stomach all my life. Just put the dried leaves into a cup and add boiling water. Let it infuse for three minutes and it’s ready to drink. You can add honey and lemon if you want.

6Woman 3: I haven’t been in pain since I started the treatment.

At fi rst, I was a bit nervous, but the needles really don’t hurt at all. In fact, they help me relax. A session lasts about 30 minutes. I lie on a table, face down, while the doctor inserts the needles into my back. If you are in pain, I recommend it.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 15)Activities 5 and 6

9Dialogue 1Woman: Are you all right?Man: I haven’t been feeling very well recently.Woman: Oh dear! I’m sorry to hear that. Why aren’t you

feeling well?Man: Well… I haven’t been eating properly, and I haven’t

been getting any exercise.Woman: Why don’t you do something about it?Man: I’d like to, but I just don’t know where to start?Woman: There’s a really good webpage that can help you. It’s

run by a team of doctors and nutritionists. There’s lots of good advice about how to eat healthy food and how to start doing exercise.

Man: Really?Woman: Yes, it’s exactly what you need. If I were you, I’d

start looking after yourself. Here’s the name of the website.

Dialogue 2Woman: Is everything all right?Man: My mother’s in hospital.Woman: Oh, what a shame! What’s wrong with her?Man: She’s got a bad heart.Woman: Has she? I’m sorry to hear that.Man: The heart specialist says that it is because of her

high cholesterol. She’ll be all right, but she needs to change her diet.

Woman: You should take her to a dietician.Man: Really?Woman: Yes. If I were you, I’d make an appointment today.

Dialogue 3Man: How are you feeling?Woman: I’ve got a really bad cough and a sore throat.Man: Oh dear! What a pity! You’d better go and see a

doctor.Woman: No… what I really ought to do is give up smoking. I

smoke 20 cigarettes a day – that’s my problem.

Audio Scripts

149THAT'S ENGLISH!

Man: Well, one of my friends gave up smoking using hypnosis.

Woman: Really?Man: Yes. She stopped smoking after one hypnosis

session.Woman: Did she?Man: She hasn’t smoked since then, and that was over

six months ago.Woman: So it works?Man: It worked for my friend. I’ll ask her for the number if

you like. You ought to try it.

CONSOLIDATION (page 17)Activity 6

11Man: On today’s podcast, ‘Alternative Therapies’ we’re

going to learn about osteopathy. Let’s meet Jenny Arnold. Jenny has been suffering from arthritis for twenty years. For the last few months, she’s been seeing an osteopath. Hello Jenny.

Woman: Hello Matt.Man: Jenny, what does an osteopath do?Woman: Osteopaths treat and prevent health problems by

moving your body and massaging your muscles. They believe that problems with our bones and muscles can affect other parts of the body.

Man: What are the most frequent problems that osteopaths treat?

Woman: Probably back pain from bad posture and sports injuries. I started seeing an osteopath for my arthritis. There’s no cure for arthritis, so you have to find ways of relieving the pain. Osteopathy helps.

Man: Do you have to pay for your treatment?Woman: Yes, unfortunately osteopathy isn’t available on

the NHS in my area. I’ve been paying between £35 and £50 for a session. It’s expensive, but it works.

Man: What happens in an osteopath session?Woman: My osteopath massages my muscles and moves

my body in different directions.Man: Does it hurt?Woman: No, it doesn’t hurt, but it can be a bit uncomfortable.Man: How long does an osteopath session last?Woman: About thirty minutes. The first session sometimes

lasts a bit longer, about forty or forty-five minutes.Man: And how many sessions do you need to have?Woman: That depends on your symptoms. The average

course of treatments includes eight or nine sessions over twelve weeks.

Man: Thanks Jenny, this has been very interesting. How can our listeners find an osteopath in their area?

Woman: Osteopaths have to register with the General Osteopathic Council. If you go to their website, you can search for practitioners in your area. It’s simple. Their web address is www.osteopathy.or.uk.

Man: Thank you Jenny … now …

SELF T (page 18)Activity 7

12Female: Good morning.Male: Good morning doctor.Female: Now, what’s the matter with you?Male: I’ve got a bad back.

Female: Oh dear. I’m sorry to hear that. Does it hurt all the time?

Male: Yes, especially when I move.Female: How did it happen?Male: I hurt myself while I was lifting some heavy boxes.Female: Well, you had better be careful lifting heavy things

in the future.Male: Yes, I will. I know I should never lift heavy things on

my own. It was a bit silly of me.Female: Why don’t you stay at home and rest for a few days?

UNIT 2. LIFESTYLE CHOICES

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 22)Activity 7

16Interviewer: Welcome to Different People, Different

Lifestyles. On today’s program, we’re going to listen to three people from three very different parts of the United States: the East Coast, the Midwest, and the West Coast.

Robert Cohen: I’m Robert Cohen. I grew up in a liberal family in Brooklyn, New York, and now I’m a lawyer for a small human rights organisation in Manhattan. I live in Brooklyn. I work long hours, and the journey into Manhattan takes me over an hour, so I’m not at home very much. I usually have lunch and dinner in restaurants. I have to be careful with money because New York is expensive. I enjoy taking advantage of everything a big city has to offer; the theatres, the movies, the museums. I’m single, and I live alone, but I meet a lot of beautiful women in the nightclubs.

Vivian Chang: I’m Vivian Chang. I was born here in San Francisco, California, but both of my parents were Chinese immigrants. My parents taught me the value of hard work, family and marriage. Like my father, I am a doctor. I believe in keeping healthy. I’m a vegetarian, and I ride my bicycle to work every day. Being a doctor is stressful, so in my free time I enjoy getting out of the city and taking long relaxing walks near the ocean.

Richard King: My name is Richard King. I live with my wife and three children on a small farm near Urbana, Illinois. I started working when I was 15, and I moved out of my parents’ house when I finished school at 18. So, I guess you could say I have always been independent. My family and I are religious, and we go to church every Sunday morning. Having a farm is hard, physical work, and it means waking up at four o’clock every morning – even Saturdays and Sundays. As you can imagine, I don’t go out much. I prefer to stay at home and watch movies on TV with my wife and kids. I guess my life’s a little boring, but I like it.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 25)Activity 6

20Presenter: Urban tribes are groups of young, city people who

150 THAT'S ENGLISH!

have common interests and ideologies that are very different from traditional culture. They usually dress alike and enjoy listening to the same music. Two very identifi able urban tribes are skaters and Goths. Listen to two members of these tribes talk about their lifestyle.

Goth: I’ve been a Goth for two years now, but this urban tribe started in the ’80s. Let’s see, I’d have to say that fashion is important to the Goth lifestyle. We’ll wear anything as long as it’s black. Goths look strange – but, we want to look strange. Being different and unconventional is part of our lifestyle. And you should know that we are peaceful, and tolerant of everybody. Goth is a night lifestyle. On weekends, I dress up and meet my friends at the popular Goth nightclubs, where we dance to the latest Goth music. When we’re not clubbing, my friends and I like reading science fi ction and horror books. In fact, we call ourselves ´Goths´ from Gothic literature from the 18th century, ya know, books like Dracula, Frankenstein.

Skater: I’m a skater. We’re called skaters because, well, we skateboard. My friends and I skate everywhere we go – on the city streets, in the parks. I even skateboard to school every day. We like having fun and being active, but being a skater isn’t as easy as it looks. In fact, it can be really dangerous. I should know – I’ve already broken my arm twice. Skating requires skill and lots of practice, so you have to exercise and keep in shape. On weekends, we skateboard in the park. Skaters are a street culture, so my friends and I don’t go to clubs very much. Besides, most of us are teenagers so we’re too young to get into the nightclubs. I guess about 75% of us are boys. Skaters don’t care much about fashion, but we need to dress comfortably because skating is a sport, after all.

CONSOLIDATION (page 27)Activities 7 and 8

21Interviewer: Nadya, you’ve worked as a journalist in both

India and England. Can you tell us about some of the differences between the lifestyle in India and Britain?

Nadya: Well, lifestyles in India are very diverse, just like England, but here are some things I’ve observed. To start with, the family is the centre of the lifestyle in India, and it’s typical to fi nd several generations of a family living together. Of course, the eldest male is the head of the family and always has the last word.

Interviewer: What about England?Nadya: In England, families are much smaller. In fact,

the number of single-parent families is growing quickly. It’s also very common for young English people to move out of their family home when they turn 18.

Interviewer: What are the differences between working in India and England?

Nadya: In India, people work very hard. We have a six-day working week, and the average person works 11 hours every day. That’s 66 hours a week, compared to 40 hours a week in England. Teenagers in India also work hard, and they spend most of their free time at home studying.

Interviewer: You mean they don’t enjoy going out?Nadya: Naturally they like to go out and have fun. But

when they do go out, they don’t drink too much. In England, so many young men and women

enjoy going out and drinking too much. Also, young people in India have a lot of respect for their parents and for older people in general. You know, once I interviewed some Indian students about their opinion of kissing in public. They said that they didn’t do it because it would offend older people. That type of attitude is completely impossible in Britain today!

Interviewer: What do Indians enjoy doing in their free time?Nadya: A lot of people enjoy playing or watching cricket,

which is the national sport of India. Football is also extremely popular, just like in England. Perhaps the most popular pastime is going to the cinema to watch a Bollywood fi lm. Last year, over four billion people went to the cinema in India. Also, many people enjoy staying at home to watch Indian-made soap operas on the telly.

Interviewer: Thank you, Nadya.

SELF TEST (page 28)Activity 7

22Interviewer: Hello Eric! Could you please tell us a little bit

about your lifestyle in Redruth?Eric: My name is Eric. Both my wife and I come from

Redruth, a small town in Cornwall. It’s very quiet here, and there’s not much to do. When I was a teenager in the sixties, I thought it was awful. It was so boring and provincial! All I could think about was going to live in an exciting and cosmopolitan city like London. But now I have to admit that I enjoy my life. It’s a friendly place to live - everyone knows each other. And it’s both safe and quiet. It’s never stressful here. The people are neither rude nor cold. Some people don’t even close the door to their house! Redruth is also much cheaper than London. We have a nice garden where we grow our own fruit and vegetables. We like to take advantage of the countryside and go for long walks. Now, neither my wife nor I want to leave Redruth.

UNIT 3. THERE’S NO PLACE LIKE HOME

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 31-32)Activities 5 and 6

261Female: What’s the temperature like today?Male: It’s seven degrees below zero.2Male: When was Cary Grant born?Female: He was born in nineteen-oh-four.3Male: What’s your phone number?Female: It’s oh-two-oh-seven-four-oh-four-fi ve.Male: Is that oh-two-oh-seven-four-oh-four-fi ve?Female: That’s right.4Female 1: May I have your credit card number, please?Female 2: It’s two-oh-one-oh-seven-three-eight-oh-oh-oh-

three-four-nine-fi ve-oh.Female 1: That’s two-oh-one-oh-seven-three-eight-oh-oh-oh-

three-four-nine-fi ve-oh.

Audio Scripts

151THAT’S ENGLISH!

5Male 1: How many kilometres are in a mile?Male 2: One point six-oh-nine-three-four-four.

Activities 10 and 11

27Husband: Well, we’ve seen dozens of houses now. So it’s

time to decide! Which one did you like the most?Wife: The small apartment we saw was nice. It’s fully

furnished and I love the fitted wardrobes. It’s also quite cheap, just over 100,000 pounds.

Husband: Yes, but what about when we have children? It’s much too small! Besides, it was built in 1965, and you know how much I hate 1960s architecture.

Wife: Oh, I guess you’re right. OK then, which one was your favourite?

Husband: Well, how about the semi-detached house on Ripley Road? It’s got a big back garden! And it’s got a fitted kitchen, too! It was built in 2005, so it’s practically new.

Wife: The house is nice, but I think the neighbourhood isn’t very safe. And the owners are asking 320,000 pounds. That’s too much money for a dangerous area. Besides, I want to live somewhere special!

Husband: Somewhere special? Well... How about the thatched cottage? The open-plan kitchen is amazing. It’s very pretty, and we’ve always dreamed of living in the countryside. It’s so beautiful!

Wife: You don’t think the house is too old? It was built in 1880, you know.

Husband: But the entire house has been completely modernised. I thought you loved it.

Wife: Yeah, as a matter of fact, I do love it. And 270,000 pounds is a great price. It’s perfect!

CONSOLIDATION (page 36)Activities 5 and 6

31 Interviewer: Darren, what do you think is the most important

point to consider when you buy a house?Estate agent: I think the first question to ask is: Do I really

want to buy a house?Interviewer: Why do you say that?Estate agent: Well, you have a lot more responsibilities when

you have your own house. And when there are problems - blocked drains, bad wiring and so on- you have to solve them.

Interviewer: I see.Estate agent: You also need to ask: How long am I going to

live here? If you’re going to live in a house for less than five years, I don’t think that it’s a good idea to buy.

Interviewer: OK, that’s very clear. Any other advice?Estate agent: This sounds very obvious, but don’t buy a

house that is too expensive for you. You need to be realistic!

Interviewer: But how much is too expensive?Estate agent: Well, the general rule is that a house shouldn’t

be more than three times your annual salary.Interviewer: I see. Do you have a final point that you would

like to mention?Estate agent: Yes. You also need to investigate the price of

similar houses in the area. You really need to become an expert in this. If you are, you won’t pay too much when you buy your house.

SELF TEST (page 38)Activities 11

33Female 1: Hi Sarah! How’s your new house?Female 2: Hi Anna! To be honest, at the beginning it was an

absolute disaster!Female 1: Really? Why?Female 2: Well. The house was built in 1908, so the structure

was really old.Female 1: Oh no! That sounds dangerous!Female 2: It was! But only at the beginning. When we bought

the house, we decided to modernise it. First, we changed the windows and the kitchen, so now they’re new. We paid less than 25,000 pounds to do that. Luckily the electrical installation was fine, so we didn’t need a new one…

Female 1: Ah! You have changed the whole house! It’s like a new one!

Female 2: Yes, it is. We were lucky because we got a good price because of the housing crash.

UNIT 4. BOOKS, BOOKS, BOOKS!

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 42)Activities 6 and 7

37OneIt’s the first time I’ve written a scary book but it’s quite good fun. I don’t know whether zombies are still in fashion, but my readers are the ones who will decide.TwoI like writing this genre best of all. I think it’s the believable detective work that sells a book like this. Everybody loves a good murder – as long as they catch the killer in the end, of course.ThreeThere’s definitely a more limited market for our work. Novelists sell lots more books than poets do. But I think that’s starting to change. People are starting to read a wider variety of things… and that’s good.FourI think it’s probably the kind of book which is most difficult to write. Nobody wants to feel ‘on show’. It takes a lot of courage to write honestly about your own life. It’s quite an emotional process.FiveThe main character is a time traveller. He’s looking for the man who killed his father – another time traveller. It’s complicated because it moves back and forth through time. But it’s engaging because of the mystery element.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 45)Activities 6 and 7

41OneHow did you find me? And what do you want? You can’t possibly expect me to go back with you! Not after everything that has happened.TwoIt says here, Mister Paul Hammond and Miss Jessica Mills are getting married on Saturday at three o’clock in Saint Jude’s

152 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Church, Northgate. Getting married! It’s here. In black and white!ThreeI can’t believe he’s dead. I wake up in the morning and expect him to be there… but he isn’t of course. Nothing is ever going to be the same again. Not without Monty. He wasn’t just a dog, you know. Don’t ever think he was just a dog…FourIs it… I thought so! It’s Michael Rose, isn’t it? I thought it was you. What are you doing in this part of the world? You’re a long way from home!FiveSo, a grandmother! At last! I was beginning to think it might never happen. I’m going to start knitting right away! I’ll make something white. They don’t know if it’s going to be a boy or a girl yet so…

CONSOLIDATION (pages 46-47)Activities 3, 4 and 5

42A: I don’t know how you can read on that thing, Paul.B: Are you serious? It’s better than a traditional book. And in

the future everybody will have an e-reader. Books as you know them are disappearing.

A: But the text is so small on those things. It can’t be good for your eyes.

B: But the thing is, you can make the text size bigger or smaller. You can make it as big as you need it.

A: You’re kidding! Show me.B: Look. This button takes you to a menu. And you can make

the text smaller like this, or bigger like this.A: Good heavens! I didn’t realise. That’s great.B: Yes. New technologies aren’t all bad, Mum. You have to

move with the times.A: Maybe. But I’m not convinced. Technology is OK, I know

that, but we shouldn’t just abandon the old things. I’m sure books will be around for a long time. Paper books, I mean.

B: Well, I disagree. Paper book sales are already falling and e-book sales are rising. The publishers are making changes in the way they do things. Bookshops are closing down all over the country. Libraries are opening up online for people to borrow e-books. Traditional libraries are closing down.

A: That’s awful!B: I agree. We should save our libraries. But we have to move

forward, Mum. Things don’t stay the same for ever. Look at the newspapers!

A: What about them?B: Well, sales are falling all the time as more and more people

read the news online.A: That can’t be true! More people read the news these days

than ever before.B: You must be joking! People are informed – yes. But not

from newspapers. Everyone reads the news online. It’s better.

A: Why? It’s the same news! How can it be better?B: Well, it’s updated every few minutes so you get ‘breaking

news’ as it happens. And you get more sides to the story, of course. Look, I’ll show you...

SELF TEST (page 48)Activity 7

43A: When did you fi rst start writing?B: Oh, a long time ago. When I was a child I used to love

writing stories. But it was at university that I started to get interested in poetry. One of my teachers invited us to a poetry reading evening and we went along because we didn’t have anything better to do. Jane Christie was there, reading some of her poems

A: Jane Christie?B: Yes. She’s an amazing poet. Her poems are full of hope

and optimism. In fact, Jane is the writer whose poems have inspired me the most. We’re great friends now.

A: How long did it take you to write A Poem for All Seasons?B: About sixth months. I had a lot of the ideas together but

I needed to fi nd a place where I could work in peace. I was sharing a fl at with four friends at the time so there wasn’t much peace and quiet, as you can imagine. Then I got an opportunity to stay in Cornwall at an aunt’s house so I thought ‘Great! No more excuses. It’s now or never’.

A: Which is your favourite poem from the book?B: I think it’s Cherry Trees. It’s a poem which makes you think

of spring. I wrote it for my mother. She loves cherry trees.A: It must have felt fantastic to see your book in the shops.B: Oh yes, it was! At fi rst none of this felt real. Then when I

saw the actual book, well, that was the moment when I knew I could be a writer.

UNIT 5. GOING PLACES

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 51-52)Activity 5

47Woman: What time is it, Geoff?Man: It’s almost seven thirty. You’d better hurry, or we’re

going to be late for the theatre.Woman: Oh, dear. We’re never going to get there on time if

we take the Tube.Man: We’ll take a taxi, then.Woman: Good idea. I can’t stand this rainy weather.Man: Don’t worry. I’m taking an umbrella. Don’t forget

we’re meeting Dan and Linda for drinks after the show. Do you have enough cash?

Woman: Not if we have to pay for a taxi.Man: We’ll get money out of the cash point then.Man: Telephone!Woman: All right. I’ll get it. Hello? Hmm-hmm. Thank you.

I’ll give him the message.Man: Who was that?Woman: Your secretary. She said you left the theatre tickets

on your desk at the offi ce.

Activities 9 and 10

48Dialogue 1Woman: Excuse me, sir. How far is the National Theatre from

here?Man: It’s quite far, I’m afraid. Too far to walk.Woman: Oh, dear. Is there a taxi rank close by?Man: Yes, it’s very close, but it’s rush hour now, and the

traffi c is really bad at this time of day. Why don’t

Audio ScriptsAudio ScriptsAudio ScriptsAudio ScriptsAudio ScriptsAudio Scripts

153THAT’S ENGLISH!

you take the Underground to the theatre? There’s a tube station very close, just two minutes away, on the other side of this pedestrian area.

Dialogue 2Man: I think I’ll ride a Boris bike into London today

instead of taking public transport.Woman: That’s rather healthy of you, but isn’t it a bit cold?Man: Not really, just slightly cloudy. And the weather

report says it’s not going to rain.Woman: Aren’t you a little afraid of getting hit by a bus in the

bus lane?Man: Of course not. I’m always careful to stay in the bike

lane.Woman: I hope you are. How long does it take to ride a bike

into London?Man: It takes about 30 minutes. Slightly less than it takes

by bus, believe it or not.

Activity 14

49Interviewer: Welcome to our weekly podcast, “Going Places

in England.” Today, we are speaking to Jan, who lives in Barley, Lancashire. Jan, what’s Barley like?

Jan: Barley is a quiet village, and I love living there. We don’t have the stress of the big city, like rush hours or traffic jams.

Interviewer: That sounds great. How big is it?Jan: My village is quite small. You can walk from one

end of the village to the other in 10 minutes, so nothing is far away.

Interviewer: What’s public transport like?Jan: It’s not very good. You really need your own

car. There are some local buses, but they’re not very frequent.

Interviewer: What about bus lanes and bike lanes?Jan: Well, we don’t have them, but we don’t need

them either. There are very few cars, so why have bus or bike lanes?

Interviewer: And what about pedestrian areas?Jan: Again, we don’t need them. If you want to go

for a walk, there are fields everywhere!Interviewer: It sounds like a relaxing place to visit. How far is

Barley from London?Jan: It’s about 200 miles away.Interviewer: And how long does it take to get there by train?Jan: You can go down to London in a little more than

two hours.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 55)Activity 5

53Naples is a great place for a short city break! It’s just a two-hour flight from Spain. Naples is not a giant museum, like Florence, and can be enjoyed in just a few days. As Naples is a Mediterranean city, summer days are usually hot and dry. This is a working city, and it’s crowded and full of life. You’ll love the food in Naples, especially the pizza, which is the best in Italy. The highlight is probably the city’s magical bay. However, there are plenty of other attractions if you like sightseeing, including the stunning Piazza del Plebiscito. You can also take a stroll along the Spaccanopoli, the main street in the city. It’s always packed with people and has many impressive churches and interesting shops. It’s the best place to get a feel for the city. But watch out for the pickpockets!

CONSOLIDATION (page 57)Activities 7 and 8

54Interviewer: Michael, you work as a tourist guide in Beijing

now, but where were you born?Michael: Oh, I was born in London and lived there all my

life until I came here. I worked in a bank for 28 years.

Interviewer: Really? And how long have you been working as a tourist guide?

Michael: I’ve been a tourist guide for four years now.Interviewer: Why did you decide to become a guide?Michael: Well, I had my own business in London before.

I decided to close it and to do something less stressful. My wife is Chinese, so we decided to move to Beijing and make a new life for ourselves.

Interviewer: What do you like about this job?Michael: Everything! I love communicating with people.

And I love Beijing! So it’s really the ideal job for me! Of course, the traffic here is terrible. But I live in the city centre, so my work is close by and I can walk there every day, which is great.

Interviewer: What are some of the top tourist sights in Beijing?

Michael: Beijing is thousands of years old and one of the largest cities in the world. As you can imagine, there’s so much you can see. The two most popular sights are the Great Wall of China and the Forbidden City. I would also recommend a visit to the Beijing Opera and the Panda House at the zoo.

Interviewer: You know a lot about Beijing. How did you become an expert?

Michael: Well, I had to prepare well. People ask you all sorts of questions, and you need to have the answer. I’ve learned a lot about Beijing from books and on the internet.

Interviewer: And how much do you earn?Michael: £10 an hour, so I make around £70-£80 a day.Interviewer: And how many days a week do you work?Michael: I do three, two-and-a-half -hour tours every day,

four days a week.Interviewer: And how old are you now?Michael: I’m sixty-seven.Interviewer: Really? When are you going to retire?Michael: I don’t want to retire! This job is like a hobby!

SELF TEST (page 58)Activity 8

55Announcer: Welcome to the weekly radio talk show, Trip

Tips, where we give advice on what to do when you’re visiting European cities. Our listeners will be writing on our forum to give their personal advice. This is Laura from Liverpool. Hello, Laura. What city are you planning to visit?

Laura: We’re going to Prague. It’s our first time there, but we can only stay for a weekend. I’d appreciate any advice your listeners can give.

Announcer: Prague is one of the most picturesque cities in Europe; you’re going to love sightseeing. It has fascinating museums and art galleries… OK. Our listeners are already filling up the forum board. Let’s read their posts. Max writes: ‘When you arrive at the airport, you can ride a bus or taxi into the city. It’s only 10 kilometres from the

154 THAT’S ENGLISH!

city centre. Once you’ve arrived in Prague and checked into your hotel, take a stroll around the city. Just be sure to wear comfortable walking shoes.’ Stanley sends this advice. ‘Don’t worry about the language situation. They speak English in the hotels and restaurants and major tourist sights. We had a great time there, and so will you!’ KD says: ‘Get a good map at the tourist information centre. If you enjoy a pleasant stroll, you’ll have a great experience. I suggest you visit old town and the old town square. Climb the clock tower at old town square for stunning views. Be sure to take a stroll across the Charles Bridge. When you get tired of walking, you can take public transport – the underground is quite convenient and the buses cover the entire city.’ Johnny sends us this advice: ‘If you only have two days, spend one day on each side of the Vitava River. It’s amazing. And don’t worry about traffi c if you stay in the historical district. You can walk everywhere, and traffi c jams aren’t a problem. But you may have to wait to get into the more popular sights. They are usually packed with tourists.’

Laura: Thanks, everyone. I’ll take your advice.

Naples is UNIT 6. FIRST IMPRESSIONS

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (pages 61-62)Activitis 6 and 7

59Claire is an intelligent person, but she keeps to herself and doesn’t like to talk about her personal life. We’ve been classmates all year now, but I can’t say I know her very well. But people tell me she’s reasonable and has common sense.Jane, on the other hand, has a great personality and she loves talking to people and making them laugh. Invite Jane to a party, and she’ll be there. She’s also tolerant of others, even though she may not agree with them. And nothing seems to bother her.Beryl is very different from both Claire and Jane. I like Beryl, but I have to admit she’s diffi cult to be around sometimes. I mean, you never know from one day to the next if she’s going to be happy, sad or angry. And you have to be very careful about what you say to her. One wrong comment and she starts crying.

Activities 16 and 17

62Interviewer: Professor, is body language universal?Professor: No, not all body language is universal. For

example, in most countries when you nod your head it means yes. But in China it means ‘I’m listening’. And in Albania it means no.

Interviewer: Really? What other differences are there?Professor: Well, usually when we shrug our shoulders it

means that we don’t know or we haven’t got a strong opinion. But in China it means that we don’t respect the other person.

Interviewer: I see. Can you think of any other problematic areas?

Professor: Yes. In Japan, you shouldn’t cross your legs when you’re sitting on a chair. It’s not polite.

Interviewer: That’s interesting. And what about folding your arms?

Professor: Ah, folding your arms also depends on what country you are in. In India and Pakistan, it is common to fold your arms when you are listening to older people or parents – this shows respect and obedience. However, in western countries people will think that you aren’t open and friendly if you do this.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 65)Activity 1

64 Man: When is your job interview?Woman: Tomorrow morning. I always get so nervous at

interviews. Maybe I should have a large glass of wine before I go.

Man: You shouldn’t do that! If they smell alcohol on your breath, you won’t make a good fi rst impression, will you?

Woman: You’re probably right. I’ll stay up all night practising then.

Man: I wouldn’t do that. You’ll look tired and give the wrong impression. Listen, just relax and be yourself, and you’ll be fi ne.

Woman: You’re right. I’ve decided to wear a nice conservative outfi t. What do you think?

Man: That’s a good idea. What colour?Woman: A dark grey suit with a white shirt.Man: Perfect.Woman: I’m just so shy. And when I’m nervous, I fi nd it

diffi cult to look people in the eye.Man: Why don’t we make a video so you can practise?Woman: What a great idea. Thanks for helping.

CONSOLIDATION (page 67)Activities 5 and 6

65 Psychologist: Now Mr Hardy, lie down on the sofa. I’m

going to ask you some personal questions.Tom Hardy: Er... OK.Psychologist: Now, would you say that you are a nervous

person?Tom Hardy: Well, I think that I’m quite easy-going in

general, but sometimes I can get stressed, but not often.

Psychologist: I see. Now, what do you think of your mother?

Tom Hardy: My mother? She’s a wonderful person. She’s very warm and friendly.

Psychologist: And your father?Tom Hardy: I don’t want to answer that question.Psychologist: You shouldn’t do that, Mr Hardy. I need all

the information about you.Tom Hardy: OK ... Well, he’s always criticising me. And

he’s always been cold and distant.Psychologist: Cold and distant... interesting. Now Mr

Hardy, when we met you didn’t shake hands, did you?

Tom Hardy: I don’t remember.Psychologist: Well, you didn’t. Perhaps you are cold and

distant, too.Tom Hardy: I don’t think so. I work as a teacher and all

my students like me.Psychologist: I see. So would you say that you’re friendly

and outgoing?Tom Hardy: Yes, I would.

Audio Scripts

155THAT’S ENGLISH!

Psychologist: But Mr Hardy ... you’re not looking me in the eye, are you?

Tom Hardy: But I’m lying on the sofa! I can’t look you in the eye, can I?

Psychologist: I’ll ask the questions, Mr Hardy, and you answer them...

SELF TEST (page 68)Activities 8 and 9

66There are many reasons why we should be careful in how we criticise people. First of all, no one likes criticism. We often feel angry or sad when someone criticises us. However, does this mean that we should never criticise anyone? On the one hand, we can’t be completely quiet when someone does something wrong, can we? We need to tell them what we think. Moreover, if we say nothing, the other person will never know we’re unhappy with them. On the other hand, there’s always a possibility that we will offend someone when we criticise them. Even so, we must tell them what we think, but we have to do this politely and not aggressively. To sum up, we need to choose our words carefully when we have a problem with someone. We mustn’t attack them verbally and we should always respect them as a person.

UNIT 7. PLAY TIME

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 72)Activities 9 and 10

70Man: I’m bored. Do you want to play tennis?Woman: No way. It’s raining. I think we’d better stay at home.Man: If you insist. But what do you want to do?Woman: Why don’t we invite Fred and Anne over for a game

of Pictionary?Man: You must be joking! I’m not very good at drawing,

and I won’t embarrass myself in front of our friends. You know, we could call Jack and Emily too. They love games. Why don’t we play cards?

Woman: I’d love to, but Jack and Emily are always cheating!Man: That’s not true. You just hate losing. Besides, Jack

and Emily are good friends. And I’ve been dying to see them.

Woman: OK, if you want. I suppose we can always buy some wine and pizza.

Man: That’s a great idea. I’ll call everyone now. Shall we say 6 o’clock?

Woman: Fine, but tell Jack and Emily 5:30. They always arrive late.

Man: Hmmm. That’s true. But we need to think of another game.

Woman: Would you like to play Trivial Pursuit?Man: Maybe. How do you play it?Woman: We can play in teams or individually. The object of

the game is to move around the board answering questions about history, arts, sports, geography, entertainment, and science. The person or team with the most correct answers wins the game.

Man: Oooh! That’s a great idea! I’m great at history and science. And you know everything about sports and entertainment. Ha, ha, ha! You and I are going to win tonight.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 75)Activity 5

74Man: My wife and I are thinking about a holiday in Butlin’s

this summer. I’d rather go to France, but we can’t afford it.

Woman: Oh, you’ll love Butlin’s! Bernard and I took the children there last year, and we had a great time!

Man: Really? I was there once with my family when I was 15, and I always thought it was old-fashioned.

Woman: Not anymore. The entire resort has been modernised. The rooms, food and services at our hotel were amazing.

Man: And you didn’t find it boring?Woman: Not at all. The children had a great time at the

amusement parks and fairgrounds. Even I thought the go-carts were cool. One night after the children were in bed, Bernard and I left them with a babysitter and went out to the discos and clubs. The music was brilliant!

Man: Hmmmm. That sounds like fun. We haven’t been out to clubs since the kids were born.

Woman: During the day, there are so many different activities for the entire family – and the water park is amazing.

Man: I guess it would be cheaper to go to Butlin’s instead of going abroad.

Woman: It’s a lot cheaper. And if you book your hotel a month in advance, you’ll get a 15 percent discount. Bernard and the kids can’t wait to go back this summer.

Man: Thanks for the advice. I’ll talk to my travel agent this afternoon.

CONSOLIDATION (page 77)Activity 7

76Jim: I‘m going to tell you about two simple games that you

can play with a ball. I’ll explain the game, and follow my instructions.

Jane: If you insist.Jim: Here’s the first game.Jane: Ready.Jim: Stand up!Jane: All right.Jim: Throw a ball in the air.Jane: And then?Jim: Sit down and catch the ball in your left hand.Jane: You must be joking? This is for kids.Jim: You think so? Try it.Jane: Oops!Jim: It’s not as easy as it sounds, is it?Jane: Let me try that again. …Jim: And now here’s the second game. Are you ready?Jane: I suppose so.Jim: Hold a ball in both hands in front of you.Jane: Now what?Jim: Drop the ball.Jane: Right.Jim: And quickly jump down and catch the ball in both

hands.Jane: Ha! Got it!Jim: How about a third game?Jane: No way!Jim: Why don’t we play cards then?

156 THAT’S ENGLISH!

SELF TEST (page 78)Activities 8 and 9

77Phil: Hi Mark. How were your holidays?Mark: Hello, Phil. Well, the children had a great time!Phil: How old are your children now?Mark: Jamie’s four and Helen’s nine.Phil: So what did they do?Mark: Well, we went to a family holiday camp. There were

lots of things to do for children. Jamie really liked the arts and crafts activities....

Phil: Wow, arts and crafts. That sounds interesting!Mark: … you know, drawing and painting. And he loved the

soft play area!Phil: What about Helen?Mark: Well, she went pony riding and she loved it! It was her

fi rst time! She also liked the fairground, but some of the rides were too scary for her.

Phil: I can imagine. What about you and Madeleine? Did you have a good time?

Mark: Not really. It was a bit boring for us, but holidays are for the kids, aren’t they?

Phil: I’m not so sure about that. I, on the other hand, had a brilliant time on my holidays.

UNIT 8. THE ART WORLD

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 81-82)Activities 5 and 6

81A Well, this really leaves me cold. Two women sitting still

looking at each other! What’s the point? I wouldn’t call this art! If I want to see two people looking at each other, I can go to the park!

B This is quite an interesting picture. I wouldn’t say it’s stunning or lovely, but it’s quite striking. I’d like to see more of his work.

C I don’t call this art. In fact, I think it’s quite disgusting. It really turns me off! It looks like a laboratory experiment. I think the artist is having a joke, here. I mean, he can’t be serious!

D I’m sorry, but I just don’t get it. This is a collection of red furniture and objects in a very ordinary room. What’s special about that? It’s not clever, it’s not expressive. My living-room is much more interesting than this!

Activity 12

84Let me see. There’s a woman on a sofa in the middle of the picture. She appears to be at work. She’s wearing a grey suit. In the background there’s a blue cupboard. I can see some fl owers on the left. They’re in a white vase.

Activity 13

85Let me see. There’s a woman in an armchair in the middle of the picture. She appears to be at home. She’s wearing a green skirt and a white blouse. In the background there’s a green cupboard. I can see some fl owers on the right. They’re in a yellow vase.

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 85)Activity 4

881 ‘I’m coming tonight.’ ‘Are you?’2 ‘I’ll repair it tomorrow.’ ‘Will you?’3 ‘They want to see you now.’ ‘Do they?’4 ‘I haven’t got time at the moment.’ ‘Haven’t you?’5 ‘I saw Jacqui last night.’ ‘Did you?’6 ‘I wasn’t talking about you.’ ‘Weren’t you?’

CONSOLIDATION (page 87)Activities 8 and 9

89Interviewer: Judy, what type of work do you do?Judy: I’m a professional photographer.Interviewer: And how long have you been doing that?Judy: Let me see... over forty years, now.Interviewer: Really? What type of photos do you prefer to

take?Judy: Well, I’ve done lots of different types of photos,

including still lives and landscapes. But I really prefer doing portraits.

Interviewer: Why’s that?Judy: I think that they’re much more expressive and

creative.Interviewer: But can you really be creative when you’re

taking a portrait with a camera? I mean, you’re just taking a picture of someone’s face.

Judy: Well, in my opinion good photography isn’t completely mechanical. If you take a good portrait, you can communicate all kinds of emotions. It’s like doing a painting, really.

Interviewer: I see. Are there any other reasons why you especially like doing portraits?

Judy: Well, this may sound strange, but I think that it probably makes me a better person.

Interviewer: Why do you say that?Judy: I’m sure that doing portraits helps me to

understand other people better.Interviewer: Can you explain why?Judy: Well, if you spend 40 years looking at people

intensely, it’s going to have an effect on you... you’re going to become more sensitive to other people.

SELF TEST (page 88)Activities 10 and 11

90Girl: What are you doing?Boy: I’m painting a picture.Girl: What type of picture is it?Boy: It’s a portrait ... of my mother. It’s for her birthday but

she doesn’t know. It’s going to be a surprise!Girl: Let me see. Oh, how beautiful! What a fantastic painting!Boy: Do you think so?Girl: Yes, I do. You’ve really got talent.Boy: Have I? Thanks! No one else in my family seems to think

so!Girl: Well, don’t listen to them! Have you ever sold any

paintings?Boy: No, I’ve never tried.Girl: Have you got any more paintings?Boy: Yes, I’ve got all sorts – portraits, landscapes and still

Audio Scripts

157THAT’S ENGLISH!

lifes. Do you want to have a look?Girl: Yes, of course!Boy: So, what do you think?Girl: These are great! I’ve got a friend who works in an art

gallery. I’m going to phone her right now!Boy: Are you? Really? How exciting!

UNIT 9. THE WORLD IS A STAGE

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 92)Activities 9 and 10

94Journalist: Crispin, you’re the main actor in the play. How

did you feel about your performance?Crispin: I wasn’t very happy with it.Journalist: But the audience seemed delighted with it. They

gave you a standing ovation!Crispin: Well, thanks for saying that, but I don’t think that

I was very expressive. I really need to improve.Journalist: Now Roger, you’re the director. What did you

think?Roger: Well, I thought that Crispin was outstanding. But

I was a little disappointed with the rest of the cast.

Journalist: Why’s that?Roger: They didn’t learn their lines and they were always

forgetting what to say! It’s just not good enough!Journalist: And what did you think of the set?Roger: Oh, it was great. I’m very pleased with the stage

designers.

CONSOLIDATION (page 97)Activities 5 and 6

98Interviewer: Ruth, congratulations on winning the Oscar for

best film. It’s a fantastic achievement. How do you feel?

Ruth: Well, I’m very pleased to receive the Oscar for best film. But I’d like to say that this Oscar is for all the cast. They were all fantastic.

Interviewer: Several of the actors in the film were nominated for an Oscar, but none of them won. Do you have anything to say about that?

Ruth: I’m sure that some of the cast are a little disappointed with the decision. But you have to remember that there were some very strong candidates. And not everyone can win.

Interviewer: Are you working on a new film now?Ruth: Yes, I am.Interviewer: Can you tell us a bit about it?Ruth: Yes. It’s about life in the year 2100. But we’re just

starting, and at the moment the story really isn’t good enough. We need to improve it.

Interviewer: Some people say that young people don’t want to go to the cinema these days, and that they prefer video games. Do you agree?

Ruth: I think that’s a load of rubbish. If you make a good film, people will want to see it and that includes young people.

Activity 7

991

Man: I’ve won the Oscar for best director.Man: Congratulations! That’s a fantastic achievement!2Woman: They didn’t give you the Oscar? How do you feel?Man: I’m very disappointed.3Man: What a load of rubbish. That film was terrible!Woman: Do you think so? I thought it was great.4Woman: Can you tell us about your new film?Woman: Yes. It’s set in Spain in the 1950s.5Woman: Are you happy with the story?Man: No, it isn’t good enough. SELF TEST (page 98)Activities 9 and 10

100Man: What a terrible film!Woman: Well, I thought that it was fantastic. And the story

was very moving.Man: Moving? It was dreadful!Woman: Why do you say that?Man: Well, the story was really boring, and the actors

were really bad.Woman: You can’t be serious! I thought that the actors gave

really powerful performances, especially the main actress, who I thought was impressive.

Man: Hmmmmmm…..Woman: All right, then. What did you think of the music?Man: Absolutely dreadful! I don’t know who wrote it, but

he really needs to improve in his next film.Woman: I can’t believe what you’re saying. I thought that the

music was really evocative. OK, tell me one thing that you liked.

Man: Well, the main actress was very beautiful. I enjoyed looking at her. But I didn’t enjoy listening to her. Her voice really isn’t good enough for a professional actress.

UNIT 10. STORIES AND LEGENDS

LANGUAGE STUDY 1 (page 101)Activities 7 and 8

104Once upon a time there was a prince who wanted to marry a princess. He travelled all over the world to find one. However, he couldn’t find a real princess so he finally came back to his castle. One evening a terrible storm came. Suddenly, someone knocked at the door of the castle; it was a beautiful girl and she was completely wet. She said that she was a princess. Now, the king and the queen didn’t believe her, so they decided to test the girl. The old queen put a pea on a bed, and then she covered it with lots of sheets and blankets. Then the girl went to sleep. In the morning they asked her how he had slept.‘Oh, very badly!’ she said. ‘I was lying on something very hard all night and couldn’t sleep at all.’As soon as she said this, the king and queen knew that she was a real princess because only a real princess could be so sensitive. The next day the prince and the princess got married and they lived happily ever after. The moral of the story is: if you stop looking for something, you will find it in the end.

158 THAT’S ENGLISH!

LANGUAGE STUDY 2 (page 105)Activities 3 and 4

108Narrator: Sean.Sean: I used to love the summer holidays. We would go to

visit my family in Ireland. They had a big farm and we used to do really cool things like milk the cows or make butter. Most of all, we would run around the fi elds and play. It was fantastic!

Narrator: Margaret.Margaret: We used to always go to the same place every year.

It’s called Littlehampton and it’s on the south coast of England. We would spend a lot of time on the beach and I used to make sand castles!

Narrator: Dan.Dan: My family didn’t use to have much money when I

was young, so I would stay at home. That was OK, though, as I used to go to the park and play football with my friends, and sometimes I would go fi shing with my dad.

CONSOLIDATION (page 107)Activities 5 and 6

109Interviewer Professor Lomax, you have just written a

book called ‘Exaggeration’. Could you tell us what it’s about?

Professor Lomax: Well, the basic idea of the book is that we all like to talk about our experiences, but we have a tendency to exaggerate. We always try to make them seem more interesting.

Interviewer Could you give us an example of this?Professor Lomax: Of course. Imagine that you’ve just been

on holiday- it was an OK holiday, but nothing special. A friend phones you up and asks you about it. If you’re like most people, you’ll probably say that you had a great time, even though it’s not really true.

Interviewer So you think most of us do this, that we exaggerate?

Professor Lomax: Yes, I do.Interviewer Why?Professor Lomax: Well, as I said before, we like to make

our experiences appear more interesting than they really were. And we all like telling stories. If you say something was OK, people probably won’t want to hear much more about it. But if you say that it was fantastic, then you can be sure of the other person’s attention.

Interviewer So basically you’re saying that we’re all liars.

Professor Lomax: I wouldn’t say that, but we all like to decorate the truth. It’s a bit like when we eat. Don’t you put olive oil and vinegar on a salad to make it more interesting and tasty?

SELF TEST (page 108)Activities 6 and 7

110High above the city on a tall column, stood the statue of the Happy Prince. One night a little bird was fl ying over the city.

He saw the statue and said, ‘I will stop there tonight. It is a fi ne position.’ He was preparing to go to sleep, when a large drop of water fell on him. ‘How strange!’ he exclaimed; ‘there is not a cloud in the sky.’ Then another drop fell. After that, he looked up. The Happy Prince was crying. ‘Who are you?’ the bird said. ‘I am the Happy Prince,’ answered the statue ‘Why are you crying then?’ asked the bird. ‘When I was alive and had a human heart,’ answered the statue, ‘I lived in a beautiful palace and didn’t see the bad things in the world. Everyone called me the Happy Prince. But now that I am dead, I can see all the ugliness and sadness in my city and I want to cry.’

UNIT 11. REVISION

LISTENING COMPREHENSION I (page 112)Activities 1 and 2

114Woman: How was your holiday in Chicago, Jeremy?Man: Oh, we had a great time. We just arrived in London

yesterday, so I’m still feeling exhausted. There’s a six-hour time difference between Chicago and London, you know, and it’s roughly 6400 kilometres away which makes it an eight-hour fl ight.

Woman: Eight hours? Oh, dear. You must be exhausted.Man: I am, but it was worth it. Chicago is a very

cosmopolitan city, so there’s always something to do there. We stayed for two weeks, and we didn’t get bored once.

Woman: I’ve always wanted to go there because the architecture is supposed to be magnifi cent. But I hate fl ying, and I would go mad after eight hours in an airplane. By the way, you said New York is your favourite city, didn’t you? Why didn’t you go there?

Man: New York is my favourite city, but Donna and I wanted to go someplace new. You’re right about the architecture. There were days when we spent the entire day just walking around taking pictures of all the buildings and tourist sights. We took hundreds of photos.

Woman: What did you think about the people there?Man: In some ways, Chicago is similar to New York, but

the people are quite different. Chicagoans are more polite that New Yorkers. The only problem was the weather. It gets awfully hot and humid there.

Woman: And what’s the food like?Man: Hmmmmm. Amazing. The variety of international

restaurants there is incredible, but we fell in love with Chicago-style pizza.

Woman: Pizza? If you say so. So, tell me about the highlights of your trip.

Man: Ha-ha! If I do that, we’ll be here all day! Well… In the afternoons, we went to the beach, and we also took a lot of boat trips.

Woman: The beach? Chicago’s in the middle of the United States, isn’t it?

Man: It is in the middle of the country, but it’s located on Lake Michigan, which is one of the largest lakes in the world!

Woman: Oh, right. I knew that.Man: We even went to a few baseball games. I had never

seen a live baseball game before. It was a lot of fun, but don’t ask me about the rules of the game. It’s all quite complicated. Oh, there’s so much more to tell you. Why don’t we meet up for lunch, and I can show you our pictures?

Woman: Great idea. I’ll give you call this weekend.

Audio Scripts

159THAT’S ENGLISH!

LISTENING COMPREHENSION II (page 112)Activity 3

115Man: Did I tell you that one of the reasons I wanted to go

to Chicago was to visit the Art Institute of Chicago to see my favourite painting?

Woman: Let me guess, Sunday Afternoon on the Island of the Grande Jatte, by George Seurat.

Man: Hey! How did you know that?Woman: Well, that’s an incredibly famous painting, and I did

study art at university. Did you know that Seurat took over two years to create that painting? In the 1880s, he would spend day after day in the park making sketches of the landscapes there. He made it in a style we call pointillism. It was an incredibly complex method that requires great skill, but the results are stunning.

Man: I agree. I think it’s one of the greatest paintings of the 19th century. The colour and light is quite unique. And I had no idea that the picture was so large; it’s two metres by three metres! I was so excited to see this picture that I went back the next day to see it again.

Woman: What did Donna think of it?Man: Donna says it left her cold.Woman: It’s certainly a painting that doesn’t leave anybody

indifferent. Did you do anything else cultural in Chicago?

Man: We went to the theatre one night.Woman: What did you see?Man: A musical called Jersey Boys. What an entertaining

show!Woman: That’s the one about the pop group, Frankie Valli

and the Four Seasons, isn’t it?Man: Hey, you know everything.

160 THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 1. GETTING BETTER

How do you feel? (page 9)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 He thinks that most practitioners just want your money.2 He thinks it is fantastic.

Activity 31 Tim 2 Tim 3 Ben 4 Ellen 5 Ellen 6 Ben 7 Tim

Activity 42, 4, 5

Activity 51 c 2 d 3 b 4 a

Activity 61 B 2 B 3 T 4 B 5 T 6 T 7 B 8 T

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 10)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 d 3 b 4 a

Activity 3Acupunture: China. Needles are inserted into the patient’s skin. This stimulates the body’s energy. All kinds of pain, toothache,headaches,depression. Thousands of years.Herbal medicine: Africa, China and Egypt. Plants are used to make remedies. Everyday health problems, stomach aches, nausea, migraines, skin rashes and eczema. Since ancient civilizations.Refl exology: Egypt, China and India. Massages calm the body. Migraines and sleep disorders. Thousands of years.Reiki: Japan. Hands are placed over your body. The energy heals the physical body. Arthritis, anxiety and depression. Since the 19th century.

Activity 41 pain-free 2 good for 3 heal 4 prevent 5 disorders 6 lower back 7 needles 8 rash

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 11-12)Activity 11 strong 2 weak

Activity 21 w 2 s 3 s 4 w 5 s 6 w

Activity 31 myself 2 ourselves 3 me 4 himself 5 her 6 themselves

Activity 42 cut himself 3 cure itself 4 taught herself 5 look after himself 6 enjoyed ourselves 7 look at yourself

Activity 51 himself 2 her 3 him 4 herself

Activity 61 bandage 2 physiotherapist 3 aloe vera 4 fever 5 painkiller 6 herbal tea 7 pregnant 8 dizzy 9 skin rash 10 headache

Activity 7Dialogue A: 7, 8 Dialogue B: 5, 6 Dialogue C: 4, 10 Dialogue D: 3, 9 Dialogue E: 1, 2

Activity 8in pain, upset stomach, feel dizzy, high temperature, stomach bug, highly contagious

Activity 91 upset stomach 2 stomach bug 3 highly contagious 4 feel dizzy 5 high temperature 6 in pain

Activity 101 one another 2 each other 3 each other

Activity 11Student’s own answers.

Activity 121 has been feeling 2 have been suffering 3 has been hurting 4 has been taking 5 have been waiting

Activity 132 c 3 a 4 d 5 e 6 f

Activity 141 a 2 b 3 b 4 b

Activity 151 have you been doing 2 haven’t written 3 have been dieting 4 have already lost 5 have been doing 6 have worked out7 hasn’t been

Activity 16Student’s own answers.

Alternative therapies (page 13)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 c 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 b 6 b

Activity 41 south 2 owner 3 week 4 lunch 5 water 6 trainer 7 hurt

Activity 5

/d/ Yes NoNew Zealand 3

Scotland 3

England 3

Jamaica 3

Answer Key

161THAT’S ENGLISH!

Canada 3

South Africa 3

Australia 3

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 14)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 a 3 a 4 b 5 c

Activity 31 suffer from depression 2 reduce stress 3 lose weight 4 seek help 5 placebo effect 6 dietary supplements 7 balanced diet 8 healthy lifestyle

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 15)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2

1 ›

2 › 3 ›

4 ›

Activity 31 ankle 2 stomach 3 toe 4 back 5 throat 6 wrist 7 chest

Activity 4Student’s own answers.

Activity 51 feeling 2 bad 3 sore 4 eating 5 high 6 smokes, cigarettes 7 doctors, nutritionists 8 dietician 9 hypnosis 10 smoking

Activity 6

Ask about a problem

Show sympathy

Give advice

What’s wrong?How are you feeling?

What a shame!What a pityOh, dear!I’m sorry to hear that!

You should…You ought to…Why don’t you…If I were you, I’d…You’d better see a doctor.

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

CONSOLIDATION (page 16-17)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 One in five Britons uses alternative therapies.

2 Yes, it is. The NHS provides free healthcare for everybody.3 Alternative therapies are classified as recommendable when

they are supported by scientific research.4 There are five homeopathic surgeries in the UK.5 Experts agree that the future is looking good for

complementary medicine.

Activity 4

1 7 Alternative therapies aren’t cheap.2 33 7 The NHS does not recommend all alternative therapies.4 7 Reflexology is accepted but not recommended.5 36 3

Activity 51 b 2 h 3 e 4 a 5 d 6 f 7 g 8 c

Activity 61 arthritis 2 massaging 3 not available 4 uncomfortable 5 £40 to £50 6 30 minutes 7 eight or nine 8 on their website

Activity 7Reiki is used to cure arthritis and anxiety.

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

SELF TEST (page 18)Activity 11 acupuncture 2 reflexology 3 herbal remedy 4 reiki

Activity 21 healthy 2 balanced 3 weight 4 prescription 5 supplements 6 upset 7 skin 8 suffer 9 placebo 10 pain

Activity 31 myself 2 themselves 3 herself 4 himself 5 yourself 6 yourselves 7 ourselves

Activity 41 a 2 b 3 b 4 b 5 a 6 b

Activity 51 has been going 2 haven’t been feeling 3 has been eating 4 have, been waiting 5 has, been following 6 have been studying

Activity 61 has cut 2 I’ve visited 3 has he been writing 4 has broken 5 Have you seen 6 I’ve been learning

Activity 71 Oh dear, sorry 2 myself 3 had better 4 should 5 Why don’t you

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

162 THAT’S ENGLISH!

UNIT 2. LIFESTYLE CHOICES

I really like your lifestyle (page 19)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 He stays at home and looks after Sienna.2 He is going to sell the car, buy a bicycle and get an allotment.

Activity 31 7 Zack and Isla plant lettuce and potatoes.2 7 Sienna isn’t at school because she is educated at home.3 7 Chris was married but got divorced a couple of years ago.4 35 36 7 Chris spends a lot of time in his offi ce and doesn’t have

time to make friends.7 3

Activity 41 They were friends at school.2 Schools concentrate on exam results and aren’t interested

in the child.3 He doesn’t have many friends and his life is stressful.4 He was stopped for drinking and driving.

Activity 51 g 2 c 3 d 4 a 5 e 6 f 7 b

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 20)Activity 11 c 2 a 3 d 4 bPicture d shows alternative energy.

Activity 21 c 2 e 3 b 4 a 5 d

Activity 31 You can use solar and wind power.2 Many people are tired of living in a materialistic society and

prefer to get back in touch with nature. Many don’t trust the government and prefer to be independent. For others, it is an economic necessity.

3 Because if the electricity goes off, you have to fi x it yourself. You need to operate solar panels, get water from wells, and farm the land for food.

Activity 41 7 People live in smaller houses and own fewer possessions.2 33 3

Activity 51 sources 2 skills 3 take advantage of 4 farm 5 grow

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 21-22)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 voiceless 2 voiced

Activity 3/s/ basic, person, simple, society, states/z/ abilities, because, is, raise/t!/ cheap, challenging, chose, nature, touch, childhood/d"/ advantage, energy, job, vegetable

Activity 41 conservative 2 religious 3 dependent 4 traditional5 materialistic 6 unconventional 7 tolerant 8 liberal9 independent 10 spiritual

Activity 51 someone 2 everything 3 anywhere 4 Nobody 5 No one

Activity 61 someone / somebody 2 nothing 3 anywhere 4 someone / somebody 5 something 6 somewhere

Activity 71 rarely 2 in the city 3 doesn’t live with anyone 4 hard work 5 to work 6 out of the city 7 on a farm 8 being with his family 9 boring

Activity 81 the 2 the 3 Ø 4 the, Ø 5 Ø 6 Ø

Activity 91 Ø 2 The 3 Ø 4 The 5 Ø 6 The

Activity 101 stressful 2 relaxing 3 not materialistic 4 independent5 liberal 6 not religious 7 tolerant

Activity 11Student’s own answers.

Activity 12Suggested answer: I live in an apartment in the city centre of a multi-ethnic neighbourhood. I am single, and I am a maths teacher. I take the Tube to work, and it takes me about 25 minutes to get to work. I usually work 8 hours a day, but it isn’t stressful. After work, I like going for walks in the park with my dog. I am religious, but I don’t often go to church.On weekends, I enjoy going to the cinema, the theatre or going out for dinner with my friends. I love shopping in the city centre. There are so many different shops.I think it is important to have enough money to be independent and to be able to do what you like. So, you could say I am a little materialistic. I also love meditating and doing yoga. I am very spiritual. I really love my life.

Cruising through life (page 23)Activity 11 entertainers, waiters and shop assistants2 accommodation and food

Activity 2Student’s own answers. Activity 31 b 2 b 3 a 4 b 5 a 6 a 7 a

Activity 42, 4, 5, 7, 8

Answer Key

163THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 51 walks 2 views 3 1,000 4 healthy 5 paragliding / for a walk 6 relaxing 7 Queen Elizabeth I 8 Harry Potter

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 24)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 23

Activity 31 Yes, he did. It was fantastic.2 Yes, more than 80% of young people in the United States say

they want to live in New York.3 Urban tribes are groups of young people who have similar

lifestyles, interests and ideologies that are different from general culture.

4 Maximisers are never satisfied and are always looking for more.

5 You have to be talented and hard-working.6 Because they are ambitious and are never completely happy

with the status quo.

Activity 41 stressful 2 succeed 3 amazing 4 cost of living 5 satisfied 6 ambitious

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 25)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 a 3 b 4 d

Activity 32 Neither, nor 3 Both, and 4 either, or 5 both, and

Activity 42 We can visit either the Empire State Building or the

Metropolitan Museum.3 Both Frank and Betty live in Brooklyn.4 New Yorkers are neither satisfied nor happy.5 Neither theatres nor restaurants are cheap.

Activity 51 the ’70s 2 The Parkers 3 the ’30s 4 The Hobsons

Activity 6

/d/ S G... think fashion is important 3

... is a street culture 3

... are peaceful and tolerant 3

... need to keep in shape 3

... enjoy reading 3

... is an active lifestyle 3

... are unconventional 3

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

CONSOLIDATION (page 26-27)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2It’s a slower lifestyle, but it’s not boring.Activity 31 7 It doesn’t appear a very attractive place to live.2 33 7 It was an exciting life in London.4 7 Her life on the island is peaceful.5 36 7 Sometimes she thinks about her life in London, and she

misses it.7 3

Activity 41 a 2 c 3 b 4 b 5 b

Activity 5Student’s own answers.

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

Activity 71 c 2 b 3 a 4 e 5 d

Activity 81 c 2 b 3 b 4 a 5 c 6 a

Activity 91 amazing 2 lively 3 Currently 4 cosmopolitan 5 noisy 6 safe 7 relaxed 8 rude

Activity 10Suggested answer: I love Barcelona. I think it is the most amazing city in the world. It is a very cosmopolitan city with hundreds of things to do so, it very exciting and interesting. Of course, there are a lot of people so, the traffic is horrible, and it is very noisy. In general, Barcelona is a safe city, and people enjoy walking along the Ramblas and stopping for a coffee at an outdoor cafe. It is a little stressful living in a big city, but the people are very friendly.

SELF TEST (page 28)Activity 11 take advantage of 2 liberal 3 urban tribes 4 alternative movements 5 lifestyle 6 stressful 7 cost of living

Activity 21 dependent on 2 conservative 3 tolerant 4 religious 5 farm

Activity 31 the ’90s 2 The Riordans 3 in the ’60s 4 The Curies

Activity 41 something 2 someone / somebody 3 anywhere 4 everyone / everybody 5 nothing 6 anyone / anybody 7 anything

Activity 51 Ø 2 Ø 3 The 4 Ø 5 the 6 Ø

Activity 61 This city is both lively and friendly.

164 THAT’S ENGLISH!

2 We can grow either tomatoes or (we can grow) potatoes.3 Neither Jane nor Margaret homeschools their children.4 She’s both bohemian and materialistic.5 I like neither big cities nor small villages.

Activity 71 7 Both my wife and I come from Redruth.2 33 7 When he was a teenager, he thought it was awful.4 35 7 It’s both safe and quiet.6 7 The people are neither rude nor cold.7 7 Redruth is much cheaper than London.8 39 7 Neither his wife nor he wants to leave Redruth.

Activity 8Suggested answer: Antonio Banderas is a Spanish actor and producer. He was born in Benalmádena, Spain on the 10th of August, 1960. He is married to Melanie Griffi th, and they have one daughter. Antonio Banderas has worked with many Hollywood superstars such as, Brad Pitt, Tom Cruise, Angelie Jolie and Madonna. Antonio and his family live in the United States but come to Spain quite often. Antonio likes to participate in the religious processions in Málaga during Easter.

UNIT 3. THERE’S NO PLACE LIKE HOME

Do you own or rent a house? (page 29)Activity 11 d 2 c 3 e 4 b 5 a

Activity 21 She thinks she can make the house look beautiful and then

sell it to make some money. / Amy thinks they can do it up and make a profi t.

2 Because he lived in the house when he was a boy.

Activity 31 It’s too expensive. / It would cost too much / a huge amount

of money to do up such a big house.2 It’s a good residential area and it’s convenient for the shops

and station.3 the kitchen4 planning permission5 £380,0006 His mother died and he went to live in a children’s home in

Scotland.7 £42,000

Activity 41, 3, 4, 5, 8

Activity 51 R 2 O 3 R 4 R 5 R 6 B 7 R 8 R 9 O

Activity 6Speaker 7

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 30)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 f 2 c 3 d 4 b 5 e 6 a

Activity 31 32 7 It is in a picturesque village.3 34 35 3

Activity 41 Adverts 1 and 2 2 Adverts 2 and 3 3 Adverts 1 and 24 Advert 4 5 Advert 6

Activity 51 e 2 d 3 c 4 f 5 a 6 b

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 31-32)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 We’d like to buy a fl at in a building // with more than one fl oor

// and many separate residences.2 This is a great opportunity to buy // a well-proportioned //

three-bedroom // semi-detached family residence.3 This apartment is fully furnished, // and both bedrooms //

have fi tted wardrobes.4 It’s situated in the middle of a row // of terraced houses // and

has a small back garden.

Activity 32 two hundred and fi ftieth, eighteenth 3 fi ftieth, twelfth4 hundredth, fi rst 5 one hundred and tenth, fi fth

Activity 4a two hundred and seventeen b fi ve hundred and forty-eight c eight thousand, three hundred and ninety-six d sixty-four thousand, nine hundred and twenty-seven e seventy-one thousand, and eighty-four f nought point six-one

Activity 5

Context Numberyear 1904phone number 02074045credit card 201073800034950kilometres 1.609344

Activity 62 nineteen-oh-four3 oh-two-oh-seven-four-oh-four-fi ve4 two-oh-one-oh-seven-three-eight-oh-oh-oh-three-four-nine-

fi ve-oh5 one point six-oh-nine-three-four-four

Activity 72 a dozen. The house has a dozen double-glazed windows.3 dozens of. Dozens of homes are for sale in this neighbourhood.4 a couple of. She owns a couple of houses.5 hundreds of pounds. It will cost hundreds of pounds to

redecorate the apartment.6 roughly £300,000. They want roughly £300,000 for the

houseboat.

Answer Key

165THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

Activity 91 set of 2 row of 3 set of 4 block of 5 bunch of 6 rows of

Activity 10House 1: small apartment; just over £100,000; 1965House 2: semi-detached house; £320,000; 2005House 3: thatched cottage; £270,000; 1880

Activity 111 over 30 2 nice 3 recently 4 garden 5 has been 6 country

Activity 12Student’s own answers.

Activity 132 wiring 3 boiler 4 insulation 5 low water pressure 6 blocked drain 7 burst water pipe 8 leak

Activity 14Student’s own answers.

My home is my castle (page 33)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 a 3 b

Activity 31 noisy 2 sail to a new location 3 buy a lot of shopping 4 are friendly with each other 5 bohemian 6 like to have plants

Activity 41 Australia 2 Jamaica and India 3 Scotland

Activity 51 snowy 2 50 3 13th 4 2 5 knees

Activity 61 d 2 b 3 e 4 a 5 c

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 34)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 a 3 b 4 d

Activity 31 The roads are in poor condition, there is rubbish and broken

glass everywhere and there are no shops.2 They want to leave, but they can’t because no one wants to

buy their houses.3 Because it is not the only black spot on the Northern Ireland

housing market.4 Because in the good times people bought houses and sold

them immediately at a higher price. It seemed like an easy way to make money.

5 The banks gave thousands of pounds to people who didn’t even have jobs.

Activity 41 housing crash 2 property speculator 3 burst 4 occupied 5 properties 6 housing bubble

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 35)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 is 2 needs 3 costs 4 is 5 has 6 is

Activity 41 Dear… 2 I am writing to… 3 First of all, Secondly, Finally 4 I would appreciate it if you could… 5 I look forward to hearing from you. 6 Yours sincerely,

Activity 51 don’t use 2 commas 3 short and direct 4 polite

Activity 6Suggested answer:

27 Woodland Ave.Lincoln, BD 4 7HP

7th JulyMrs Amy Shea16 Grant StreetLincoln BD4 7HPDear Mrs Shea,I am writing to complain about the condition of the flat that I am renting from you.First of all, the roof leaks. This means that water is on the wooden floor, and is damaging it. Secondly, the bedroom window is broken, and the wind comes into my room. It is very cold, and I need to have the heating on all day. Finally, the drain in the shower is backed up and the water will not go down the drain. I would appreciate it if you could repair these defects as soon as possible. I look forward to hearing from you.Yours sincerely,Isabel Wheaton

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

CONSOLIDATION (page 36-37)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 They will be energy-efficient, and will offer connectivity

between people and machines.2 Lonely, bored, new technology will give them instant access

to almost everything in the world.

Activity 31 7 Essential things found in the kitchen will probably not

change a lot.2 33 7 Showers will be programmable and each member of the

family will be able to set their own.4 3

166 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 41 It will be possible to talk to your TV and give it commands.2 Your fridge will tell you what food you need to buy.3 Your fridge might even communicate directly with shops

and buy your food for you.4 Showers will be programmable.5 You will be able to change the temperature in the bathroom

by using your mobile phone.

Activity 51 b 2 d 3 a 4 c

Activity 61 7 You have a lot more responsibilities and problems, and

you have to solve them.2 7 only when there are problems you have to solve them3 34 7 The house shouldn’t be more than three times your annual

salary.5 36 7 You need to become an expert.

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

Activity 81 20, Russell Square 2 21st February 3 Dear 4 complain 5 First of all 6 Secondly 7 Finally 8 appreciate 9 forward 10 sincerely

Activity 9Suggested answer: The radiator in my room has a leak and isn’t working properly. We can have hot showers because the boiler is broken. There is a broken window in the living room and cold air comes in through that window, so the house isn’t properly insolated.

Activity 10Suggested answer:

17740 Lisa LaneBrookfi eld, BD6 9HP

16th AugustMr Kurt Hamilton2735 Knollcrest DriveBrookfi eld BD6 9HPDear Mr Hamilton,I am writing to complain about the condition of the fl at that I rented from you in June.First of all, the tap in the kitchen leaks. This means that we are wasting a lot of water and my water bill is very high. Secondly, the boiler is making a horrible noise, and I can’t sleep at night.I would appreciate it if you could repair these defects as soon as possible. I look forward to hearing from you.Yours sincerely,John Plunkett

SELF TEST (page 38)Activity 11 terraced 2 semi-detached 3 houseboat 4 cottage5 bungalow 6 apartment

Activity 21 glazing 2 fi tted 3 heating 4 furnished 5 open-plan 6 en suite

Activity 31 b 2 a 3 e 4 c 5 d

Activity 41 a couple of 2 Millions of 3 dozens of 4 a dozen5 thousands of Activity 51 set 2 set 3 row 4 bunch 5 pair

Activity 6a one hundred and forty-fi ve thousandb two hundred and seventy-eightc nine thousand, four hundred and fi ftyd eighteen thousand, two hundred and ninety-sixe three hundred and two

Activity 71 oh 2 nought 3 zero 4 nil 5 oh 6 oh

Activity 8

1 3 2 7 A dozen is exactly 12. 3 7 over 4 3

Activity 91 12th 2 7th 3 1000th 4 60th

Activity 101 likes 2 has 3 works 4 has 5 speak

Activity 111 1908 2 new 3 less 4 doesn’t need 5 the housing crash

UNIT 4. BOOKS, BOOKS, BOOKS!

Fact or fi ction? (page 39)Activity 11 d 2 c 3 e 4 f 5 a 6 b

Activity 21 Bradley thinks the plot is interesting and clever, but the main

character isn’t convincing / realistic.2 No, it’s fi ction.

Activity 31 c 2 b 3 a

Activity 41 b 2 b 3 b 4 a 5 a 6 a 7 b

Activity 51 technology 2 disappear 3 electronic 4 techy5 smartphone 6 hands 7 download 8 future

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 40)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 d 2 b 3 a 4 c

Answer Key

167THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 3 1 Murakami comes from Japan.2 Murakami became popular outside of Japan with the

publication of Norwegian Wood.3 He writes novels, essays, short stories, news reports and a diary.4 His main themes are murder, history, religion, violence,

family ties and love.5 The writer thinks 1Q84 is a great new book.

Activity 41 Haruki Murakami2 1Q843 science fiction / magical realism4 Tokyo5 female contract killer, timid writer6 murder, history, religion, violence, family ties, love

Activity 51 setting 2 diary 3 theme 4 characters 5 storyteller 6 plot 7 short stories 8 essays

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 41-42)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2

VerbAdj. NounPresent

tense Past tense

Ted and Alice had a terrible row /ra!/ about the housecleaning. 3

At the cinema, I always prefer to sit in the sixth row /r"!/. 3

Would you please close /kl"!z/ the window? 3

The library is close /kl"!s/ to the school. 3

I always try to live in the present /’prez"nt/. 3

They will present /pre’zent/ the award at the ceremony. 3

They live /l#v/ in Japan. 3

The news was on live /la#v/ TV. 3

I’d like to read /ri:d/ Murakami’s new novel. 3

I read /red/ the news about the fire in yesterday’s newspaper. 3

Activity 32 d. An e-book is a book which / that is published in digital

form.3 a. An editor is a person who / that suggests changes in the

text of a book.4 c. A dictionary is a book which / that has definitions for words.

Activity 43 That’s the writer who / that / Ø John is interested in.4 An e-reader is a device which / that is used to read digital

books.5 That’s the author who / that / Ø I told you about.6 I met a girl who / that comes from the same town as me.7 We really liked the two films which / that / Ø we watched last

week.

8 I don’t know the singer who / that / Ø you’re listening to.

Activity 5Student’s own answers.

Activity 61 horror story 2 crime novel 3 poetry 4 autobiography 5 science fiction

Activity 71 7 It is the first time the writer has written a scary book.2 33 34 7 It is the kind of book which is most difficult to write.5 3

Activity 82 That was the day when I decided to write my autobiography.3 She’s an author whose books are popular with teenagers.4 We bought the book in the second hand shop where John works.5 I’m looking for a quiet place where we can sit and read for a

while.6 It was a few years later when they made a film of the book.7 He is the writer whose books have sold millions. Activity 9Moby Dick (1) is a book (2) which / that is all about (3) the sea. The story is told by (4) a character whose name is Ishmael. The main character is (5) a ship captain who / that is obsessed with capturing a particular whale (6) (which / that) he hates. Moby Dick is the name of the whale (7) (which / that) the captain hates because it (8) took his leg years ago.

Activity 10Student’s own answers.

Activity 11Student’s own answers.

Generation e-reader (page 43)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 b 2 c 3 a 4 a 5 b 6 c

Activity 41 b 2 d 3 f 4 c 5 a 6 g 7 e

Activity 51 built 2 Charles Dickens’ father 3 Nancy 4 the Royal Navy 5 11 years old 6 theme park

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 44)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 22

168 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 31 c 2 a 3 a 4 b

Activity 41 engrossed 2 e-reading (devices) 3 e-books 4 e-readers 5 delivery costs 6 storage costs

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 45)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 D 2 S 3 D 4 S

Activity 3Student’s own answers.

Activity 41 bored, exciting 2 thrilling, amazed 4 embarrassing, annoyed

Activity 51 fabulous 2 keen / frightening / scared 3 frightening4 scared 5 frightened 6 depressing 7 sad

Activity 61 fear 2 disbelief 3 sadness 4 surprise 5 happiness

Activity 71 hiding from 2 newspaper 3 part of the family 4 another country 5 has

CONSOLIDATION (page 46-47) Activity 1novel, historical novel, poetry, short stories, biography

Activity 21 HM 2 MA 3 MA 4 HM 5 MA 6 HM

Activity 3Student’s own answers.

Activity 4The speakers talk about: e-reader, bookshops, libraries, and newspapers.

Activity 51 a 2 b 3 b 4 a 5 a

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

Activity 7Title: Life of PiAuthor: Yann MartelType of book: fantasy novelPlot: young Tamil boy Pi survives on a boat with a tiger and other animals.Setting: the Pacifi c OceanRecommended for: those who love adventures and people who look for something different

Activity 8Suggested answer: Title: The Boy in the Striped Pyjamas

Author: John BoyneType of Book: drama, novelPlot: A young boy is moved next to a strange camp and makes a special friend.Setting: Germany / Poland in World War TwoRecommended for: anyone

Activity 9Suggested answer:Dear Sir or Madam,I am writing to recommend a book for the book club. It is one of my favourite books and I’m sure that the plot would be very popular among readers of all ages. It is called The Boy in the Striped Pyjamas.The book is a historical novel. The story is told through the eyes of a young boy whose family live next to a strange camp, where the father works. The setting is Germany during World War II and the story is about friendship, cruelty and the frightening events of the time. It is a very moving book which is told in a light-hearted way, and the author, Irish writer John Boyne, keeps up the suspense until the last page.It is a short book, around 215 pages, so it shouldn’t take anyone too long to read, but it is sure to provoke a lot of discussion as well as sadness and anger. I would recommend the story to any reader.Kind regards,Ellis

SELF TEST (page 48)Activity 11 a 2 b 3 b 4 b

Activity 21 strange 2 serious 3 No 4 kidding 5 heavens 6 must

Activity 31 which 2 who 3 where 4 whose

Activity 41 A trilogy is a book which / that has got three parts.2 That’s the man (who / that) I met at the book festival.3 This is the book of poems (which / that) he bought for you.4 This is the village where I was born.5 That is the author whose books I’m very interested in.

Activity 51 depressing 2 amazed 3 thrilled 4 frightening 5 engrossed

Activity 6Are you the kind of person who loves everything about books and reading? Are you interested in making new friends, sharing your book experiences and learning more about books and authors? Do you sometimes fi nd the weekends too long and boring? If so, why not join ’More than just a Reading Club’ whose members organise all kinds of book-related activities for all ages. Come along next Saturday when we have an open day for new members. Meet old members whose lifestyles have changed after joining the club. Listen to reports of past events and help us to plan activities for the year ahead.

Activity 71 b 2 a 3 b 4 b 5 b 6 a

Activity 8Suggested answer:I’ve just read two very interesting books: the fi rst two in the Wolf Hall trilogy written by prize-winning British author Hilary

Answer Key

169THAT’S ENGLISH!

Mantel. The Wolf Hall trilogy belongs to the historical novel genre and the setting for the stories is Henry VIII’s Royal Court in England. Although he was already married to Catherine of Aragon, Henry wanted to divorce her and marry the beautiful Anne Boleyn. The Catholic Church and Pope Clement VII were strongly opposed to this marriage, but Henry was determined to marry Anne. So he asked his friend and advisor Thomas Cromwell to help him. Cromwell was very ambitious and very clever and in the end Henry married Anne, but the price was very high. If you want to know what the price was, then you must read the book! The second book of the series, Bring Up the Bodies, tells the story of what happened next, up until the violent death of Anne Boleyn. I’m sure readers will love the suspense that Mantel creates and also the authentic period details she includes, which bring the stories to life. Unfortunately, Mantel hasn’t written the third book of the trilogy yet, so I can’t recommend it. But the first two are fast-paced and exciting, and I can guarantee that you won’t be bored! The books are based on historical facts, which make them even more fascinating and intriguing.

UNIT 5. GOING PLACES

Getting around the city (page 49)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 They hired a car. 2 Their train arrives in Exeter at 6:30.

Activity 31, 3, 6, 7, 10

Activity 4

1 7 The rush hour is just starting.2 7 Michelle would prefer to take a train to London.3 34 35 7 Lee wants to travel by car.6 37 7 Lee and Michelle are returning to London in three weeks.8 3

Activity 51 e 2 d 3 b 4 f 5 a 6 c

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 50)Activity 11 b 2 a 3 d 4 c

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 3plane, train, walking, bus, cab, the Tube, bikes

Activity 41 It takes 15 minutes to get from Heathrow to London by

Heathrow Express.2 The quickest form of transport in London is the Tube.3 It usually opens at 5 a.m. and closes at midnight.4 You should buy an Oyster card.

5 The two advantages of taking the bus are that you can see the city, and they run all night.

6 They are public bikes that you can rent.

Activity 51 get around 2 fare, charge 3 Pedestrian areas 4 get on 5 transport pass 6 ride 7 strolling

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 51-52)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 t+k 2 d+g 3 d+p 4 t+g 5 d+k 6 t+b 7 d+b 8 t+p

Activity 31 c 2 d 3 a 4 b

Activity 41 I’ll take 2 I take 3 I usually go 4 I’ll go 5 I help 6 I’ll help

Activity 51, 4, 5, 6

Activity 61 How far 2 How big 3 How long 4 How often 5 How tall

Activity 7

1 up to 2 far away 3 close by 4 down to

Activity 81 rush hour 2 taxi rank 3 pedestrian area 4 bus lane 5 bike lane

Activity 9Dialogue 1: taxi rank, rush hour, pedestrian areaDialogue 2: , bus lane, bike lane Activity 101 32 7 The taxi rank is close by.3 7 It’s rush hour.4 35 7 He’s going to take a Boris bike.6 7 It’s slightly cloudy.7 38 7 It takes about 30 minutes.

Activity 11What is the quickest way to get to Brighton?The quickest way to get there is by train.How much does a train ticket to Brighton cost?It costs sixteen pounds.

Activity 121 in 2 at 3 arrive 4 enter 5 leave 6 enter 7 leave 8 collect

Activity 131 in 2 to 3 on 4 off 5 into 6 at 7 out 8 up

Activity 141 quiet 2 small village 3 close by 4 unnecessary 5 200 miles

170 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 15Student’s own answers.

How far is it? (page 53)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 c 2 a 3 b 4 c

Activity 42, 3, 5

Activity 51 valuables / jewellery 2 autumn 3 yourself 4 stay out5 bars 6 shoes

Activity 61 He arrives by train.2 Brighton beach is busiest in the summer.3 It takes Sarah 10 minutes to cycle to the next town.4 Nigel is going by bus.5 You can eat fi sh and chips.6 He decides to have a cup of tea.

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 54)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 b 2 c 3 d 4 a

Activity 31 a 2 b 3 c 4 d

Activity 4

P B V S

1 famous for good food 3

2 safer in the daytime 3

3 good for visiting museums 3 3

4 located on a number of islands 3 3

5 near the mountains 3

6 very different at night 3

7 particularly expensive 3

8 great for shopping 3

9 connected to ’70s pop music 3

10 hard to fi nd accommodation during a festival 3

Activity 51 highlights 2 stroll 3 get away 4 packed 5 get a feel for 6 city break 7 stunning 8 pickpockets

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 55)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 c 2 a 3 d 4 b

Activity 4They warn us to watch out for pickpockets.

Activity 51 a 2 b 3 c 4 a 5 c 6 a 7 c

Activity 61 weekend break 2 45 miles 3 car, buses, trains 4 pedestrian areas 5 It never gets too hot. 6 Marine Palace and Pier 7 45 miles down from London 8 I wouldn’t go there in winter.

Activity 7Suggested answer: San Sebastián is a great place for a weekend break. It is only 4 hours from Madrid by car and is located on the northern coast of Spain. Although it doesn’t get very hot in San Sebastian, it is very well-known for its beautiful beach, la Concha. I wouldn’t go there in the winter though, because it rains a lot and can be very windy and cold. One of the most popular places to visit is Mount Igeldo. There is a beautiful view of the city and the bay from there. San Sebastian has amazing restaurants and bars. Many people enjoy going to the bars to taste the wonderful tapas. There is also a lovely boardwalk along the beach which is fantastic for taking a stroll in the evening.

CONSOLIDATION (page 56-57)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 b 2 a 3 c

Activity 31 d 2 c 3 a 4 e 5 b

Activity 41 7 Ten years ago, China produced two million cars a year.

Now it produces over 18 million.2 7 Beijing emerged as the worst places to drive.3 7 Beijing also has a large underground. However, the problems

continue.4 35 7 Many people spent time playing cards and sleeping.

Activity 51 18 million cars are produced in China every year.2 They usually spend two to three hours in their cars everyday

in Beijing.3 Beijing’s worst traffi c jam was over 60 miles long.4 It lasted 12 days.

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

Activity 71 He wanted to do something less stressful, and his wife is

Chinese.2 Yes, he is very happy with his job.

Activity 81 a 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 a

Answer Key

171THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

Activity 10Suggested answer: Steve was born in Manchester. He has been working as an English teacher for 12 years. He likes his job because he loves working with children. He is 35 years old, and he earns £35,000 a year. He works five days a week, but he doesn’t have to work at the weekend. He will retire when he is 65 years old.

SELF TEST (page 58)Activity 11 break 2 sightseeing 3 highlight 4 packed 5 stroll 6 stunning

Activity 21 starts 2 will get 3 will take 4 does / leave 5 lasts 6 will pick / up 7 don’t run

Activity 31 in 2 to 3 on 4 off 5 up 6 at 7 out of 8 around

Activity 41 rush hour 2 single ticket 3 bike lane 4 pedestrian area 5 transport pass

Activity 51 How 2 What 3 long 4 far 5 often

Activity 61 Be careful at night! / I’d be careful at night.2 Don’t go there in summer. / I wouldn’t go there in the summer.3 Hire a guide! / I’d hire a guide.4 Don’t drive in the rush hour. / I wouldn’t drive in the rush

hour.5 Don’t take a taxi. / I wouldn’t take a taxi.

Activity 71 The hotel is far away.2 Charles Bridge is close by.3 Walk down to the Vitara River.4 Take a taxi up to the museum.5 The airport is 10 kilometres away.

Activity 81 hasn’t 2 two days 3 picturesque 4 10 kilometres 5 speak 6 the underground 7 the crowds at the tourist sights

UNIT 6. FIRST IMPRESSIONS

What do you think of him? (page 59)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 Faisal thinks gary is extremely untidy and not very reliable.2 She thinks she is the rudest client she knows.

Activity 31 boss / employer 2 (work) colleague 3 client 4 tenant

Activity 41 b 2 c 3 c 4 a 5 a 6 c 7 a 8 b

Activity 51 c 2 e 3 b 4 a 5 d

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 60)Activity 11 b 2 a 3 c

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 3Student’s own answers.

Activity 41 We should maintain eye contact two-thirds of the time. You

should think about your posture and you should listen twice as much as you talk.

2 cold / distant, people may think you’re not interested in them.3 uncomfortable, sad and nervous4 listening

Activity 51 responsible for 2 feeling down 3 sensible 4 body language 5 make a good impression 6 play a vital role 7 sensitive 8 eye contact

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 61-62)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2

/!/ /":/ /#/

thatback

automaticfactor

hardercar

pardonargue

functionwonderful

uglyus

Activity 31 b 2 c 3 a

Activity 41 d 2 b 3 e 4 a 5 c 6 f

Activity 51 moody 2 easy-going 3 outgoing 4 sensitive 5 reserved 6 sensible

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

Activity 7Claire: reserved, sensibleJane: easygoing, outgoingBeryl: moody, sensitive

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

Activity 91 d 2 e 3 c 4 a 5 f 6 b

172 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 101 have you 2 won’t we 3 hasn’t he 4 did she 5 aren’t they 6 aren’t I

Activity 11Student’s own answers.

Activity 12

1 › 2 › 3 › 4 › 5 ›

Activity 131 A fl atmate of Mary’s / A fl atmate of hers / One of her fl atmates

phoned me yesterday.2 A brother of Martin’s / A brother of his / One of his brothers is

a professional footballer.3 A friend of dad’s / A friend of his / One of his friends was on

the news yesterday.4 Those neighbours of ours have complained again.5 A client of hers behaves very rudely.6 That boss of mine can be very understanding.

Activity 141 shake your head 2 fold your arms 3 shake hands4 nod your head 5 roll your eyes 6 shrug your shoulders7 look someone in the eye 8 cross your legs

Activity 151 b 2 d 3 c 4 a 5 g 6 h 7 e 8 f

Activity 16nod your head, shrug your shoulders, cross your legs and fold your arms

Activity 171 You nod your head to say no in Albania.2 No, it isn’t. It means you don’t respect the other person.3 You shouldn’t cross your legs when you are sitting on a chair.4 When you are talking to older people or parents.

Activity 18Student’s own answers.

More than words (page 63)Activity 11 b 2 a 3 c

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 e 2 b 3 f 4 d 5 a 6 c

Activity 41, 4, 5, 7

Activity 51 oldest 2 order 3 the Ship 4 12 / midday 5 television 6 Mother’s 7 leave

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 64)Activity 1Suggested answers: 1 negative, materialistic 2 modern,

alternative 3 positive, natural 4 traditional, interesting

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 3Student’s own answers.

Activity 42

Activity 51 7 You need to think about the image that you want to convey.2 33 34 7 It’s often a good idea to make a video of yourself as you

walk around a room.5 3

Activity 61 convey 2 outfi t 3 nod 4 form an impression 5 To come across, make a good fi rst impression, give the impression6 It is vital to, it is critical to

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 65)Activity 1

A D

1 Drink wine before the interview 3

2 Stay up all night practising 3

3 Relax and be yourself 3

4 Wear a conservative outfi t 3

5 Make a video to practice 3

1 You shouldn’t do that.2 I wouldn’t do that.3 You’re right.4 That’s a good idea.5 What a great idea!

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 a 2 c 3 b 4 d

Activity 41 d 2 c 3 a 4 b

Activity 51 On the one hand 2 On the other hand 3 What’s more4 Although 5 As a result 6 To sum up

Activity 6Suggested answer: It is very important to be physically attractive today. It opens doors for you. On the one hand, the advantages of being physically attractive make it easier to fi nd a partner and it is also easier to get a job. On the other hand, being attractive isn’t everything. Attractive people spend a lot of time getting ready to go out, and they spend a lot of money on products to help them look better. Attractive people don’t notice the real person inside. To sum up, I think it is important to be attractive, but I think it is even more important to be a nice person.

Answer Key

173THAT’S ENGLISH!

CONSOLIDATION (page 66-67)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2It is useless because it makes people defensive and angry. It is ineffective because when you criticise someone, they don’t think that they are wrong. On the contrary, they try to justify themselves. Finally it is dangerous because it can make people feel stupid and unimportant which can result in aggressive behaviour.

Activity 31 c 2 b 3 a 4 b

Activity 4Student’s own answers.

Activity 5

1 7 He is quite easy-going.2 33 7 His father is always criticising him.4 35 7 He can’t look her in the eye because he is lying on the sofa.

Activity 61 easy-going, friendly, outgoing 2 warm, friendly 3 cold, distant, critical

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

Activity 81 She made a good impression.2 She’s outgoing and talkative, and has a great sense of

humour.3 She is a good listener because she looks you in the eye

during a conversation.4 Yes, she was. She was wearing a nice outfit.5 She’s not sensible with money.

Activity 9Suggested answer: Recently, I met a very interesting person. She made a great first impression. She was smiling and happy, and she really knew how to listen. She was very attractive. She was tall, thin and had red hair. Her posture was straight and upright. She was very friendly, funny and outgoing. She told us several jokes. What a nice person!

SELF TEST (page 68)Activity 11 warm 2 moody 3 sensitive 4 easy-going 5 outgoing

Activity 21 nod 2 shake 3 look 4 shrug 5 roll 6 fold

Activity 31 are you 2 have I 3 did he 4 haven’t you 5 wouldn’t they 6 can you

Activity 41 think of 2 early 3 opinion 4 outgoing 5 think / suppose 6 think / suppose 7 critical 8 sure

Activity 51 d 2 b 3 a 4 c

Activity 61 The mother of Robert is too expressive.2 He is the boss of them.3 A friend of my mother’s has got a job.4 She is a client of mine.5 They are the classmates of my brother.

Activity 71 However 2 moreover 3 On the one hand 4 On the other hand 5 Even so 6 To sum up

Activity 81 c 2 a 3 b

Activity 91 7 We should tell them how we feel.2 33 3

UNIT 7. PLAY TIME!

The games people play (page 69)Activity 11 c 2 a 3 bSuggested answer: Charades is a game where one person uses gestures to describe book titles, songs or film titles and another person must guess the answer. You can’t speak while you are gesturing.Tag is usually played by children. One person is chosen and must run and try to touch another person. When you are touched, it is your turn to try to touch someone else. Pin the donkey. A drawing of a donkey is put up on the wall. One person who has the donkey’s tail in his hands and is wearing a blindfold tries to put the tail as close as possible on the drawing. The person who puts the tail closest to the correct place on the donkey wins the game.

Activity 21 Dan and Ivan argue because they both sit on the same chair

in the game.2 The team have to make a perfect square.

Activity 31 b 2 a 3 a

Activity 41 tag 2 competitive 3 cheating 4 teamwork 5 blindfolds 6 childish 7 winning 8 teamplayer

Activity 51 football / cricket2 Twister / Monopoly / Scrabble. Kids board games3 Chequers / Chess4 Monopoly / Cluedo5 Yahtzee / Monopoly / Stratego / Connect / Lego / Meccano6 ball games / beach games7 board games / cards8 PlayStation

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

174 THAT’S ENGLISH!

READING (page 70)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 b 2 a 3 c 4 a 5 c 6 b

Activity 3

Description Skip rope Oba Caught you!

It uses a ball. 3 3

It uses a rope. 3

It is individual. 3 3

It can include singing. 3 3

Activity 4 1 32 7 You sometimes stand one leg.3 7 We should play this game in a park, in an open place.4 35 3

Activity 51 cheating 2 blindfold 3 skipping 4 throw 5 go on6 hold 7 rope

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 71-72)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 sea, see 2 write, right 3 You’re, your 4 Where, wear5 Their, there 6 won, one

Activity 31 Find 2 Shuffl e 3 Take 4 Don’t look 5 Pass 6 Don’t let1 e 2 a 3 b 4 f 5 d 6 c

Activity 41 place 2 stand 3 playing 4 Move 5 playing6 Eliminate 7 playing

Activity 51 hold the rope 2 let the ball go 3 cheat 4 kick the ball5 pick the ball up 6 drop the ball

Activity 61 Hold 2 drops 3 cheat 4 kick 5 catches 6 lets / go

Activity 7Suggested answer: I liked playing Kick the can. You need a can and at least 4 people to play this game. One person takes the can and places it in the middle of the garden and begins to count to fi fty while the other players hide. After you count to fi fty, you have to try to fi nd the other players. If you fi nd one, you return to the can and say, “one, two, three on…(and say the person’s name)”. This player must come to where you are and he or she is your prisoner. Before being caught, the other players want to get to the can and kick it to free the prisoners. You continue playing until everyone is taken prisoner.

Activity 81 c 2 a 3 d 4 b

Activity 9They decide to play Trivial Pursuit and invite some friends to have some wine and pizza.

Activity 101 7 They don’t want to go out because it is raining.2 7 He’s not very good at drawing. 3 34 35 7 Because they are always late.6 3

Activity 111 c 2 b 3 a

Activity 12

Say yesenthusiastically

Say yesunenthusiastically

Say noemphatically

Yes, of course.That’s a great idea!

I’m dying to…!

I suppose soIf you insist.

I really don’t want to!No way!

You must be joking!

Fun for all the family (page 73)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 3climbing, sensory trails, archery, giant swing, canoeing, horse riding

Activity 41 Yes, it is possible to stay overnight at residential camps.2 Holiday camps are run throughout the year.3 They thought it would be boring.4 Parents also benefi t from holiday camps.

Activity 5hopscotch, fl ash, hide and seek, baseball, tig, skipping, cowboys and Indians, polo

Activity 61 Thames 2 politicians 3 11 a.m. 4 largest 5 Royal 6 20

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 74)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 e 2 c 3 d 4 a 5 b

Activity 31 It has been operating for over 80 years.2 Because the installations have been made more modern and,

also, because British people don’t want to travel abroad as much.3 They usually spend a lot of money (a fortune) on their

holidays.4 One of their son’s friends recommended Butlin’s.5 The family’s fi rst impression was excellent.

Answer Key

175THAT’S ENGLISH!

6 Butlin’s offers arts and crafts activities, a water park, a fairground, circus and go-carts.

Activity 4 1 getaway 2 resorts 3 theme parks 4 arts and crafts 5 city holidays 6 fairground 7 affordable 8 facilities

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 75)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 I won’t clean my room!2 I’ll call everybody now.3 Don’t worry. We’ll play in teams.4 I don’t want to see that film!5 I won’t embarrass myself in front of my friends.6 All right. I’ll do it.7 I won’t go there again.8 I don’t want to go anywhere else.

Activity 31 will see 2 will never come 3 won’t play 4 will help 5 will find 6 won’t answer

Activity 41 puppet show 2 circus 3 fairground 4 arts and crafts 5 pony ride 6 soft-play area 7 treasure hunt 8 crazy golf

Activity 51 b 2 a 3 a 4 b 5 a

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

CONSOLIDATION (page 76-77)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 b 2 a 3 c 4 e 5 d

Activity 3 1 c 2 a 3 c 4 c

Activity 41 f 2 b 3 c 4 e 5 a 6 d

Activity 5 Student’s own answers.

Activity 6 Student’s own answers.

Activity 71 e 2 c 3 a 4 f 5 d 6 b

Activity 81 b 2 a 3 c

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

Activity 10Suggested answer: I really enjoy playing games such as Monopoly and Scrabble. I like playing mental games because

it is more challenging, and I usually play 2 or 3 times a week. My friends and my family like the same games as I do, so I usually play with them. It feels great when I win the game, but I am not very competitive. So, if the other players win, I don’t mind. I really should play games more often and watch less TV, but I am a little bit lazy.

SELF TEST (page 78)Activity 11 throw, catch 2 Pass, not cheat 3 stands up, jump 4 Hold, Don’t drop

Activity 21 c 2 d 3 b 4 a

Activity 31 arts and crafts 2 treasure hunt 3 pony ride 4 puppet show 5 circus 6 crazy golf 7 soft-play area 8 fairground

Activity 41 boring 2 having 3 rides 4 cool 5 scary

Activity 51 play 2 write down 3 put 4 choose 5 acting out 6 don’t speak 7 using 8 playing 9 doing

Activity 61 is always eating. 2 are always cheating. 3 is always talking. 4 is always crying.

Activity 71 will carry 2 won’t go / I’m not going 3 will answer 4 will never speak, will say

Activity 81 7 The children had a great time.2 33 7 Jamie did arts and crafts activities.4 35 7 She also liked the fairground.6 3

Activity 91 had 2 time 3 art and crafts 4 play area 5 pony 6 fairground 7 scary 8 boring 9 kids

UNIT 8. THE ART WORLD

A picture says a thousand words (page 79)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 Laura and Christian met at Art School.2 Myers Declan didn’t have any money to pay for his food.

Activity 41 Laura 2 Christian 3 Bill, Ben & Ellen 4 Ben 5 Ellen 6 Ben

Activity 51 32 7 Laura invites Ben to an art exhibition.

176 THAT’S ENGLISH!

3 7 Pollock was a painter in the 20th century.4 3 5 7 Christian invites Laura to meet the curator of the exhibition.6 3

Activity 61 music 2 classical art 3 music 4 modern art, sculpture 5 photography 6 architecture 7 sculpture 8 music9 classical art

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 80)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 Damien Hirst 2 Marina Abramovic 3 Louise Bourgeois 4 Gerhard Richter

Activity 31 a 2 b 3 c 4 a 5 c

Activity 41 leaves me cold 2 sat still 3 stunning 4 I don’t get it5 disgusting 6 lovely, stunning

Activity 51 turns, off 2 just don’t get it 3 break down the barriers4 made a big impression on 5 live

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 81-82)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2/!/ hut, colour, touch, come/"/ fact, cab, handsome/#$/ surf, nurse, thirsty, servant, girl, world, earth/a$/ dark, shark/e/ wet, treasure, feather, again Activity 31 is considered 2 visit 3 was seen 4 was increased5 costs 6 has been criticised 7 was announced 8 will be offered

Activity 42 Her sculptures are bought by people from all round the world. 3 - 4 Have all my photos been sold yet? 5 - 6 Her performance was watched by hundreds of spectators yesterday.

Activity 5a 2 b 4 c 1 d 3

Activity 6He likes it: b He doesn't like it: a, d He hates it: c

Activity 71 d 2 c 3 e 4 a 5 b

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

Activity 10/%/ tin, give, pity/i$/ wheel, neat, mean, tweet/&/ promise, watch/'$/ wore, lawn, normal, draw, daughter, walk/(/ hook/u$/ suitcase, clue, tool, mute

Activity 111 I saw the exhibition with John yesterday. / Yesterday, I saw

the exhibition with John.2 He often paints in the afternoon. In the afternoon, he often paints.3 She doesn’t usually go to bed so early.4 She took that photo with great diffi culty last night. / Last

night, she took that photo with great diffi culty.5 I didn’t speak English very well in the exam three years ago. /

Three years ago, I didn’t speak English very well in the exam.

Activity 12on a sofa, at work, wearing a grey suit, a blue cupboard, fl owers on the left, in a white vase

Activity 131 armchair 2 home 3 green skirt 4 white blouse 5 green cupboard 6 on the right 7 yellow

Activity 141 foreground, background 2 bottom, right 3 top, left4 skill 5 in, focal 6 colourful

Activity 15Suggested answer: There are two women sitting at a table in the foreground. They are quietly talking in a cafe. In the background, there is a man sitting at a table. To the right, outside the window, there is a large sign. There is a lamp on the windowsill. The sun is shining through the window. I fi nd the effect of light in this painting striking.

The buildings around us (page 83)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Oxford

Activity 31 b,f 2 e, a 3 c,g 4 d

Activity 41 Christopher Wren 2 university graduation ceremonies, music concerts, lectures, conferences 3 library 4 8005 eighteen 6 society 7 Business

Activity 51 Goldie 2 Andy Warhol 3 ice sculpting 4 Jackson Pollock 5 temples 6 Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 84)Activity 11 e 2 d 3 b 4 c 5 a

Answer Key

177THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 21 b 2 e 3 c 4 d 5 a

Activity 31 7 Both his parents were dead, but his brother was possibly

still alive.2 7 He decided to become a forger when he realised that he

could imitate other artists and make a lot of money.3 34 35 7 Perl was very surprised by the drawing at the beginning.6 7 He only had a good reputation after he died. / People began

to appreciate his work after his death.

Activity 41 portrait 2 art gallery 3 still life 4 watercolours 5 landscape 6 Oil, canvas 7 frame 8 exhibition

Activity 51 c 2 e 3 a 4 d 5 b

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 85)Activity 11 c 2 e 3 b 4 a 5 d

Activity 21 Don’t you? 2 Did they? 3 Have you? 4 Is she? 5 Did he? 6 Won’t she?

Activity 3Student’s own answers.

Activity 41 surprised 2 sceptical 3 no interest 4 surprise 5 surprise 6 sceptical

Activity 5Student’s own answers.

Activity 61 go 2 to speak 3 Would 4 getting 5 not 6 Wouldn’t, to be

Activity 71 portrait 2 landscape 3 by 4 as 5 good at 6 exhibitions 7 art gallery 8 make

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

CONSOLIDATION (page 86-87)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 d 3 a 4 e 5 b

Activity 31 b 2 a 3 c 4 c 5 a

Activity 4Switch off the TV. Go for walks. Write a diary.

Activity 53

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

Activity 82

Activity 9

1 7 She has been a photographer for over 40 years.2 7 She does still life and landscapes as well.3 34 7 If you take a good portrait, you can communicate all kinds

of emotions.5 36 7 She has become more sensitive to other people.

Activity 101 b 2 d 3 a 4 c

Activity 11Options a and b contain facts. Options c and d contain opinions.

Activity 121 however 2 I’d rather not 3 shows 4 I would say that 5 To sum up

Activity 13Suggested answer: This painting by Gauguin shows a tropical scene and reflects happiness. In the foreground, we see a dog and two women sitting and chatting. I would say that the scene has been painted with great care. The painting is very colourful and relaxing. To sum up, this painting doesn’t leave me cold. It is stunning!

SELF TEST (page 88)Activity 11 stunning 2 get, confusing 3 leave 4 disgusting 5 striking

Activity 21 stunning 2 top 3 foreground 4 skill 5 point 6 bottom, left

Activity 31 e 2 f 3 b 4 a 5 d 6 c

Activity 41 was taken 2 didn’t enjoy 3 tried 4 was completely confused 5 didn’t remember 5 are asked 7 learn

Activity 51 How 2 What an 3 What 4 What a 5 What an 6 How 7 What 8 How

Activity 61 as 2 at 3 made 4 by 5 carefully

Activity 71 I usually get up at 6 o’clock every day.2 I painted a lot in the garden last year. / Last year, I painted a

lot in the garden.3 He never goes up the stairs very quickly.4 Jane often goes to work in the evening.5 They were slowly walking along the road last night. / They

were walking along the road slowly last night. / Last night, they were slowly walking along the road.

178 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 81 Are you 2 Have we 3 Are you 4 Didn’t you 5 Can’t you

Activity 91 go 2 prefer 3 Would 4 prefer 5 be, than 6 Would, have, or

Activity 101 paint 2 is

Activity 111 7 He is painting a portrait.2 33 34 7 He paints landscapes and still lifes as well.5 3

Activity 12Suggested answer:Dear Meg,Last night I went out with a friend and he showed me some of his artwork. It was quite stunning, and I told him about you and the art gallery where you work. He has sold some paintings but needs some help. Would you be able to talk to him and look at some of his work? Thanks!

UNIT 9. THE WORLD IS A STAGE

What a great performance! (page 89)Activity 11 b 2 a

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 They are going to the matinee tomorrow afternoon.2 She is a brilliant but underrated actress who would be perfect

in his new play.

Activity 41 d 2 c 3 e 4 f 5 b 6 a

Activity 51 b 2 a 3 a 4 b 5 c

Activity 61 c 2 d 3 b 4 e 5 a

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 90)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 They wrote a musical version of Cinderella.2 It includes references to the events of today, and it has a

greater comic element.3 It is very good.

Activity 31 7 From the moment we took our seats, we were captivated

by the beautiful set. / They were captivated by the beautiful

set at the beginning.2 33 7 The music wasn’t great. Jake didn’t like the music.4 7 Mothers near him were explaining the story to their children.5 7 She says they all had a great time. Both the parents and the

children had a good time.

Activity 41 c 2 g 3 e 4 b 5 f 6 a 7 d

Activity 51 performance 2 star 3 main characters 4 cast 5 set 6 standing ovation 7 audience 8 rave reviews 9 moving 10 on stage

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 91-92)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 advertisement 2 aggressive 3 graduate 4 imaginative 5 independent 6 manipulative 7 organised 8 private9 references 10 return

Activity 31 to 2 so 3 that 4 Hopefully 5 not

Activity 4Student’s own answers.

Activity 51 under 2 over 3 under 4 over 5 super 6 super

Activity 61 wonderful 2 happy 3 achievement 4 done 5 What 6 Congratulations

Activity 71 rubbish 2 What a 3 awful, What a 4 performance5 disappointing

Activity 8Sally: How did the school play go?Max: Well, in general the performances were dreadful

(outstanding/amazing/brillant). They did a good job.Sally: Oh good! Tell me more!Max: Well, Gemma and Bob were awful (outstanding/

amazing/brillant) as the two main characters. The audience loved them! But I was a little pleased (disappointed) with the rest of the cast because they weren’t very good.

Sally: Really? Why?Max: Their acting was terrifi c (rubbish). I don’t think anybody

in the audience liked them.Sally: Would you recommend going to see the play?Max: Yes, I think you should see it. It’s terrible (outstanding/

amazing/brillant).

Activity 91 c 2 a 3 b

Activity 101 32 33 7 The director was pleased with the actor’s performance.4 3

Answer Key

179THAT’S ENGLISH!

5 7 The director thought the set was good.

Activity 11Student’s own answers.

Activity 12 Student’s own answers.

It’s a full house (page 93)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 31 The following are mentioned in the video: Romeo and Juliet,

Alls Well that Ends Well, Macbeth, and The Tempest.2 Stratford-upon-Avon3 The Globe Theatre

Activity 41 across the River Thames 2 burned down 3 by Shakespeare and other writers 4 has performed in 5 connection to Shakespeare 6 the English language

Activity 51 a 2 f 3 c 4 e 5 b 6 d

Activity 61 yes 2 yes 3 no 4 doesn’t say 5 no 6 doesn’t say 7 doesn’t say

Activity 7Student’s own answers.

READING (page 94)Activity 1Almagro: theatre festivalSalzburg: classical music festivalCannes: film festivalGlastonbury: pop festivalNew Orleans: jazz festival

Activity 21 c 2 e 3 a 4 d 5 b

Activity 31 b 2 c 3 a 4 b 5 b

Activity 41 the main idea behind the event 2 took part 3 build their careers 4 takes place 5 for all tastes 6 followed their example

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 95)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 ’Are you going with Mary?’ ’No, not with Mary, I’m going with John.’2 ’Is Charles a good actor?’ ’No, he’s a terrible actor, but he’s a fantastic singer.’3 ’Do you want to go to the cinema?’ ’No, not to the cinema, I’d love to go to the theatre.’

Activity 31 extremely 2 completely 3 really 4 absolutely 5 so 6 absolutely 7 completely 8 extremely

Activity 41 b 2 c 3 a

Activity 5

1 Basic Information It’s set in, it’s a store about

2 Adjectives capable, powerful, evocative, moving, outstanding

3 Opinions or recommendation It’s really worth seeing

4 Conclusions To sum up, In a word

Activity 61 based 2 by 3 directed 4 set 5 story 6 cast 7 outstanding / powerful 8 worth seeing

Activity 7Suggested answer: The Grapes of Wrath is a film based on the Pulitzer Prize winning novel. It is directed by John Ford and is set in Oklahoma in the 1930s during the Great Depression. It is a story about the Joads, a poor family of farmers that are forced to leave their home in Oklahoma because of drought, financial problems and to look for work in California. Henry Ford and Jane Darwell star as the main characters. The actors are brilliant, and the plot is moving and gripping. The family has to overcome many problems to survive during this terrible period of time. To sum up, I would say that this film is really worth seeing. It catches your attention from the very beginning. It is an outstanding film.

CONSOLIDATION (page 96-97)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21

Activity 3

1 7 Classical acting concentrates on voice and gesture. Method acting helps actors internalise thoughts and feelings of their characters.

2 7 He didn’t suffer mental problems. He stayed in character.3 34 35 7 Acting is a very intense experience for the actor.

6 3

Activity 4Student’s own answers.

Activity 51 b 2 d 3 c 4 a

Activity 61 b 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 b 6 c

Activity 71 c 2 e 3 a 4 d 5 b

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

180 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

Activity 101 based 2 directed 3 set 4 tells 5 outstanding 6 superb 7 worth 8 recommend

Activity 11Suggested answer: The fi lm It’s a Wonderful Life is based on the fi ctitious life of George Bailey, a humble businessman who lives in the town of Bedford Falls. It is brilliantly directed by Frank Capra and is set in the post-war period.The fi lm is a story about what the life of George Bailey’s family and friends would be like without him. James Stewart gives an outstanding performance as George Bailey. In addition, the rest of the cast really perform well, too. The fi lm last a little longer than 2 hours and sometimes can be a little slow.This fi lm is defi nitely worth seeing if you are interested in a warm, heart fi lling moment. If I were you, I wouldn’t miss it.

SELF TEST (page 98)Activity 11 performance 2 star 3 character 4 set 5 audienc6 cast 7 ovation 8 reviews

Activity 21 hope to 2 Hopefully 3 hope not 4 hope (that) 5 hope so

Activity 31 overrated 2 superhuman 3 undercooked 4 superimposed 5 overemotional

Activity 41 What 2 dreadful 3 Well done! 4 load 5 for 6 How

Activity 51 d 2 c 3 e 4 a 5 b

Activity 61 Correct 2 absolutely / utterly / totally / completely impossible 3 Correct 4 absolutely, really, amazing 5 Correct 6 really / absolutely / completely /totally exhausted

Activity 71 extremely interesting 2 fantastic 2 full of emotion4 makes a big impression 5 very bad

Activity 81 d 2 b 3 a 4 c

Activity 9the story, the actors, the music

Activity 10

man’s opinion woman’s opinion

the fi lm in general man’s opinion fantastic

the story dreadful boring moving

the actors really bad really powerful (performance)

the music absolutely dreadful evocative

the main actress very beautiful but a bad voice impressive

UNIT 10. STORIES AND LEGENDS

It’s an urban myth, Bill (page 99)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 He died years ago in a plane crash in the Nevada desert, and

he joined a religious sect.2 He does concerts because he has no money. Activity 31 T 2 R 3 R 4 T 5 T 6 T 7 R 8 T

Activity 41 c 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 b 6 b 7 c

Activity 51 c 2 a 3 - 4 f 5 d 6 - 7 b 8 e

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 100)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 c 2 b 3 e 4 d 5 a

Activity 31 7 He lived a very long time ago.2 33 7 He immediately saw Gelert and it was a terrible sight.4 3 However, as he was looking at the dead dog, he suddenly

heard a baby crying.5 7 He killed him before he had seen his son.6 3

Activity 41 suddenly 2 apparently 3 angrily 4 immediately5 desperately 6 heavily 7 tragically 8 sadly

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 101-102)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 vegetable 2 secretary 3 chocolate 4 comfortable5 medicine 6 secondary 7 aspirin 8 biscuit 9 library

Activity 31 was walking 2 saw 3 was crying 4 asked 5 didn’t answer 6 pointed 7 was lying 8 understood 9 couldn’t

Activity 41 Surprisingly 2 amazingly 3 naturally 4 Obviously5 apparently

Activity 51 desperately 2 fi nally 3 calmly 4 heavily 5 quickly6 suddenly

Answer Key

181THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 61 B 2 E 3 E 4 B 5 B 6 E

Activity 7b, d, f, h, i

Activity 81 b 2 d 3 a 4 e 5 c

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

Activity 101 c 2 b 3 a

Activity 111 b (past simple tense) 2 c (past continuous tense) 3 a (past perfect tense)

Activity 121 arrived; had (already) started 2 hadn’t been; met 3 finished / had finished; had fallen 4 hadn’t seen; loved 5 had already left; finally came 6 had just woken up; saw

Activity 131 remember 2 suppose 3 noticed 4 sensed 5 heard 6 imagined 7 found out 8 realised

Activity 14Suggested answer: There is a famous legend in Burlington, the town where I live. People say that there is a ghost that lives in an abandoned house at the end of Grant Street, and that this ghost is looking for his golden arm. There was once a man, Frank Klein, who lost his real arm in a car accident, but as he was very rich, he decided to replace it with a golden one. When he died, someone stole his arm from his grave. My friend and I didn’t believe in ghosts, so we decided to spend the night in the abandoned house to prove to everyone that the ghost was simply a legend. As we were entering the house, we started to hear noises coming from upstairs. The noises sounded like someone talking. So we started to walk up the stairs, and entered the bedroom. Suddenly, we heard the words, ’Who stole my golden arm?’We heard this repeated several times, and then the door closed behind us. We quickly decided to leave the house. It was at this moment that we realised that this legend was true.

Do you believe in ghosts? (page 103)Activity 11 b 2 a

Activity 2Student’s own answers.

Activity 3b, c, d, f, g

Activity 41 c 2 c 3 a 4 b 5 a 6 c

Activity 51 e 2 d 3 f 4 b 5 c 6 a

Activity 6Student’s own answers.

READING (page 104)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21

Activity 31 b 2 d 3 c

Activity 4a

Activity 51 c 2 g 3 a 4 e 5 b 6 f 7 d

LANGUAGE STUDY (page 105)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

Activity 21 Once upon a time, there was a cat and a dog.2 A man walked into a bar with a lion.3 A long time ago in a galaxy far, far away...4 It was love at first sight.5 It was the best of times, it was the worst of times.

Activity 31 b 2 c 3 a

Activity 41 a 2 b 3 b

Activity 51 used to love / loved / would love 2 would always imitate 3 was cooking 4 told 5 had never heard 6 met / had met

Activity 6In 1888, Gandhi travels to London to study law. Gandhi never eats meat or drinks alcohol because of his religion. However, he does not like the vegetarian food that is offered by his English landlady. He is frequently hungry until he finds a vegetarian restaurant. While he lives in London, he tries to adopt customs that he considers to be typically English, and he even takes dancing lessons.

Activity 7Suggested answer: A friend of mine told me a story which supposedly happened to him. Well, he tells me that he receives a chain letter in the mail which says that he has to send the letter to 15 other people in less than 24 hours or he will suffer a terrible accident. My friend pays no attention to the letter because he isn’t superstitious. Two days later, my friend leaves his house to go shopping in the city centre, and when he finishes buying a new suit, he walks out of the shop and begins to cross the street. Suddenly, he hears a loud screeching noise, he looks up and sees a car coming at him and it can’t stop in time. The car hits him, and knocks him onto the ground. Some people who see the accident call an ambulance. The ambulance comes and has to take him to hospital. It turns out that he breaks his leg in three places.

CONSOLIDATION (page 106-107)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

182 THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 22

Activity 32, 4, 6

Activity 4

Good storytellers Bad storytellersmemorise the story,know their audience,use body language

always use the same tone of voice

Activity 54

Activity 61 7 Professor Lomax has just written a book.2 7 People like talking about their experiences.3 34 35 7 People exaggerate.6 7

Activity 7My holiday was (1) great! I went to (2) Cancun on the east coast of (3) Mexico with my boyfriend, Jeff. He’s (4) very rich, so (5) he paid (6) for everything!. We stayed in a (7) fi ve-star hotel. The food was (8) delicious and our room was (9) huge. We (10) swam in the sea every day because the water was (11) perfect. The weather was (12) beautiful!. During the holiday, I saw some aspects of Jeff’s character that I (13) really like: he’s very (14) patient and is a (15) good listener.

Activity 8Student’s own answers.

Activity 9Student’s own answers.

SELF TEST (page 108)Activity 11 hadn’t talked, decided 2 understood, had read 3 got / had got, had already begun 4 had just closed, realised, had left 5 hadn’t spoken, already knew, liked

Activity 21 a time 2 desperately 3 One day 4 fi nally 5 Obviously 6 Suddenly 7 ever after 8 moral

Activity 31 had fi nished / fi nished 2 looked 3 wasn’t shining4 wasn’t raining 5 wanted / had wanted 6 had forgotten7 had already started 8 came 9 said 10 used to wear11 would go 12 would tell

Activity 4I’m in the school library when this man comes in. He seems nervous and is looking around him. Suddenly, he falls to the ground. Then I see that he is bleeding, and he has a lot of 500 euro notes in his pockets. That’s when I remember that the police are looking for a bank robber.

Activity 51 sensed 2 knew 3 noticed 4 realised 5 suppose

Activity 61 b 2 e 3 a 4 f 5 c 6 d

Activity 71 7 The bird sees The Happy Prince and stops there.2 7 The Happy Prince is crying.3 34 7 The Happy Prince lived in a beautiful palace.5 36 7 The Happy Prince starts to cry.

UNIT 11. REVISION

GRAMMAR (page 109)Activity 11 a 2 c 3 a 4 b 5 c 6 a 7 c 8 c 9 b 10 b

Activity 21 joining 2 have 3 interesting 4 I’ll cancel 5 have just bought 6 How 7 How long 8 dozens of 9 saw 10 was built 11 ’s been 12 How far 13 living 14 to like15 buy 16 to move

Activity 31 have been living 2 used to / lived 3 would always go4 decided 5 are 6 wake up 7 started 9 have lost9 was running 10 saw 11 had abandoned 12 took13 gave 14 felt 15 will keep

Activity 4 1 Both my brother and sister practise reiki. 2 Neither Jerry nor Karen speaks Japanese. 3 You can have either pasta or pizza. 4 Yesterday I met a girl who lives in China. 5 A well is a hole in the ground which is used to get water. 6 This is the author whose book won the Booker Prize last year. 7 Prague is the city where I used to live. 8 You should take an aspirin for your cough. 9 If I were you, I would read this book.10 How about seeing the new Tarantino fi lm?11 You had better make an appointment to see a physiotherapist.

VOCABULARY (page 110)Activity 11 actually 2 amazing 3 genre 4 setting 5 plot 6 cast 7 character 8 roughly 9 reviews 10 disappointing

Activity 21 d 2 e 3 b 4 c 5 a 6 f Activity 31 nil 2 sensible 3 moody 4 dreadful 5 confusing6 the twenties 7 slowly 8 plot 9 rows 10 Oh, dear

Activity 41 overweight 2 off-the-grid 3 farming 4 grow 5 lost6 balanced 7 touch 8 prevent 9 remarkable10 easygoing 11 exciting 12 bored 13 tolerant

PRONUNCIATION (page 110)Activity 11 ate (different vowel sound)2 though (not a homophone)3 incredible (four syllables, the other words have three)4 us (no silent e at the end)

Answer Key

183THAT’S ENGLISH!

Activity 2a 1 b 3 c 4 d 2

Activity 31 Who rides their bike to work? I ride my bike to work.2 Where do you ride your bike? I ride my bike to work.3 Whose bike do you ride to work? I ride my bike to work.

Activity 41 R 2 R 3 F

READING COMPREHENSION I (page 111)Activity 11 c 2 d 3 b 4 a

Activity 21 We show basic courtesy by saying please or thank you and

offering your seat.2 We should treat other people the way you want to be treated.3 When rank is clear lower rank is introduced to higher rank.4 The person making the introduction is responsible for

carrying the conversation.5 We should make eye contact, offer a greeting and shake

hands.

READING COMPREHENSION II (page 111)Activity 31 b 2 d 3 a 4 c

Activity 4

1 7 Many old people older than 95 have terrible health habits: they smoke, drink, have poor diets, are overweight, and don’t get enough exercise.

2 33 34 35 7 Everyone can benefit from exercise no matter how old they

are. It’s never too late to start.

LISTENING COMPREHENSION I (page 112)Activity 11 yes 2 no 3 no 4 no 5 no 6 yes 7 not mentioned

Activity 21 c 2 a 3 b 4 b 5 b 6 b

LISTENING COMPREHENSION II (page 112)

Activity 31 He wanted to see his favourite painting there.2 Seurat took over two years to create his painting.3 The painting was made in the 19th century.4 He saw a musical called Jersey Boys.

Activity 41 7 One of the reasons he wanted to go to Chicago was to see

this painting.2 33 34 7 It’s large: 2 metres by 3 metres.5 7 It was entertaining.

WRITING I (page 112)Activity 1Spain has hundreds of great museums, and tourists come from all over the world to visit them every year. But should public museums be free for everyone?On the one hand, museums are a part of our national history and heritage. So, like education, they should be accessible to everyone. Besides, the government should spend less money on the military and invest more in the arts.On the other hand, nothing is really ’free’. Museums cost tax payers millions of euros every year. Perhaps this money would be better spent on schools. What’s more, people have to pay when they go to a public swimming pool or when they use public transport so why shouldn’t they pay a small entrance price for public museums?To sum up, I feel the government should support our public museums, although it’s also a good idea for people to pay a small entrance fee. In the end, we need to make sure all of our great museums remain open for future generations.

Activity 2Suggested answer:Introduction:Cities need to create more bike lanes. There are very few bike lanes in big cities, and we really need to do something about it. People have the right to choose bicycles as transportation and we should support them.Arguments for:On the one hand, bike lanes would make it easier for bikers to get around the city. It is also a faster and cheaper way of transport in a big city. Bike lanes would make it safer for the cyclists. Besides, it would help people stay fit.Arguments against:On the other hand, it is really quite expensive to build bike lanes. This would cost the taxpayers a lot of money. It is also quite dangerous to ride a bike in the city. People could suffer serious accidents which would cost the NHS a lot of money as well.Conclusion:To sum up, I feel the investment in bike lanes would be worth it. There would be less traffic, less air pollution and people would be able to get around faster and cheaper. And who isn’t in favour of getting fit, saving time and money, and helping the environment by not polluting?

WRITING II (page 112)Activity 2In my opinion, Titanic is one of the best film in the history of cinema. It was directed by James Cameron in 1997. Its main characters are Rose (Kate Winslet) and Jack (Leonardo DiCrapio), two passengers who started a story of love on the Titanic.It is dramatic and a lovely story. A lot of people have cried a lot watching this film and it has received a lot of awards, including Oscars.What really makes this film great is the set. They made an exact model of the boat. It was very difficult to do. Moreover, the use of special effects in this film created the perfect atmosphere to take the spectators to the sinking of the Titanic.

ORAL EXPRESSION: MONOLOGUE (page 113)Activity 1Student’s own answers.

ORAL EXPRESSION: INTERACTION (page 113)Activity 2Student’s own answers.